The Price Is Right Timeline

From Golden-Road.net FAQ

Jump to: navigation, search

This FAQ section is an attempt to chronicle every major event in the history of The Price Is Right, as well as to list the episodes in the order they were supposed to air in. I once thought that it would never be completed, but a wealth of incoming information in the recent past and for the foreseeable future now seems to suggest otherwise. Not even recent seasons have every single event listed, although we’re always trying to rectify that. Also, data on the correct order of primetime episodes is largely sketchy; they are assumed to have aired in the right order unless I know or have reason to suspect otherwise. Any dates listed as “September*”, “October*”, “November*”, or “December*” refer to the September, October, November, or December in the second year of the season; any dates listed as “June*” or “August*” refer to the June or August in the first year of the season.

Additionally, at the top of each season from 16 onward, you will find a link to a calendar with all of the pricing game lineups for that season; similar but incomplete calendars are linked to at the tops of the first 15 seasons. Occasionally, the incomplete calendars will list a game in parentheses; this means that the game was played on that show but that its proper slotting is unknown. This also occurs with a small numbers of shows in Seasons 16 and 17 whose exact lineups are unclear due to pre-emptions. Color codes are present in the calendars to indicate such things as non-car games being played for cars and Most Expensive being played for three trips where they are known. The dates given in the calendars reflect the proper episode order, which is occasionally not the order in which the shows ended up being broadcast on CBS; as such, when using them, it can be helpful to keep this timeline with its list of reschedulings open in another window.

Contents

Season 1 ('72-'73)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 1, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1: September 4, 6, Unaired, 8, 7, & 5

  • Originally scheduled for September 4, 5, 6, 6, 7, & 8.
  • This week consists of six episodes, with two Wednesday shows. After the original Wednesday show, #0013D, was taped, the staff discovered that one of the contestants was ineligible because she was the common-law wife of one of the cameramen. It was never aired, and episode #0013D(R) was created to replace it.
  • Although their show was not aired, it is believed that the eligible contestants from the original Wednesday show did receive their prizes.
  • References in this week to "Wednesday show" or "original Wednesday" refer to episode #0013D; references to "replacement Wednesday show" refer to episode #0013D(R). References along the lines of "all shows this week" or "this week's shows" include original Wednesday but not replacement Wednesday unless otherwise noted.
  • The show begins its existence with Bob hosting, Johnny announcing, and Janice and Anitra as the Barker's Beauties.
  • Monday show features the debuts of Any Number, Bonus Game, and Double Prices.
  • Tuesday show features the debuts of Grocery Game and Bullseye '72.
  • The original Wednesday show's pricing game lineup is Any Number, Bonus Game, Double Prices. The prizes are all different than those offered in the replacement episode.
  • As a result of CBS broadcasting this week's episodes out of order, the third playings of Grocery Game and Bullseye were actually aired before their first and second playings.
  • The show originally airs at 10:30 Eastern/9:30 Central.
  • On this week's shows, the first four contestants are told to "stand up" instead of "come on down."
  • The opening spiel is, "a fortune in fabulous prizes may go to these people today if they know when The Price Is Right!"
  • Monday's opening ends with, "and all four of you, come on down; you're the first contestants on The New Price Is Right!"
  • On Tuesday, the original opening's regular ending, "come on down and play The New Price Is Right!", is introduced.
  • On this week's shows, there is no rule stating that the order of the Contestants' Row lineup may not be altered during the course of an episode.
  • Bidding always starts from the left side of Contestants' Row, regardless of whether or not the newest contestant is standing there.
  • The show's color scheme consists mainly of oranges, yellows, and browns.
  • In the opening logo, the dollar sign and "New" are orange, and the other words are white. Elsewhere, "The" is orange; the dollar sign and "New" are yellow; and "Price," "Is," and "Right" are red.
  • The Turntable carpet is orange, and the stationary Turntable walls are brown, orange, and yellow. The turning panel has a pattern of dots on the front side and a hexagon pattern on the game side. The wall borders are brown.
  • The Big Doors have their normal patterns that remain in place up through the first episode of Season 31, albeit in drastically different colors. The doorframes are brown; the colored strips on them are orange around Door #1, yellow around Door #2, and red around Door #3.
  • Contestants' Row consists of four brown eggcrate displays; each display has an asterisk on its left side which flashes when the contestant standing behind it wins. The floor in front of Contestants' Row is a black area surrounded by yellow. The seats in the Row are red, whereas the rest of the audience has blue chairs; the "New," "Price," "Is," and "Right" seat covers are not in place yet.
  • The Giant Price Tag is white with a brown border; it displays the show's logo. There is a black circle on the left side, representing a hole that a thread would be put through.
  • The Showcase podiums are red and yellow, with brown borders. The Top Winner stands at the red podium.
  • The Clam has the show's logo in a white field surrounded by orange.
  • The curtains behind the audience are a solid yellow.
  • The credits are done in the Pricedown font.
  • On Monday show, a miked contestant podium is placed on the Turntable for Any Number and Bonus Game during the preceding IUFBs; it is never seen again after the first episode.
  • On all shows this week except for possibly Wednesday (which we currently have no way of checking), the Showcase podiums are already in place or being set up during the third game.
  • The ticket plug occurs during the commercial between the second and third games; the address is written in simple black text on an orange background.
  • The consolation prize plug is read during the commercial between the third game and the Showcase; Johnny refers to those remaining in Contestants' Row as "All contestants who have not participated onstage."
  • During both the ticket plug and the consolation prize plug, a slow remix of the theme's bridge plays.
  • The show's theme is used while going to commercial from all segments except for the first part of the Showcase; there, the "come on down" cue is used.
  • Monday show has the first appearances of the Clam and the Giant Price Tag.
  • On Monday show, Bob's microphone dies shortly after Bonus Game is revealed; he uses a much bulkier mic, similar to Dennis's, for the rest of the episode.
  • On Monday, the Showcase podiums have flipcards placed on them after the commercial; they are used to reveal the ARPs. For the remainder of the week, the standard price reveal method with Bob reading the ARPs from small price tags is used, and a nameplate with a description of the showcase is placed on each podium during the commercial.
  • On all shows this week, the flap in Double Prices displays the name of the prize's manufacturer.
  • On at most all of this week's shows, if both contestants in the Showcase overbid, they are instructed to rebid until at least one of them is not over.
  • Tuesday's Grocery Game contestant, Dorothy, is called down again 36 years later, on episode #4502K from November 11, 2008 (which was aired out of order on November 3).
  • On Thursday show, Bob never reveals the price of the Top Winner's showcase, although its value can be calculated by subtracting the prices of her other prizes from her total winnings.
  • On Tuesday and Friday, the numbers on the Bullseye board that are used to indicate how many chances are left are very hard to read; on the replacement Wednesday show, they are backlit with blue lights.
  • On replacement Wednesday, there is a dot on the left side of Bullseye's price tag graphic, indicating the spot that a thread would be put through. It is not present on Tuesday or Friday.
  • On all shows this week, at the end of the Showcase, the Turntable begins spinning for no apparent reason; on all shows except for replacement Wednesday, this also happens while going to commercial during the first part of the Showcase. It seems safe to assume that the spin at the end of the first part of the Showcase was dropped after the first taping week finished.
  • On Monday show, the Giant Price Tag has a narrow curtain attached to its left side.
  • On this week's shows, Grocery Game offers a $100 bonus for not going over $7; the phrasing of the rules seems to indicate that it would still be awarded if a contestant lost by running out of products before reaching $6.75.
  • On its first four playings only, Grocery Game contestants automatically win supplies of the five grocery products used in the game. The amounts awarded vary, but they always total at least $100. It is not clear whether the groceries were factored into determining the Top Winner and Runner-Up for the Showcase, as no situation ever arose where it actually would have made a difference.
  • On Tuesday and Friday, Grocery Game is played on the wrong side of the turntable.
  • Replacement Wednesday show has the first use of a pricing game's name, when Bob mentions Grocery Game during the Showcase.
  • On replacement Wednesday show, Bullseye is played for a boat.
  • Monday and Thursday's playings of Any Number both feature the short-lived "Any Number piggy bank" prop; it seems safe to assume that Wednesday's does, as well, but we currently have no way of checking this.
  • The replacement Wednesday show was taped during the second week of tapings, and as such, several things on it are different from this week's other episodes: the normal opening, with contestants being told to "come on down" and ending with, "You are the first four contestants on The New Price Is Right!" is used for the first time; the Barker Wall makes its first appearance; contestants are no longer allowed to move to different spots in Contestants' Row during the course of the show; Grocery Game no longer offers cash; Bullseye provides a $500 bidding range; the numbers in Bullseye are now highlighted with blue lights; the dot in Bullseye's price tag graphic appears; the flap on Double Prices displays the show's logo; the Showcase podiums have their standard, permanent, brown nameplates; the "double overbid" rule is in place in the Showcase; and the full credit roll between the Goodson-Todman ID and the show's logo is not shown every day.


Week 2: September 11-15

  • Monday show features the debut of Clock Game.
  • Thursday show features the final playing of Bullseye '72.
  • On Monday, the changes first seen on Week 1's replacement Wednesday show become permanent.
  • On Monday, the windows in Bonus Game become blue; they were originally yellow. The game's small prize labels also adopt their standard font at this time.
  • On its first three playings, Clock Game's board is bulkier than usual; it is possible that only the top half of the game existed and that it was somehow attached to the front of Bullseye.
  • Monday show is the earliest show that does not use the same pricing game lineup as either of the first two episodes.
  • Monday show is the earliest episode on which Double Prices is not played.
  • As of Friday, Grocery Game contestants are no longer awarded supplies of the groceries.
  • Thursday's Double Prices and Friday's Clock Game were each originally scheduled for the opposite episode; they were likely switched to avoid having Clock Game appear on the same show as Bullseye.
  • On Thursday, instead of providing a bidding range in Bullseye, Bob tells the contestant that the car's price has been rounded to the nearest $10.
  • By Friday, the Any Number board gets its picture of a piggy bank; the piggy bank had been represented by the words "PIGGY BANK" at least through Monday and probably through Wednesday.
  • Any Number's piggy bank prop is retired this week, probably after Wednesday; it is present at least through Monday.
  • The decimal point in Any Number's piggy bank price is white by Friday; it had been black at least through Monday and probably through Wednesday.
  • The "The," "Price," "Is," and "Right" seat covers in Contestants' Row are added on Monday; they are not present on Tuesday, which was taped out of order before the other four episodes. * On either Wednesday or Thursday -- probably Thursday -- the "The" cover is replaced with one that reads "New."
  • On Monday, Contestants' Row bidding is altered to move from left to right beginning with the newest contestant and wrapping around when the end of the Row is reached; this is not done on Tuesday, which was taped out of order before the week's other four episodes.
  • By Friday, the credits are no longer in the Pricedown font.
  • On at least Friday's show, the Showcase title in the Runner-Up's podium is yellow; while it is not known for certain how long this happened, a logical guess would be that it occurred this Monday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday.
  • On at least Friday's show, the Showcase title cards are placed in the podiums during the second showcase; while it is not known for certain how long this happened, a logical guess would be that it occurred this Monday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday.


Week 3: September 18-22

  • Tuesday show features the debut of Double Bullseye.
  • Beginning on Monday, the two left-hand stationary Turntable walls are brown, pink, black, orange, and yellow, from outside to inside. Additionally, their wall borders now have chase lights going around them.
  • Monday show is the earliest episode with the complete Clock Game board.
  • On Monday, the blank nameplates on the Showcase podiums are still brown.
  • When Double Bullseye's first contestant comes up from Contestants' Row, the show's theme plays instead of the "come on down" music.
  • Wednesday show is the earliest episode (and the only one for a long time) to deviate from the show's original formula of playing two longer games first and second and a shorter game third; it was originally scheduled with a lineup of Bonus Game, Any Number, Clock Game, but the actual episode used a lineup of Clock Game, Any Number, Bonus Game.


Week 4: September 25-29

  • Tuesday show features the debut of Five Price Tags.
  • By Thursday, the side of Grocery Game's countertop is red; it had originally been brown.
  • By Thursday, the blank nameplates on the Showcase podiums have become yellow on the red podium and pink on the yellow podium, and their descriptive cards have been changed from brown to orange.
  • On Thursday, Johnny still refers to the contestants who remain in Contestants' Row during the consolation prize plugs as "All contestants who have not participated onstage."


Week 5: October 2-6


Week 6: October 9-13

  • Tuesday show features the final playing of Double Bullseye.


Week 7: October 16-20

  • Monday show features the debut of Most Expensive.
  • Once Most Expensive debuts, shelves for its price tags to rest on are added to the podiums that it shares with Five Price Tags; the shelves are only added to three of the podiums, meaning that one of them was only ever used in Five Price Tags. Although it is not confirmable at present, based on tapedates, this change probably did not occur until Monday.
  • On Tuesday show, Sherrie Palmer is called as one of the first four contestants; however, Cherie Cavin comes on down instead. Cherie is allowed to remain in Contestants' Row, and as far as is known, nothing is said of the incident on the air. After the taping, the situation is explained to Sherrie, and she is told that she will be called down if she returns on the next day of tapings; she does so and is called as one of the first four contestants on Thursday.
  • On Friday, Any Number is still being revealed before its prizes.


Week 8: October 23-27

  • As of Monday, the floor in front of Contestants' Row still has its original appearance.
  • As of Monday, there is still no "WIN!/OVER" display on Grocery Game's cash register.
  • For reasons unknown, Friday show's Grocery Game player, who loses immediately by buying 24 Chunky bars, is awarded 24 Chunky bars.


Week 9: October 30-November 3

  • By Thursday, the floor in front of Contestants' Row has changed; it is now a solid yellow with two black squares containing black G-T asterisks.
  • By Thursday, the WIN!/OVER display has been added to Grocery Game's cash register.
  • By Friday, Any Number has begun to be revealed after its prizes are shown; at this time, the car is generally shown and plugged before the 3-digit prize is revealed.


Week 10: November 6-10


Week 11: November 13-17

  • Monday's show is the first episode taped during a technicians' strike, during which various show and/or CBS staffers operated the cameras; as a result, the production quality of the next several weeks of shows, and this week especially, is noticeably lower than usual.
  • Thursday's show is rerun on Game Show Network during the 1990s despite a fur coat being offered in Bonus Game.
  • Friday show is rerun during Season 28 on February 29, 2000, following that year's Pillsbury Bake-Off.


Week 12: November 20-22, 24

  • Thanksgiving week; only four shows.


Week 13: November 27-December 1


Week 14: December 4-8


Week 15: December 11-15


Week 16: December 18-22


Week 17: December 25-29

  • Monday show features the debut of Money Game.
  • Wednesday show features the debut of Give or Keep.


Week 18: January 2-5

  • New Year's week; only four shows.


Week 19: January 8-12


Week 20: January 15-19


Week 21: January 22-24, 26, 29

  • Originally scheduled for January 22-26.
  • By Thursday, the car symbols in Money Game have become black on a yellow background; originally, they were yellow on a black background.


Week 22: January 30-February 2, February 5

  • Originally scheduled for January 29-February 2.
  • Somewhere around this point, the earliest known playing of Double Prices at Door #3 occurs.


Week 23: February 6-9

  • Originally scheduled for February 5-7, 9.
  • Only four shows; no Thursday episode.


Week 24: February 12-16

  • On Wednesday, Valentine's Day, only ladies are called down, and Bob gives each contestant a rose.
  • On Wednesday, Give or Keep is covered by a tarp during the preceding IUFB.


Week 25: February 19-23


Week 26: February 26-March 2


Week 27: March 5-9


Week 28: March 12-16


Week 29: March 19-23


Week 30: March 26-30

  • On Monday, the show moves to the afternoon, airing at 3:00 Eastern/2:00 Central.
  • A Home Viewer Showcase is presented this week.


Week 31: April 2-6

  • Tuesday show features the debut of Range Game.
  • By Tuesday, the dollar sign in Money Game's car price has been enlarged to its normal size.


Week 32: April 9-13

  • Monday show features the debut of Hi Lo.
  • By Monday, several additional black lines have been drawn on the yellow floor section in front of Contestants' Row, giving the entire area a pattern of sqaures.


Week 33: April 16-20

  • Friday show features the debut of Double Digits.
  • As of Tuesday, Range Game is still using its original, $50 rangefinder.
  • By Friday, Hi Lo has begun to use its normal rules.


Week 34: April 23-27

  • Wednesday show is the earliest episode on which Five Price Tags is played and Grocery Game is not.


Week 35: April 30-May 4


Week 36: May 7-11

  • By Tuesday, Double Digits has adopted its second rules.
  • By Tuesday, Range Game has abandoned its $50 rangefinder and begun using its $100 rangefinder.


Week 37: May 14-16, June 14-15

  • Origianlly scheduled for May 14-18.
  • For reasons unknown, Thursday and Friday's shows were redesignated at some point as episodes #0421D and #0422D, respectively.
  • Friday show features the final playing of Double Digits.
  • From this point through the middle of October, a long series of pre-emptions and reschedulings is caused by network coverage of the Watergate hearings. The production number changes mentioned in the notes for this and the next several weeks are presumably connected with this.


Week 38: May 21, June 18, June 20, June 19, May 25

  • Originally scheduled for May 21-25.
  • For reasons unknown, Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday's shows were redesignated at some point as episodes #0423D, #0425D, and #0424D, respectively.


Week 39: May 28-June 1


Week 40: June 4-5, 21, 7-8

  • Originally scheduled for June 4-8.
  • For reasons unknown, Wednesday's show was redesignated at some point as episode #0431D.
  • By Friday, Range Game has abandoned its $100 rangefinder and begun using its standard $150 rangefinder.


Week 41: June 11 & 12

  • Only two shows, for Monday and Tuesday.
  • For reasons unknown, Tuesday's show was redesignated at some point as episode #0415D.


Week 42: NO SHOWS

  • This week has no episodes in its own right; however, for reasons unknown, the June 12, May 17, May 18, May 22, May 24, May 23, and June 6 episodes were redesignated at some point as last week's Friday show, this week's five shows, and next week's Monday show, respectively. Strangely, none of these episodes ended up airing on the dates indicated by their new production numbers.


Week 43: June 22, July 2, August 31, September* 3

  • Originally scheduled for June 26-29.
  • Only four shows; no Monday episode.
  • Price was pre-empted by the Watergate hearings every day of the week these shows were originally scheduled to air during.
  • On Tuesday, The New Price Is Right's name is changed to "The Price Is Right;" all instances of the show's title in any spoken or written text are altered to reflect this.
  • Presumably beginning on Tuesday, in the logo seen in the opening and on the Double Prices podium, the dollar sign is orange, "Price" is yellow, and the other words are white. Elsewhere, the logo's standard color scheme debuts, with the dollar sign and "Price" in yellow and the other words in red.


Week 44: September* 4, July 3-6

  • Originally scheduled for July 2-6.


Week 45: July 9-11, September* 17, July 13

  • Originally scheduled for July 9-13.
  • By Friday, the orange parts of the Clam have been repainted an orange-ish shade of yellow.
  • By Friday, the ticket plug's address card has been redone with its traditional font and a lighter orange background.
  • By Friday, Johnny has begun referring to those remaining in Contestants' Row during the consolation prize plugs as "Contestants not appearing onstage."
  • By Friday, Johnny has begun throwing back to commercial from the consolation prize plugs with the phrase, "Coming up next is our fabulous Price Is Right Showcase!"


Week 46: July 16, September* 13, July 18-19, September* 14

  • Originally scheduled for July 16-20.
  • By Tuesday, Grocery Game's cash register, except for the WIN!/OVER display, has been painted gray and white.


Week 47: July 23-24, September* 12, July 26-27

  • Originally scheduled for July 23-27.


Week 48: September* 11, July 31, August 1, September* 10, August 3

  • Originally scheduled for July 30-August 3.


Week 49: August 6, November* 30, October* 12, August 9-10

  • Originally scheduled for August 6-10.


Week 50: August 13-17

  • On Wednesday, the contestants' Showcase differences are $326 and $325.


Week 51: August 20-21, November* 5, August 23-24

  • Originally scheduled for August 20-24.


Week 52: August 27-30

  • Only four shows; no Friday episode.
  • Tuesday show features the debut of Lucky Seven.
  • On early playings of Lucky Seven, the contestant is given the seven $1 bills before being shown the car.
  • By Monday, the circles on the Barker Wall have changed from yellow to brown.
  • By Thursday, the column titles on the Give or Keep board have been enlarged to their normal sizes.
  • As of Thursday, the blank nameplates on the Showcase podiums are still the color of the opposite podium.


Week 53: November* 19, September* 6-7

  • Originally scheduled for September* 5-7.
  • Only three shows; episodes delayed by Watergate coverage are aired on Monday and Tuesday.
  • Friday show features the debut of Temptation.
  • Temptation is initially staged to the left of where we are used to seeing it, considerably closer to the Turntable.
  • On Wednesday, the patterns on both sides of the spinning panel of the Turntable wall are changed to a solid cream color.


Week 54: NO SHOWS

  • No new episodes were produced for the week of September* 10-14; instead, episodes delayed from Weeks 46, 47, and 48 were aired. However, the production numbers skip from #0535D to #0552D, so this is still technically Week 54.


Week 55: September* 18-21

  • Only four shows; no Monday episode.
  • Season finale week.
  • Season 2 begins next Monday.
  • On Wednesday, a red stripe is added just inside the wall border on both sides of the spinning panel of the Turntable wall.
  • On Wednesday, Give or Keep is played for a car.


Season 2 ('73-'74)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 2, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (56): September 24-25, November 29, September 27-28

  • Originally scheduled for September 24-28.
  • Presumably, there is no noticeable difference between this week and Season 1.
  • Wednesday show features the debut of Mystery Price.
  • By Wednesday, Any Number's reveal has changed to have the 3-digit prize shown and described first, followed by the car.


Week 2 (57): October 1-2, November 28, October 4-5

  • Originally scheduled for October 1-5.
  • By Wednesday, Grocery Game's cash register has been painted blue again.
  • As of Wednesday, the ticket plug is still being shot the same way it was when the series began.
  • By Wednesday, the blank placards on both Showcase podiums have become pink.


Week 3 (58): October 8-10

  • Only three shows; no Thursday or Friday episodes.


Week 4 (59): October 15-19

  • Friday's movie-themed second showcase includes as a bonus the hat worn by George C. Scott in Oklahoma Crude; the contestant is instructed not to include the hat in her bid.


Week 5 (60): October 22-26

  • Oddly, Friday's show features a "Halloween Party" showcase despite a new program airing next Wednesday on Halloween.


Week 6 (61): October 29-November 2

  • On Tuesday, Any Number is played for a Corvette.
  • On Tuesday, Any Number is still being revealed the same way it was at the beginning of the sesaon.
  • By Tuesday, Marc Breslow has begun shooting the ticket plug with white text against a different background each day; the background is generally a shot of some part of the studio, often displayed in a halfway-completed camera transition.


Week 7 (62): November 6-9

  • Only four shows; no Monday episode.


Week 8 (63): November 12-16


Week 9 (64): November 20 & 21

  • Only two shows, on Tuesday and Wednesday.


Week 10 (65): November 26 & 27

  • Only two shows, on Monday and Tuesday.


Week 11 (66): December 3-7


Week 12 (67): December 10-14


Week 13 (68): December 17-21


Week 14 (69): December 24-28


Week 15 (70): December 31, January 2-4

  • New Year's week; only four shows.


Week 16 (71): January 7-11


Week 17 (72): January 14-18


Week 18 (73): January 21-25

  • On Monday, Mystery Price is played for a car.


Week 19 (74): January 28-February 1


Week 20 (75): February 4-8


Week 21 (76): NO SHOWS

  • CBS did not air The Price Is Right the week of February 11-15, instead pre-empting its normal programming from 3:00-4:30 EST for a special block called CBS Daytime 90. No episodes were produced for these days; however, the episode production numbers jump from #0755D to #0771D, so this period is still technically Week 76, even though it contains no shows.


Week 22 (77): February 18-22

  • Thursday show features the final playing of Mystery Price.


Week 23 (78): February 25-March 1


Week 24 (79): March 4-8

  • On Friday, Bert Convy appears (and pretends to make out with Anitra) during an IUFB to plug his then-new show, Tattletales.
  • As of Friday, there is still no Double Showcase rule.
  • As of Friday, there are still no asterisks on the Showcase podiums.
  • As of Friday, Temptation contestants are still not allowed to change their guesses after seeing all of the gifts.
  • By Friday, Temptation has moved to its normal position on the stage.
  • Sometime this spring, the first Showcase skits appear.


Week 25 (80): March 11-15

  • Monday show is the first of only three known episodes of the daytime show with no real car games.


Week 26 (81): March 18-22


Week 27 (82): March 25-29


Week 28 (83): April 1-5

  • Monday show features an April Fool's "Every Room in the House" showcase with such ridiculously cheap prizes as paper plates and an eggbeater; the real showcase is a Cadillac (or some other comparable car), making this the first of only three known showcases in history to contain only one prize.


Week 29 (84): April 8-12


Week 30 (85): April 15-19

  • By Thursday, black asterisks have been added to the Showcase podiums.
  • By Thursday, the Double Showcase rule is in place. It seems possible that this is the week the rule was introduced.
  • The Double Showcase rule at this time states that if the Showcase winner is less than $100 away from the retail price of his own showcase, he wins both showcases.
  • Sometime between January 16, 1973, and the introduction of the Double Showcase rule, a contestant is known to have bid perfectly in the Showcase; this contestant's difference lit up as "00000".


Week 31 (86): April 22-26

  • On Monday, Double Prices is played behind Door #3.


Week 32 (87): April 29-May 3


Week 33 (88): May 6-10


Week 34 (89): May 13-17


Week 35 (90): May 20-May 24

  • By Friday, Any Number's prize reveal has changed to show the car and the prize at the same time, with the car being described first.


Week 36 (91): May 27-31

  • On Tuesday, Any Number's name is added to its board.
  • By Tuesday, Bonus Game's name has been added to its board.
  • On Tuesday, Bonus Game is revealed after its prize is described.


Week 37 (92): June 3-7


Week 38 (93): June 10-14

  • Thursday show features the last playing of Bonus Game on the daytime show for over a year.


Week 39 (94): June 17-21

  • Monday show features the debut of Shell Game.
  • Shell Game replaces Bonus Game in the pricing game rotation; strangely, this does not occur on the nighttime show, where both games see a decent number of playings next season.


Week 40 (95): June 24-28


Week 41 (96): July 1-5

  • Either Thursday show or Friday show features the debut of Card Game; which one is uncertain due to a typographical error in the pricing game records.
  • It is believed that on the earliest playings of Card Game, the contestant's range was determined by drawing a card from the regular deck and multiplying its value by 100.


Week 42 (97): July 8-12

  • By Tuesday, the price tag podium in Five Price Tags has been moved away from Door #3; it is now brought out in front of Door #2 from the left and is taken offstage while the small prizes are being presented.
  • On Tuesday, the ticket plug and consolation prize plug are still using the remix of the theme's bridge.
  • On Friday, a contestant overbids in the Showcase by $1.


Week 43 (98): July 15-19


Week 44 (99): July 22-24, August 30, July 26

  • Originally scheduled for July 22-26.


Week 45 (100): July 29-August 2


Week 46 (101): August 5-9

  • By Friday, on its fifth playing, Card Game has introduced its "special deck" for determining the contestant's range. The original special deck consists of nine cards, with one each of every multiple of 100 from $200-$1,000.


Week 47 (102): August 12-16

  • Wednesday show features the debut of Race Game.
  • The debut of Race Game is likely also the first appearance of the Race Game Curtain. The curtain's original appearance is a pattern of curves in white, green, and light blue.
  • By Thursday, the ticket plug and consolation prize plug have replaced the remix of the theme's bridge with a cue referred to officially as, appropriately enough, "Ticket Plug." This cue continues to be used in the ticket plug until said plug is moved to the end of the first Showcase Showdown in the late '80s and in the consolation prize plugs through the end of Season 35.
  • Friday show is rerun during Season 26 on February 24, 1998, following that year's Pillsbury Bake-Off.


Week 48 (103): August 19-23


Week 49 (104): August 26-29

  • Only four shows; no Friday episode.
  • Season finale week.
  • Season 3 begins next Monday.


Season 3 ('74-'75)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 3, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (105): September 2-6

  • Presumably, there is no noticeable difference between this week and Season 2.
  • On Wednesday, Price's second anniversary, the Showcase winner is awarded a bonus of all the prizes from the first episode's first showcase; the showcase in question is also reaired during the broadcast.


Week 2 (106): September 9-13


Week 3 (107): September 16-20


Week 4 (108): September 23-27


Week 5 (109): September 30-October 4


Week 6 (110): October 7-11


Week 7 (111): October 14-18


Week 8 (112): October 21-25


Week 9 (113): October 28-November 1


Week 10 (114): November 4-8


Week 11 (115): November 11-13, Jaunary 21, November 15

  • Originally scheduled for November 11-15.
  • On Friday, Bob times Race Game with a stopwatch when the clock in the jukebox breaks down.


Week 12 (116): November 18-22

  • By Friday, a rule has been added to Temptation allowing contestants to make changes to their guesses after seeing all of the gifts.
  • On Friday, contestant Lynn manages to move the entire Range Game board while pressing the button to stop the rangefinder.


Week 13 (117): November 25-27, 29

  • Thanksgiving week; only four shows.
  • By Tuesday, the number displays on the Any Number board have become black; they were originally gray.
  • By Tuesday, Grocery Game's prize is being shown before the game is revealed.
  • By Tuesday, a white border has been placed around Grocery Game's "WIN!/OVER" display.


Week 14 (118): December 2-6


Week 15 (119): December 9-13


Week 16 (120): December 16, 18-20

  • Only four shows; no Tuesday episode.


Week 17 (121): December 23-27

  • On Tuesday through Friday, Dennis James fills in for Bob, who is out sick.
  • Dennis is introduced on these shows with, "And now, pinch-hitting for Bob Barker, here's Dennis James!"
  • By Wednesday, Grocery Game's "WIN!/OVER" display has been altered again, this time to put curves around the corners of the lights and to extend the white border to separate the words.
  • On Wednesday show, Any Number uses its original prize reveal; this may have been a staging issue, as the 3-digit prize on this playing was a dinette.
  • Friday's show is the only time Dennis James ever hosted Hi Lo, as the game was not played on the nighttime version during his tenure.


Week 18 (122): December 30-31, January 2-3

  • New Year's week; only four shows.
  • On Monday, Bob returns.


Week 19 (123): January 6-10


Week 20 (124): January 13-17


Week 21 (125): January 20, 22-24

  • Only four shows; Tuesday has the delayed November 14 episode.
  • On Friday, the blank nameplates on the Showcase podiums are still pink.


Week 22 (126): January 27-31

  • For reasons unknown, this week's Monday show was taped out of order immediately after the December 16 episode; as such, any changes that have taken place since that day are not present on Monday.


Week 23 (127): February 3-7

  • By about this point, there is still no Grocery Game sign.


Week 24 (128): February 10-14


Week 25 (129): February 17-21


Week 26 (130): February 24-28


Week 27 (131): March 3-7

  • By Monday, the blank nameplates on the Showcase podiums have become orange.


Week 28 (132): March 10-14

  • As of Thursday, the base of the Any Number board is still brown.


Week 29 (133): March 17-21


Week 30 (134): March 24-28

  • On Monday, both contestants in the Showcase make bids that fall within the Double Showcase range; one is off by $30, while the other is off by $29.
  • On Wednesday, the Turntable wall borders are still brown, and the carpet is still orange.


Week 31 (135): March 31-April 2, June 18, April 4

  • Originally scheduled for March 31-April 4.
  • Around this time, the designer of the Beauties' wardrobe is added to the show's credit roll.
  • By Wednesday, the Turntable wall borders and carpet have become green.


Week 32 (136): April 7-11

  • Sometime in mid-April, Dian makes her very first appearance, filling in for an ill Anitra for three shows. Bob introduces her to the audience as "Diana Parkinson."


Week 33 (137): April 14-18

  • On Tuesday, the opening logo is still using the same colors as in the summer of 1973.
  • On Tuesday, there is still no logo on the Range Game board.
  • As of Tuesday, the Top Winner still has the orange Showcase podium, and the bases of the podiums are still brown.


Week 34 (138): April 21-25


Week 35 (139): April 28-May 2


Week 36 (140): May 5-9


Week 37 (141): May 12-16

  • By Tuesday, the graphical logo's colors have been changed to yellow for the dollar sign and "Price" and white for "The," "Is," and "Right."
  • Tuesday show features well-known contestant Ruphina, who gives a bizarre explanation of how she made a perfect bid on carpeting in Contestants' Row.
  • By Tuesday, the brown portions of the Showcase podiums have become green, and their nameplates have both become orange. Presumably at the same time as this, the Showcase podiums switch places, so that the Top Winner uses the yellow podium.
  • By Thursday, the first Grocery Game sign has debuted.
  • By about this point, the Grocery Game cash register's gray and white paint job from the summer of 1973 has returned permanently.


Week 38 (142): May 19-23

  • Friday show is rerun during Season 30 on February 27, 2002 after that year's Pillsbury Bake-Off.
  • As of Friday, Clock Game does not have a logo yet.
  • By Friday, the base of the Any Number board has become green.


Week 39 (143): May 26-27, 29-30

  • Only four shows; no Wednesday episode.


Week 40 (144): June 2-6


Week 41 (145): June 9-13


Week 42 (146): June 16-17, 19-20

  • Only four shows; Wednesday has the delayed April 3 episode.


Week 43 (147): June 23-27

  • Due to a Special Report, Wednesday's show was never aired on the West Coast.


Week 44 (148): June 30-July 4


Week 45 (149): July 7-11


Week 46 (150): July 14-16, August 18, July 18

  • Originally scheduled for July 14-18.
  • Tuesday show features the debut of Ten Chances.
  • On its earliest playings, Ten Chances's first two prizes are pushed out in front of Door #3 by Anitra and Janice; after they are described, Door #3 opens to reveal the car.
  • At some point later in the summer, Ten Chances changes its prize reveal for a single playing to the one that would eventually become Master Key's. The game's first standard prize reveal, with the first two prizes being shown behind Door #3 and then moving away to the right to reveal the car, is believed to debut on its next playing.
  • By Wednesday, Clock Game's logo has been added to its board.


Week 47 (151): July 21-25

  • On Thursday, for no apparent reason, Bonus Game is played.
  • For reasons unknown, after Thursday, Card Game is removed from the pricing game rotation.


Week 48 (152): July 28-August 1

  • On Monday, for no apparent reason, Bonus Game is played.
  • Somewhere around this point, Anitra begins a leave of absence from the show, and Dian returns as her long-term substitute.


Week 49 (153): August 4-8


Week 50 (154): August 11-15

  • On Monday, the show returns to its original 10:30 Eastern/9:30 Central timeslot.


Week 51 (155): August 19-22

  • Only four shows; Monday has the delayed July 17 episode.
  • Tuesday show features the debut of Golden Road.
  • On Tuesday, Golden Road is played third. As far as is known, this is its only appearance on which it was not the first game of the day.
  • On Golden Road's first playing only, the numbers are in a bulky font.
  • Beginning on Tuesday, Dian wears a brunette wig in an attempt to look more like Anitra.
  • Tuesday show introduces Price's first major set overhaul. The Big Doors' color scheme completely changes, although their patterns remain the same; their frames become green, and the strips going around them change to pink on Door #1, orange on Door #2, and reddish-brown on Door #3. The Barker Wall's color scheme is changed to green borders and red dots. The stationary panels of the Turntable wall change to purple surrounding orange, and the turning panel gains a solid red pattern on the front side and a dotted pattern on the game side; additionally, the light matrix behind the Turntable has its colors similarly updated. The brown portion of the Giant Price Tag becomes green. The orange portion of the Clam becomes brown. The G-T asterisks on the floor in front of Contestants' Row become red. Contestants' Row itself has its original eggcrate displays replaced with much flashier sportstype displays, each one a different color; from left to right, they are red, green, orange, and blue. Additionally, the displays no longer have asterisks in them. The seat covers on the chairs behind Contestants' Row change from brown to blue. The Showcase podiums are now both white; their asterisks and the stripes along their sides are changed to green for the Top Winner and red for the Runner-Up.
  • Around this time, the color schemes are also updated for Double Prices (whose podium also has a question mark added to it), Clock Game, Give or Keep, and the base of Range Game; Clock Game and Give or Keep, however, are known to have still been using their original color schemes this week.
  • On Wednesday, Grocery Game's table is redone with vertical pink and purple stripes.
  • On the earliest shows with the set's new color scheme, the side of the Any Number board is still brown.


Week 52 (156): August 25-29

  • Season finale week.
  • Season 4 begins next Monday.
  • By Friday, the curtains behind the audience are still the original, yellow ones.
  • By Friday, the front side of the Turntable wall has been altered to have a red-bricked appearance.
  • By Friday, Ten Chances has adopted its first standard prize reveal.
  • Friday's Most Expensive is either the game's second-last or last playing using its original set with props borrowed from Five Price Tags.
  • By the end of the season, Range Game's logo has been added to its board.


Season 4 ('75-'76)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 4, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (157): September 1-5

  • Sometime this week, Richard Dawson and Charles Nelson Reilly appear (not necessarily on the same show) to congratulate Price on its third anniversary -- a landmark which, oddly enough, Price itself does not celebrate until next week, despite it occurring this Thursday.
  • Wednesday show has either the last appearance of Most Expensive's original set or the first appearance of its second set.
  • On Friday, Bonus Game returns to the daytime game rotation, presumably with its color scheme updated to better mesh with the show's new set.


Week 2 (158): September 10-12, 8-9

  • Originally scheduled for September 8-12.
  • Tuesday show features the debut of Poker Game.
  • Thursday show features the debut of 1 Right Price.
  • Neither Poker Game nor 1 Right Price appears again after the trial hour shows for several weeks.
  • Card Game appears on Friday for the first time since July 24; this is its only appearance of the season until the permanent hour conversion.
  • This week of shows introduces the hour format. Six pricing games are played each day instead of three, and the Showcase Showdowns are introduced to determine which contestant from each set of three games will advance to the Showcase.
  • As a result of the trial hour episodes, the show commandeers Gambit's timeslot each day this week, running from 10:30-11:30 Eastern/9:30-10:30 Central.
  • In the opening, Johnny refers to this week's episodes as "super anniversary show specials": "A fortune in fabulous prizes may go to these people today if they know when, in our super anniversary show special, The Price Is Right!" By Friday, this has changed slightly, to, "A fortune in fabulous prizes may go to these people today on this super anniversary week special if they know when The Price Is Right!" He also states during his sign-off on Monday that he is speaking for "The Price Is Right Anniversary Specials."
  • On all shows this week, the words "ANNIVERSARY WEEK" are hung on the frame atop Door #2.
  • This week's openings introduce the light border, which begins its existence as a simple ring of chasing light bulbs a short distance into the screen; by Friday, an opaque yellow border has been added around the lights that extends to the edges of the screen. After Johnny calls the fourth contestant, the light border moves outward and leaves the screen as the show's logo appears.
  • This week establishes the mid-show bumper that occurs on hour shows after the fourth game. During the commercial break, a camera pans the audience as Johnny says, "Stay tuned for more pricing games and the fabulous Showcases, which are coming up on the second half of this special one-hour edition of The Price Is Right!" with consolation prize music playing; as he finishes talking, the show's logo zooms onto the screen in the same fashion as at the end of the opening.
  • By Friday, the procedure for the bumper has changed slightly; it now occurs at the end of Act 4, before the commercials, and it includes the light border, which also micics its behavior from the end of the opening.
  • The Showcase Showdown uses a sideways-spinning wheel that has come to be known unofficially as "the Rainbow Wheel." The leader's podium/scoreboard is positioned to the right of the wheel.
  • On Monday only, the contestants line up to spin the "Rainbow Wheel" in Contestants' Row, which has its bid displays replaced with wheel-like markers numbered for the first, second, and third spinners. From Tuesday onward, the contestants simply line up onstage to the left of the wheel.
  • A series of odd noises plays as the "Rainbow Wheel" spins.
  • No fanfare is played when a dollar is spun in the Showcase Showdown.
  • As with all pricing game segments, the show's theme plays while going to commercial after the Showcase Showdowns.
  • This week establishes that hour-long shows have no commercial during the Showcase. The descriptive labels are placed in the podiums during the course of the second showcase.
  • The consolation prize plugs this week are done before the first Showcase Showdown; at the end of the plugs, Johnny throws back to the commercials with, "Coming up next, our fabulous, exciting Price Is Right Showcase Showdown!"
  • By this point, the show is giving two consolation prizes in each episode; in the first episode, only one was given. We really don't know when this changed.
  • By Monday show, the curtains behind the audience have changed to a pattern of vertical stripes; going left to right, they are colored red-blue-green-yellow-red-blue-green-yellow.
  • On Monday, Golden Road is still using its original, lever-based price reveals.
  • On Monday, Grocery Game is still using its short-lived striped table.
  • Monday show has either the first or second appearance of Most Expensive's second set.
  • On Monday show, Any Number uses its original prize reveal; this may have been a staging issue, as the 3-digit prize on this playing was a chaise lounge.
  • By Monday, the base of the Range Game board has become blue.
  • By Monday, the Give or Keep board has become green.
  • Poker Game originally allows the contestant to make whatever hand he wants from his selected prices and does not allow him to pass his hand to the house.
  • On the game's earliest appearances, the background of the number lights in Poker Game is white.
  • On this week of shows only, Janice and Dian are assisted by a third Beauty named Barbara.


Week 3 (159): September 15-19

  • On Monday, the show returns to the half-hour format.
  • The light border is not used in the opening during the final seven weeks of half-hour shows.


Week 4 (160): September 22-26


Week 5 (161): September 29-October 3


Week 6 (162): October 6-10

  • After Monday, Bonus Game vanishes from the game rotation again.


Week 7 (163): October 13-17

  • On Tuesday, Poker Game enters the pricing game rotation permanently.


Week 8 (164): October 20, 22-24

  • Only four shows; Tuesday has October Magazine.


Week 9 (165): October 27-31

  • By Monday, Anitra has returned.
  • All this week, Janice and Anitra wear "Hour Power" shirts to promote the upcoming format change.
  • On Monday, Bert Convy appears to congratulate Bob on the upcoming hour expansion; on Tuesday, Charles Nelson Reilly appears for the same purpose. It seems likely that a CBS or Goodson-Todman personality appeared every day this week.
  • By Monday, Poker Game's rules have been changed to automatically make the contestant's hand the best one that can be made from the prices he has selected and to allow the contestant to pass his hand to the house.


Week 10 (166): November 3-7

  • On Monday, the show expands to an hour permanently. Half-hour shows are still done on occasion when CBS's schedule calls for it up through February of 1994.
  • On Thursday, 1 Right Price enters the pricing game rotation permanently.
  • On Friday, Card Game returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • On Monday, Dian officially joins the cast as the third permanent Beauty.
  • The show now airs from 10:00-11:00 Eastern/9:00-10:00 Central.
  • The light border returns on Monday, now with transparent gold trim around the lights.
  • Beginning on Monday, the phrase "One Hour" flashes on the screen in blue (or on occaison, red or green) script while Johnny does the opening spiel.
  • On Monday, the opening spiel changes to, "And here it comes! The first, big, hour-long game show in television! The fabulous, new, 60-minute Price Is Right!" (On Monday, this is preceded by, "Starting today.")
  • By Monday, Golden Road has replaced its original, lever-based price reveals with a push-button system.
  • By Monday, Grocery Game's table has changed again, this time to a red-brick appearance.
  • By Monday, the side of the Any Number board has become green.
  • As of Monday, the Big Wheel replaces the "Rainbow Wheel" in the Showcase Showdown; the numbers appear in the same order on both wheels.
  • The Showcase Showdown's regular spin-off rules are now in place; in the trial hour shows of Week 1, contestants could take two spins in a spin-off.
  • The Big Wheel's original, weak-sounding beeps are used for the first few years of the hour format.
  • The ticket plug, when it is done, is now placed before the first Showcase Showdown.
  • Starting on Monday, Bob tosses to the mid-show bumper with the phrase, "There is more Price Is Right coming up!"
  • On Monday, the text of the mid-show bumper is shortened to, "Stay tuned for more pricing games and the fabulous Showcases, coming up on the second half of The Price Is Right."
  • As of Monday, the background of the number windows in Poker Game is black.
  • On Monday show, the Top Winner still stands at the green Showcase podium.
  • On Thursday, Bonus Game returns to the game rotation permanently.


Week 11 (167): November 10-14


Week 12 (168): November 17-21


Week 13 (169): November 24-26, 28

  • Thanksgiving week; only four shows.
  • Although it is not stated outright, the rule that the Big Wheel must go all the way around at least once for a spin to count seems to have been implemented by the end of this week.
  • At this time, the "right answer" cards in Ten Chances are still red.
  • At this time, the "One Hour" opening graphic is still in use.
  • At this time, Johnny is not yet being shown while calling contestants.
  • By the end of this week, the Showcase podiums have switched places, so that the Top Winner uses the one with the red asterisk.


Week 14 (170): December 1-5


Week 15 (171): December 8-9, 11-12

  • Only four shows; Wednesday has December Magazine.


Week 16 (172): December 15-19


Week 17 (173): December 22-26


Week 18 (174): December 29-31, January 2

  • New Year's week; only four shows.


Week 19 (175): January 5-9

  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.
  • Thursday show features the debut of Danger Price.
  • By Tuesday, the opening text has changed; the phrase has become "Hour Power," and it has adopted the first of its standard fonts.
  • Shortly after the above change, the text in the opening titles begins small in the middle of the screen and gradually grows larger, flashing all the while; however, this has not yet begun happening on Tuesday.


Week 20 (176): January 12-16


Week 21 (177): January 19-23

  • By Monday, the 1976 music package has debuted.
  • When the new music cues debut, the show's theme is still being used while going to commercial from the Showcase Showdowns.


Week 22 (178): January 26-30

  • On Wednesday, the opening titles are pink.
  • By Wednesday, the Showcase Showdown's original split-screen arrow graphic is in use.
  • Prior to the adoption of the split-screen graphic during the Showcase Showdown, the show had briefly used a close-up shot of the wheel, with the camera gradually tilting downward as it came to rest; this shot would resurface 28 years later, during the winter of Season 32.


Week 23 (179): February 2-6


Week 24 (180): February 9-13

  • Either Wednesday show or Thursday show features the debut of 3 Strikes; which one is uncertain due to a typographical error in the pricing game records.


Week 25 (181): February 16-20

  • Thursday show features the debut of Hurdles.
  • As of Tuesday, the original opening and "come on down" cues are still in use.
  • On Tuesday, the infamous Patricia Bernard incident occurs, with Johnny calling a contestant while she is in the bathroom. Although this has happened at least two other times in the show's run, Patricia's is by far the best-known.
  • By Tuesday, the "right answer" cards in Ten Chances have become blue.


Week 26 (182): February 23-27


Week 27 (183): March 1-5


Week 28 (184): March 8-12

  • By Thursday, the original opening and "come on down" cues have been replaced with the cue called "Walking." The version used in the opening is more fully orchestrated, with more instruments, than the one used during the body of the show.


Week 29 (185): March 15-19

  • On Friday, then-Miss USA crown holder and future $ale of the Century hostess Summer Bartholomew is in the audience.


Week 30 (186): March 22-26


Week 31 (187): March 29-30, April 1-2

  • Only four shows; Wednesday has March Magazine.
  • Thursday show features an April Fool's "Bicentennial Salute" showcase honoring a great American physician and author named Dr. John Barrett Clapinger, who supposedly disappeared several years ago while on an expedition in Howard Cosell's mouth. The prizes offered include two of Clapinger's books, The Clapinger Report and I'm OK, and I Don't Give a Flying Fig What You Are, the former of which cites Vitamin C as a treatment for broken legs and as an effective bathroom disinfectant and the latter of which "traces existentialist thought from Camus to Bette Midler" and pauses to ask the question, "was Jack the Ripper even as the trees and the stars a child of the universe?"; a trip to Flushing, New York, where Dr. Clapinger was awarded the prestigious Plotkin Prize; a case of athlete's foot personally awarded by Anitra, in honor of the Clapinger Clinic that the doctor had founded to treat said affliction; and an autographed leg cast presented right on the Turntable by the widowed Mrs. Clapinger. At this point, the showcase appears to fall apart, as another woman comes around on the Turntable, claims to be Mrs. Clapinger, and gets into an argument with the first Mrs. Clapinger; in the middle of the argument, Dr. Clapinger himself comes around on the Turntable and is chased into the audience by his two infuriated wives. The real showcase is a Cadillac El Dorado, making this the second of only three known showcases to consist of only one prize. The showcase is also somewhat noteworthy for its appearance by Roger, who played the part of Dr. Clapinger.


Week 32 (188): April 5-9


Week 33 (189): April 12-16

  • Monday show features the debut of Cliff Hangers.
  • Cliff Hangers originally uses four small prizes instead of three.


Week 34 (190): April 19-23


Week 35 (191): April 26-30

  • Tuesday show features the debut of Safe Crackers.
  • On very early playings of Safe Crackers, if the game is lost, one of the Beauties dials in the correct combination and opens the safe.


Week 36 (192): May 3-7


Week 37 (193): May 10-14

  • On Friday, the famous Janice Pennington, This Is Your Strife showcase is presented; it features prizes that Janice had trouble modeling over the years -- a pop-up bar that wouldn't pop up, a refrigerator that nearly fell on her when she opened it, and a car that she almost wrecked during Lucky Seven (which is driven by Dian this time around) -- along with clips of her unsuccessful attempts to model them. The staff actually rehearsed a fake showcase before the taping that day so that Janice would have no idea what was happening.


Week 38 (194): May 17-19, September* 20, May 21

  • Originally scheduled for May 17-21.


Week 39 (195): May 24-28


Week 40 (196): May 31-June 4

  • Wednesday show features the debut of Dice Game.
  • On Tuesday, Cliff Hangers uses four small prizes for the last time.
  • By Wednesday, Golden Road is still using its push-button price reveal method.
  • By Wednesday, Johnny is being shown on-camera once or twice a day while calling the 5th through 9th contestants.


Week 41 (197): June 7-11

  • On Thursday show, Cliff Hangers adopts its normal rules.


Week 42 (198): June 14-18


Week 43 (199): June 21-23, 25

  • Only four shows; Thursday has June Magazine.


Week 44 (200): June 28-July 2

  • Season finale week.
  • Season 4 is the first year of The Price Is Right to make use of a long stretch of summer reruns; these begin next Monday, with Season 5 starting on August 30.
  • In all likelihood, Thursday show features the debut of Bullseye '76.
  • If Bullseye does indeed debut this Thursday, it is the only appearance of the game this season.
  • At the beginning of its life, Bullseye's target has a range of $5-$10, with $9-$10 as the bullseye.
  • At the beginning of its life, Bullseye's "hidden bullseye" allows a contestant to win if it is with the product whose marker on the target is the closest one to the bullseye.
  • Bob incorrectly states that Friday's show is the 1,000th episode; in reality, it is only the 950th episode.
  • As of Friday, the Range Game board is still blue.
  • On Friday, in an unusual move, Range Game's prize, a grandfather clock, is concealed in the Clam.


Season 5 ('76-'77)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 5, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (201): September 21-24

  • Originally scheduled for August* 31-September 3.
  • Only four episodes; no Monday show.
  • The program aired on Monday, September 20, is Season 4's delayed May 20 episode.
  • Based on a series of odd reschedulings early in this season that involves Weeks 201-204 airing after Weeks 205-207, it seems possible that Weeks 201-204 were originally planned as part of Season 4.
  • On at least this week's Friday show, the "Hour Power" text in the opening is full-sized the entire time it is onscreen.
  • On Friday, the color of "Price" in the graphical logo is still yellow.
  • By Friday, "Dig We Must" has replaced the end of the show's theme as the "money win" cue for the Showcase Showdown.
  • On Friday, the mid-show bumper still behaves as it did on the first permanent hour show.
  • As of Friday, there are still no prize labels on the price stands in Danger Price.


Week 2 (202): October 18, September 28-30, October 1

  • Originally scheduled for September 6-10.


Week 3 (203): October 4-8

  • Originaly scheduled for September 13-17.


Weed 4 (204): October 11-15

  • Originally scheduled for September 20-24.


Week 5 (205): August* 30-September 3

  • Originally scheduled for September 27-October 1.
  • CBS regards this week's Monday show, which was the first Season 5 episode to air, as the season premiere; however, I have chosen to regard episode #2012D as such, as there are indications that the first seven weeks of the season were not originally intended to be broadcast so dramatically out of order.


Week 6 (206): September 6-10

  • Originally scheduled for October 4-8.
  • On Thursday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 7 (207): September 13-17

  • Originally scheduled for October 11-15.
  • As of Thursday, the white section of Door #2 still extends all the way to the floor.
  • By Thursday, the color of "Price" in the graphical logo has changed from yellow to white.


Week 8 (208): September 27, December 10, October 20-22

  • Originally scheduled for October 18-22.
  • Friday show features the debut of Switcheroo.


Week 9 (209): October 25-29


Week 10 (210): November 1-5


Week 11 (211): November 8-12

  • Assuming that episode #0013D is not included in the episode count, this week's Monday show is the real episode #1,000.
  • By Thursday, the range on the Bullseye board has been changed to $1-$6, with $5-$6 as the bullseye.
  • Fairly early in Bullseye's life, the rules are altered to state that the contestant will win if the hidden bullseye is with any product that has a marker on the target; it seems likely that this change also occurs this Thursday.


Week 12 (212): November 15-19


Week 13 (213): November 22-24

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 14 (214): November 29-December 3


Week 15 (215): December 6-8

  • Only three shows; Thursday has December Magazine, and Friday has the delayed October 19 episode.


Week 16 (216): December 13-17


Week 17 (217): December 20-24

  • At this point in time, it is believed that Double Prices and 1 Right Price are still using their original props.


Week 18 (218): December 27-31

  • Tuesday show is Anitra's last episode.
  • On Wednesday, auditions to replace Anitra begin; three rotating models try out, including Holly.
  • By this time, the green Range Game board has debuted.
  • Golden Road is believed to still be using the gold carpet for its road at this point.


Week 19 (219): January 3-7

  • Sometime in 1977, a velvet rope that runs along the path is added to Golden Road.


Week 20 (220): January 10-14


Week 21 (221): January 17, March 7, January 19, March 8, January 21

  • Originally scheduled for January 17-21.


Week 22 (222): January 24-28


Week 23 (223): January 31-February 4

  • By Monday, the game side of the spinning panel of the Turntable Wall has been changed to a solid red-orange.
  • By Monday, the colored stripes on Door #2 have been extended across the bottom of the door.
  • As of Monday, Dice Game is still using 0s and numbers higher than 6.
  • By Monday, the word "new" has been removed from the final line of the opening spiel, changing it to simply, "The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right!"
  • As of Thursday, Danger Price is still being played on the Turntable.


Week 24 (224): February 7-11


Week 25 (225): February 14-18

  • Around this point, give or take a couple weeks, Holly joins the show permanently.


Week 26 (226): February 21-25


Week 27 (227): February 28-March 4

  • By Thursday, the opening spiel has been changed to, "Here it comes! Television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes! The fabulous, sixty-minute Price Is Right!"
  • By Thursday, Grocery Game's table has changed to a solid, light red.
  • By Thursday, the Danger Price board has been moved to center stage and is concealed by the Giant Price Tag.
  • By Thursday, Danger Price's price stands have had prize labels added to them.


Week 28 (228): March 9-11

  • Only three shows; Monday and Tuesday have the delayed January 18 & 20 episodes.
  • On Monday, March 7, the show moves to 10:30 Eastern/9:30 Central.


Week 29 (229): March 14-18

  • On at least Tuesday's episode, the opening titles are yellow.


Week 30 (230): March 21-22, April 18, March 23, March 25

  • Originally scheduled for March 21-25.


Week 31 (231): March 28-April 1


Week 32 (232): April 4-8

  • There is still no bonus for perfect bids in Contestants' Row at this time.
  • At this point in time, Any Number is still revealing both prizes at the same time, with the car being announced first.
  • At this point in time, Money Game is still using its original color scheme, and it still has no logo.


Week 33 (233): April 11-15


Week 34 (234): March 24, April 19-20, May 16, April 22

  • Originally scheduled for April 18-22.
  • Monday show is a half-hour episode.


Week 35 (235): April 25-28, May 12

  • Originally scheduled for April 25-29.


Week 36 (236): May 2-6


Week 37 (237): May 9-11, April 29, May 13

  • Originally scheduled for May 9-13.
  • Monday show features the debut of Hole in One.
  • In early playings of Hole in One, a drumroll plays while the contestant putts.
  • On Wednesday, Five Price Tags is played for a $10,141 van; this may be the first 5-digit car offered in a game other than Golden Road.


Week 38 (238): April 21, May 17-20

  • Originally scheduled for May 16-20.
  • Monday show is a half-hour episode.
  • On Wednesday, during the third playing of Hole in One, Bob tells the contestant that there is a 10-second time limit for each grocery pick; there is no official record of the game having a timer, so this was likely just Bob trying to move the game along when it started to take longer than the staff thought it would.
  • Oddly, Bob tells Wednesday's Hole in One contestant that she is the second person to play the game; she is actually the third.
  • By Wednesday, Double Prices and 1 Right Price have begun using their second podiums.
  • By Wednesday, Cliff Hangers has begun using the yodeling song On the Franches Mountains from the album Swiss Mountain Music; it had originally used The Silly Song from Disney's movie Snow White and the Seven Dwarves.


Week 39 (239): May 23-27

  • By Monday, a $100 cash bonus has been institutued for making a perfect bid in Contestants' Row.
  • By Monday, Any Number is revealing its two prizes separately, with the 3-digit prizes being shown and described first. The two prizes also get separate music cues.


Week 40 (240): May 30-June 3

  • By this point, the patterns on the spinning Turntable wall panel have been reversed -- the red bricks are on the game side, and the solid red-orange is on the front side.
  • On Tuesday, a chance to be a Barker's Beauty for a day is offered in the Showcase.


Week 41 (241): June 6-10

  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.


Week 42 (242): June 13-17

  • On Monday, Danger Price is played for season tickets to the four LA sports teams.


Week 43 (243): June 20-24


Week 44 (244): June 27-July 1

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.
  • By Wednesday, a rule has been added to Dice Game stating that prices used in the game will only contain the digits 1-6.


Season 6 ('77-'78)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 6, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (245): August* 29-September 2


Week 2 (246): September 5-9

  • On Thursday, Hole in One is played for a Cadillac.


Week 3 (247): September 12-16

  • Tuesday show features the debut of Squeeze Play.
  • Wednesday show features the debut of Secret "X".
  • The Secret "X" board originally did not have question marks in the squares of the center column.
  • Originally, all of Secret "X"'s props were staged farther to the left, closer to the Turntable, than they are now; as such, it was not concealed by the Giant Price Tag.
  • Wednesday show opens with the infamous tube top incident (also known simply as "the Yolanda Incident," after the contestant it happened to).
  • As of Wednesday show, the opening titles are still behaving the same way they were at the beginning of 1976.
  • By Wednesday, red and green seem to have disappeared from the opening titles; they are now always blue.
  • By Wednesday, the behavior of the mid-show bumper has been reversed; it now begins with a full shot of the logo, which then shrinks toward the center as the light border moves onto the screen.


Week 4 (248): September 19-23

  • All notes from Week 3 about Secret "X" still apply on its second playing this Wednesday.


Week 5 (249): September 26-30

  • As of Tuesday, Money Game is still using its original color scheme.


Week 6 (250): October 3-7

  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.
  • On Friday, Clock Game is played for a car.


Week 7 (251): October 10-14


Week 8 (252): October 17-21


Week 9 (253): October 24-28

  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.


Week 10 (254): October 31-November 4

  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.


Week 11 (255): November 7-9, December 9, November 11

  • Originally scheduled for November 7-11.
  • On Thursday, due to a pre-emption, a half-hour show was rerun on the East Coast, and an hour show was rerun on the West Coast.
  • On Monday, the show moves to 10:00 Eastern/9:00 Central.


Week 12 (256): November 14-18

  • Monday show features the debut of Professor Price.
  • On Monday, the walls of the Big Wheel are still gold.
  • By Monday, the behavior of the opening titles has changed; the text now rapidly and repeatedly grows and shrinks, flashing all the while.
  • On Monday, Grocery Game is played for a car.


Week 13 (257): November 21-23

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • Monday show features the second and final playing of Professor Price.


Week 14 (258): November 28-29, February 20, December 2

  • Originally scheduled for November 28-30, December 2.
  • Only four shows; Thursday has December Magazine.
  • On Wednesday, November 30, a half-hour show is rerun on the East Coast, and an hour show is rerun on the West Coast.


Week 15 (259): December 5-8, January 30

  • Originally scheduled for December 5-9.


Week 16 (260): December 12-14, March 6, December 16

  • Originally scheduled for December 12-16.
  • On Thursday, December 15, a half-hour show is rerun on the East Coast, and an hour show is rerun on the West Coast.
  • By Wednesday, the opening in the bottom of the Dice Game board has been filled in with a gray cover.
  • By Wednesday, the walls of the Big Wheel have become red.


Week 17 (261): December 19-23


Week 18 (262): December 26-30

  • At this point, Hi Lo is still using its first set.
  • On Wednesday, after the fourth game, Bob and the Beauties plug Bob's appearance as host of the Rose Parade the following Monday and announce that Price will not be on that morning.
  • By Friday, the question marks have been added to the center column of the Secret "X" board.
  • By Friday, Secret "X" has adopted its normal staging and is concealed by the Giant Price Tag.
  • On Friday, Janice wrecks a car during the Showcase.


Week 19 (263): January 3-6

  • New Year's week; only four shows, with no Monday episode.
  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.
  • Sometime during 1978, the Train makes its first appearance.


Week 20 (264): January 9-13

  • By Monday, Golden Road's original, carpet "road" has been replaced by the gold dots.
  • Golden Road's velvet rope is known to be present on Monday.


Week 21 (265): January 16-20

  • By Tuesday, Hole in One’s original, circular “$500” sign has been replaced by a yellow flower with “$500” written in the center of the bloom.


Week 22 (266): January 23-27


Week 23 (267): January 31-February 3

  • Only four shows; Monday has the delayed December 9 episode.
  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.
  • After Friday's show, Give or Keep briefly leaves the pricing game rotation.


Week 24 (268): February 6-10


Week 25 (269): February 13-17


Week 26 (270): February 21-24

  • Only four shows; Monday has the delayed November 30 episode.
  • Tuesday show features the debut of Finish Line.


Week 27 (271): February 27-March 3

  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.
  • After its second playing on Monday's show, Finish Line disappears from the game rotation for two months.


Week 28 (272): March 7-10

  • Only four shows; Monday has the delayed December 15 episode.
  • On Wednesday, Give or Keep reappears.


Week 29 (273): March 13-17


Week 30 (274): March 20-24

  • On Monday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • At this time, three-trip Most Expensive is still staged entirely behind Door #2.


Week 31 (275): March 27-31


Week 32 (276): April 3-7

  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.
  • On Monday, the show moves to 10:30 Eastern/9:30 Central.
  • By Wednesday, Money Game has taken on its second color scheme; additionally, the board now has a logo.


Week 33 (277): April 10-14


Week 34 (278): April 17-21

  • On Monday, the second showcase is a salute to Roger Dobkowitz; included as a bonus with the showcase is a bound copy of Roger's master's thesis that got him hired at Goodson-Todman.


Week 35 (279): April 24-28

  • After Thursday, Give or Keep again leaves the pricing game rotation and is essentially replaced by Finish Line until November.


Week 36 (280): May 1-5

  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.
  • On Wednesday, Finish Line rejoins the game rotation.


Week 37 (281): May 8-12

  • At this point, the floor in front of Contestants' Row still has the yellow squares on it.


Week 38 (282): May 15-19


Week 39 (283): May 22-26


Week 40 (284): May 29-June 1, June 19

  • Originally scheduled for May 29-June 2.
  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.


Week 41 (285): June 5-9

  • By Monday, the yellow tiles have been removed from the floor in front of Contestants' Row; that area is now a solid white, except for the Goodson-Todman asterisks.


Week 42 (286): June 12-16

  • By Monday, the second Hi Lo counter has been introduced.
  • As of Monday, there is still no commercial break during the Showcase.


Week 43 (287): June 20, 21, 23, 22, 2

  • Originally scheduled for June 19-23.
  • Friday show features the debut of Take Two.


Week 44 (288): June 26-29, August 14

  • Originally scheduled for June 26-30.
  • Not season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.


Week 45 (289): August 7-11


Week 46 (290): August 16, 15, 17, December* 12, 18

  • Originally scheduled for August 14-18.
  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.
  • Thursday's show was never broadcast on the West Coast; while the East Coast saw episode #2904D on December 12, 1978, after a Presidential press conference, the West received a rerun of episode #2954D. Indeed, the fact that the show was aired at all appears to be a fluke; it is very unlikely that it was intended to air that day prior to the half-hour timeslot suddenly being created by the press conference.


Week 47 (291): August 21-24, October* 23

  • Originally scheduled for August 21-25.
  • Season finale week.
  • Season 7 begins next Monday.


Season 7 ('78-'79)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 7, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (292): August* 28-September 1


Week 2 (293): June* 30, September 4-6, September 8

  • Originally scheduled for September 4-8.
  • A scheduled pre-emption on this Thursday for September Magazine caused this week's shows to be aired out of order, with the Monday show actually airing during Season 6.
  • Monday show features the debuts of Shower Game and It's Optional.


Week 3 (294): September 11-13, Unaired, 14

  • Originally scheduled for September 11-15.
  • Thursday show is a half-hour episode.
  • There is no record of episode #2944D ever airing.


Week 4 (295): September 15, 18-21

  • Originally scheduled for September 18-22.


Week 5 (296): September 22, 25-28

  • Originally scheduled for September 25-29.
  • Monday show features the final playing of Finish Line.
  • Wednesday show features the debut of Punch a Bunch.
  • By Thursday, doors that double as larger price displays have been added to the stalls in Shower Game.


Week 6 (297): September 29, October 3, December 11, October 5-6

  • Originally scheduled for October 2-6.
  • On Wednesday, October 4, a half-hour rerun is aired on the East Coast, and an hour rerun is aired on the West Coast.
  • It's Optional is believed to be using its normal rules by this point.


Week 7 (298): October 9-13


Week 8 (299): October 16-20


Week 9 (300): October 24-27

  • Only four shows; Monday has Season 6's delayed August 25 episode.


Week 10 (301): October 30-November 1, November 3

  • Only four shows; no Thursday episode.
  • Wednesday show features the debut of Telephone Game.


Week 11 (302): November 6-10

  • A home viewer contest is held this week; exactly what it is is not known, although a Home Viewer Showcase seems like a reasonable guess.


Week 12 (303): November 13-17

  • On Tuesday, Give or Keep returns to the pricing game rotation.


Week 13 (304): November 20-22, 24

  • Thanksgiving week; only four shows.


Week 14 (305): November 27-December 1

  • Wednesday show features the final playing of Telephone Game.
  • Thursday show features the final playing of Shower Game.
  • On Friday show, Punch a Bunch adopts its normal rules.
  • It is believed that sometime during December, the bonus spin is added to the Showcase Showdown.
  • At or shortly after the addition of the bonus spin, the "5" and "15" spaces on the Big Wheel become green sections; if the changes did not occur at the same time, this would mean the a bonus spin originally awarded either $10,000 or nothing.


Week 15 (306): December 4-6, 8

  • Only four shows; Thursday has December Magazine.


Week 16 (307): December 14, 13, 15, & 18

  • Originally scheduled for December 12-15.
  • Only four shows; no Monday episode.


Week 17 (308): December 19-21, 26, 22

  • Originally scheduled for December 18-22.
  • Monday show is a half-hour episode.


Week 18 (309): December 25, February 26, December 27-29

  • Originally scheduled for December 25-29.
  • Temptation's logo is believed to still be using its original font at this point.


Week 19 (310): January 2-3, 5

  • Only three shows, on Tuesday, Wednesday, and Friday.
  • Monday is New Year's Day; Thursday has January Magazine.


Week 20 (311): January 8-12


Week 21 (312): January 15-19


Week 22 (313): January 22-26

  • Thursday show features the debut of Penny Ante.


Week 23 (314): January 29-31, February 2

  • Only four shows; Thursday has February Magazine.


Week 24 (315): February 5-9


Week 25 (316): February 12-16


Week 26 (317): February 19-23

  • As of Tuesday, the 3 Strikes sign is still green.
  • By Tuesday, many of the stripes on the Any Number board have been painted green.
  • By Tuesday, the commercial break during the Showcase has been reinstated; the show's theme is now used while going into the break instead of the original "Come on down" music.


Week 27 (318): February 27-28, March 2

  • Only three shows, on Tuesday, Wednesday, and Friday.
  • Monday has the delayed December 26 episode; Thursday has March Magazine.


Week 28 (319): March 5-9


Week 29 (320): March 12-16


Week 30 (321): March 19-23


Week 31 (322): March 26-30

  • On Friday show, Penny Ante adopts its normal rules and loses its sportstype penny counter; presumably, the first version of its green & blue color scheme also debuts at this point.
  • By this point, the pink Pricedown dollar signs have been added to the walls of the Big Wheel.


Week 32 (323): April 2-4, 6

  • Only four shows; Thursday has April Magazine.


Week 33 (324): April 9-13


Week 34 (325): April 16, May 1, May 3, April 30, May 7

  • Originally scheduled for April 16-20.


Week 35 (326): May 8, April 24-27

  • Originally scheduled for April 23-27.
  • On Monday, April 23, The Price Is Right moves to its current and most familiar timeslot of 11:00 Eastern/10:00 Central.


Week 36 (327): May 4, April 17, May 2, June 7, April 18

  • Originally scheduled for April 30-May 4.


Week 37 (328): April 19-20, 23, May 9-10

  • Originally scheduled for May 7-11.


Week 38 (329): May 11, 14-17

  • Originally scheduled for May 14-18.


Week 39 (330): May 18, 21-24

  • Originally scheduled for May 21-25.


Week 40 (331): May 25, 28-31

  • Originally scheduled for May 28-June 1.


Week 41 (332): June 1, 4-6, 8

  • Originally scheduled for June 4-8.


Week 42 (333): June 11-15


Week 43 (334): June 18-22


Week 44 (335): June 25-29

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.


Season 8 ('79-'80)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 8, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (336): August* 27-31

  • Weeks 336-339 were originally planned as the last four weeks of Season 7, to air the weeks of July 30, August 6, August 13, and August 20; for reasons unknown, they were redesignated as the first four weeks of Season 8, and their original airdates were replaced with an additional four weeks of summer reruns.
  • On Thursday, Race Game is played for season tickets to all four Los Angeles sports teams.


Week 2 (337): September 3-7

  • On Monday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 3 (338): September 10-14


Week 4 (339): September 17-21

  • On Wednesday, the Turntable walls are still using the same patterns as at the end of Season 5.
  • By Wednesday, Golden Road's push-button price reveals have been replaced with simple pull-tabs.
  • On Wednesday, Race Game is played for season tickets to all four Los Angeles sports teams.
  • By Wednesday, the number of consolation prizes has increased to three.


Week 5 (340): September 24-28


Week 6 (341): October 1-2, December 31, October 4-5

  • Originally scheduled for October 1-5
  • Wednesday, October 3 has a rerun of the half-hour October 6, 1977 episode.
  • On Thursday, the fully-orchestrated version of "Walking" is still being used during the opening.
  • On Thursday, Golden Road's velvet rope is still in use.


Week 7 (342): October 8-12

  • Around this time, probably on Tuesday, the version of Walking used during the opening is replaced with an identical edit of the less fully-orchestrated version of the cue already used during the body of the show; the cue is definitely in place by Thursday.


Week 8 (343): October 15-19


Week 9 (344): October 22-26

  • By Tuesday, the behavior of the opening titles has changed; the text now appears, rapidly grows, and disappears four times.
  • By Tuesday, the pattern on the game side of the spinning Turntable wall panel has changed to a series of orange and brown zigzags.
  • By Tuesday, Temptation’s logo has been changed to its current font.


Week 10 (345): October 29-November 2


Week 11 (346): November 5-9


Week 12 (347): November 12-16


Week 13 (348): November 19-21, December 17

  • Originally scheduled for November 19-21, 23.
  • Thanksgiving week; only four shows.


Week 14 (349): November 26-30


Week 15 (350): December 3-7


Week 16 (351): December 10-14

  • On Thursday, the "Punch a Bunch" logo still has its original, rainbow color scheme.


Week 17 (352): December 18-21

  • Only four shows; no Monday episode.
  • Golden Road’s velvet rope is believed to have disappeared by this point.


Week 18 (353): December 24-25, February 4-6

  • Originally scheduled for either December 24-28 or for December 24-25 and January 30-February 1; which one is not clear.
  • With the exception of two out-of-order episodes, reruns are broadcast for the remainder of December and all of January.
  • By 1979, the show has begun its annual tradition of decorating the set for Christmas.
  • By the end of the ‘70s, the practice of playing car games fourth seems to have become essentially discontinued; it will not resurface on any sort of regular basis until 2005.
  • By Tuesday, the Big Wheel's current, more pronounced beep has been introduced.
  • On Tuesday, Johnny signs off during the credits with, "This is Johnny Olson saying, 'Merry Christmas!' for The Price Is Right, a Mark Goodson-Bill Todman production!"


Week 19 (354): February 7, 8, & 11

  • Originally scheduled for February 6-8.
  • Only three shows, on Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday.


Week 20 (355): January 7, February 12-15

  • Originally scheduled for February 11-15.


Week 21 (356): February 18-22


Week 22 (357): February 25-29

  • On Wednesday, the Goodson-Todman asterisks on Hi Lo's price cards still have eight points.


Week 23 (358): March 3-7


Week 24 (359): March 10-14


Week 25 (360): March 17-21


Week 26 (361): March 24-28


Week 27 (362): March 31-April 4

  • As of Tuesday, Hole in One's $500 sign is still the yellow flower, and the golf ball backings have not yet been added to the grocery displays.


Week 28 (363): April 7-11


Week 29 (364): April 14-18


Week 30 (365): April 21-25

  • Tuesday show features the debut of Barker's Bargain Bar.


Week 31 (366): April 28-May 2

  • Tuesday show features the debut of Trader Bob.
  • By Tuesday, the stripes behind the numbers in Lucky Seven have been removed.


Week 32 (367): May 5-9


Week 33 (368): May 12-16

  • Friday show features the debut of Grand Game.


Week 34 (369): May 19-23


Week 35 (370): May 26-30


Week 36 (371): June 2-6


Week 37 (372): June 9-13


Week 38 (373): June 16-20

  • On Friday show, a then-unknown Vanna White is a contestant.
  • By Friday, the Goodson-Todman asterisks on Hi Lo's price cards have been altered to have the standard six points instead of eight.


Week 39 (374): June 23-27

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.
  • By Tuesday, the "3 Strikes" sign has become gold.
  • At this time, Secret "X" is still using its original color scheme.


Season 9 ('80-'81)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 9, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (375): August* 25-29


Week 2 (376): September 1-5


Week 3 (377): September 8-12


Week 4 (378): September 15-19

  • Wednesday show features the debut of Now....and Then.
  • On Monday, the audience curtains still have the same color scheme they did on the sixth episode of Season 4.
  • By Monday, the behavior of the opening titles has changed. The text now appears in the center of the screen, grows, and disappears a total of four times.
  • By Monday, Punch a Bunch's logo has become yellow.
  • On Monday, Grocery Game's table is still a solid red.


Week 5 (379): September 22-26


Week 6 (380): September 29-October 3


Week 7 (381): October 6-10


Week 8 (382): October 13-17


Week 9 (383): October 20-24

  • On Thursday, the Contestants’ Row seat covers are still blue.
  • By Thursday, the curtains behind the audience have been replaced; they are now red-blue-orange-green-red-blue-orange-green from left to right.
  • As of Thursday, there are still no baseballs on the 3 Strikes board.


Week 10 (384): October 27-31

  • On Thursday, Bob and cameraman Joe Arvizu plug next week's Home Viewer Showcase.
  • By Friday, Contestants’ Row’s green seat covers have debuted.


Week 11 (385): November 3-7

  • Friday show features the debut of Hit Me.
  • On the earliest playings of Hit Me, no face cards are used.
  • By Monday, Double Prices is being played at Door #3 at least some of the time.
  • By Monday, Hole in One’s $500 flower has changed to a glittery blue and purple; additionally, golf ball backings have been added to the grocery tees.
  • By this Monday, the audience has begun to boo during the Showcase Showdown when a contestant fails to get the Big Wheel all the way around.
  • The Home Viewer Showcase “Showcase of the Future” is presented this week before the day’s eighth contestant is called.
  • The mid-show bumper spiel is changed for this week to, “Stay tuned for our exciting Home Viewer Showcase of the Future, coming up on the second half of The Price Is Right!”
  • On Thursday, Double Prices is played for a car.


Week 12 (386): November 10-14

  • On Monday, the famous "Samoan Chaser" incident occurs when Pauline becomes the first contestant to win Grand Game.
  • Thursday show features the second playing and first taped playing of Hit Me.
  • Several times on Thursday, Bob refers to Hit Me as "a new game" having its "first playing," apparently forgetting that the game's actual debut episode was being produced out of order and had not been taped yet.


Week 13 (387): November 17-21


Week 14 (388): November 24-26

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 15 (389): December 1-5


Week 16 (390): December 8-12


Week 17 (391): December 15-19


Week 18 (392): December 22-24, 26

  • Only four shows; Thursday, Christmas, has a rerun of Season 8's Christmas episode.
  • By Tuesday, Five Price Tags has introduced its second set of small prize podiums.
  • By Tuesday, Grocery Game's table has become a cream color, and a collage of groceries has been added to the front.
  • Around this time, including at least this week's Tuesday show, co-producer Barbara Hunter briefly fills in for Holly, who had injured her knee.


Week 19 (393): December 29-31, January 2

  • New Year's week; only four shows.


Week 20 (394): January 5-9


Week 21 (395): January 12-16

  • Friday show features an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.


Week 22 (396): January 19, March 9, January 21-23

  • Originally scheduled for January 19-23.


Week 23 (397): January 26-30

  • On Friday, several past and then-current Miss USAs and Miss Universes are in the audience.


Week 24 (398): February 2-6

  • By Tuesday, Danger Price's price podiums have begun to be grouped together at the center of Door #2.
  • Tuesday show features the debut of Super Ball!!.
  • On Wednesday, on the game's 10th playing, Hit Me begins to use face cards.


Week 25 (399): February 9-13

  • On Thursday, the white squares on the Secret "X" board become yellow.
  • On Thursday, former professional wrestler Ox Baker is a contestant.
  • Friday show is the ceremonial 2,000th episode; in reality, it is only the 1,912th episode.


Week 26 (400): February 16-20


Week 27 (401): February 23-27


Week 28 (402): March 2-6


Week 29 (403): March 10-13

  • Only four shows; Monday has the delayed January 20 episode.


Week 30 (404): March 16-20

  • As of Monday, there is still no red dot in front of the Big Wheel for spinners to stand on.
  • As of Monday, Money Game is still played at center stage.


Week 31 (405): March 23-27


Week 32 (406): March 30-April 3

  • On Wednesday show, as an April Fool's joke, when Johnny introduces Bob, Door #2 opens to show a sign reading "April Fools"; Bob is then shown entering the studio through the audience. Audience entrances were completely unheard of at this time and would not become a regular occurrence for several more years.


Week 33 (407): April 6-10


Week 34 (408): April 13-17

  • On Friday, a contestant loses Hole in One despite putting from the sixth line.


Week 35 (409): April 20-24

  • By Wednesday, there is a red dot in front of the Big Wheel for spinners to stand on.


Week 36 (410): April 27-May 1


Week 37 (411): May 4-8


Week 38 (412): May 11-15


Week 39 (413): May 18-22


Week 40 (414): May 25-29


Week 41 (415): June 1-5


Week 42 (416): June 8-10, September* 3-4

  • Origianlly scheduled for June 8-12.
  • Season finale week; summer reruns air from June 11-September* 2.
  • At the end of this season, the original shot of Bob taking his microphone is still in use.
  • At the end of this season, Hole in One is still using the blue flower version of the $500 sign.


Season 10 ('81-'82)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 10, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (417): September 7-11

  • On all shows this week, everyone in the studio wears buttons to commemorate the start of the show's tenth season.
  • Thursday show is the real episode #2,000.


Week 2 (418): September 14-18

  • For a while around this time, including on Thursday, the opening titles are red.
  • By Thursday, the opening titles have begun to say things other than "Hour Power."
  • By Thursday, the shot of Bob taking his microphone has changed; the camera now begins with a shot of the lights in the ceiling and moves down to shoot Bob and Janice.
  • As of Thursday, Squeeze Play is still played at center stage.
  • Thursday show features an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.


Week 3 (419): September 21-25

  • On Thursday, the Contestants' Row displays are still red, green, orange, and blue from left to right.
  • By Thursday, Hole in One has replaced its $500 flower with a dark gold flag; "$500" is written on it in white.


Week 4 (420): September 28-October 2


Week 5 (421): October 5, January 18, October 7-9

  • Originally scheduled for October 5-9.


Week 6 (422): October 12-16

  • Wednesday show features the debut of Blank Check.
  • By Friday, the opening title have changed back to blue.
  • By Friday, the green and blue Contestants' Row displays have switched places; the displays are now red, blue, orange, and green from left to right.
  • On Friday, the original Barker Wall is still in use.
  • By Friday, the silver parts of the Most Expensive props have been changed to blue.


Week 7 (423): October 19-23


Week 8 (424): October 26-30


Week 9 (425): November 16-20

  • Originally scheduled for November 2-6.
  • The Home Viewer Showcase "Old-Fashioned Christmas" is presented on this week's shows.
  • The entirety of Week 9 was taped and aired out of order; in fact, the shows were not taped until November 2-4. This anomaly appears to have been related to the Home Viewer Showcase.
  • By Thursday, Bonus Game has taken on its current color scheme.


Week 10 (426): November 2-6

  • Originally scheduled for November 9-13.


Week 11 (427): November 9-13

  • Originally scheduled for November 16-20.


Week 12 (428): November 23-25

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 13 (429): November 30-December 3, December 18

  • Originally scheduled for November 30-December 4.
  • On Friday, after the Showcase, Bob phones the winner of the Home Viewer Showcase.
  • Friday's opening title is "Home Showcase Winner".
  • On Friday, Danger Price is played for season tickets to all four Los Angeles sports teams.


Week 14 (430): December 7-11


Week 15 (431): December 14-17, 4

  • Originally scheduled for December 14-18.


Week 16 (432): December 21-25


Week 17 (433): December 28-31

  • New Year's week; only four shows.
  • By Monday, Money Game has been moved to the Turntable.


Week 18 (434): January 4-8


Week 19 (435): January 11-15


Week 20 (436): January 19-22

  • Only four shows; Monday has the delayed October 6 episode.


Week 21 (437): January 25-29

  • Thursday show features the debut of Check-Out.


Week 22 (438): February 1-5


Week 23 (439): February 8-12


Week 24 (440): February 15-19


Week 25 (441): February 22-26


Week 26 (442): March 1-5


Week 27 (443): March 8-12


Week 28 (444): March 15-19


Week 29 (445): March 22-26


Week 30 (446): March 29-April 2

  • At about this point, Squeeze Play is still being played at center stage.


Week 31 (447): April 5-9


Week 32 (448): April 12-16

  • Monday show features the debut of Pick a Pair.


Week 33 (449): April 19-23


Week 34 (450): April 26-30


Week 35 (451): May 3-7


Week 36 (452): May 10-14


Week 37 (453): May 17-21


Week 38 (454): May 24-28


Week 39 (455): May 31-June 4

  • On Thursday, Bert Convy appears to plug the revival of Tattletales.
  • By Thursday, the white trim on the Card Game table has been painted red.
  • On Friday show, the TPIR theme is started at the wrong place during the opening; it ends up running out, and it then resets to the beginning.


Week 40 (456): June 7-11

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.


Season 11 ('82-'83)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 11, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (457): September 6-10


Week 2 (458): September 13-17


Week 3 (459): September 20-24

  • Bob declares that Monday show is Price's 2,254th episode; in reality, it is the 2,203rd episode.
  • On Monday, Double Prices is played for a car.
  • During Thursday's credits, Johnny announces that contestant Yvonne was found after the taping to be ineligible and would not receive her prizes.


Week 4 (460): September 27-October 1

  • On Wednesday, a refrigerator being offered in Shell Game refuse to stay shut as Holly attempts to close it, resulting in what has come to be known as the first of her "great appliance battles."
  • As of Wednesday, the Turntable walls patterns from Season 10 are still in use.
  • During Wednesday's credits, Johnny announces that contestant Susan was found after the taping to be ineligible and would not receive her prizes.


Week 5 (461): October 4-8


Week 6 (462): October 11-15


Week 7 (463): October 18-22


Week 8 (464): October 25-29

  • On Tuesday, Bill Cullen appears to plug Child's Play; he arrives riding the Train with an Item up for Bids.
  • By Tuesday, the second Barker Wall has come into use.
  • By Tuesday, Hole in One's $500 flag has been changed to a shade of gold closer to the one used on the original Golden Road sign; additionally, "$500" is now written on it in black.


Week 9 (465): November 1-5


Week 10 (466): November 8-12

  • By Tuesday, the familiar purple-red-orange pattern has been placed on the front of the spinning panel of the Turntable wall, and the plain red pattern that had previously been on the front has been placed on the back.
  • By Tuesday, a painting of a flying baseball with the word "Price" on it has been added to the base of the 3 Strikes board.


Week 11 (467): November 15-19

  • During this week's shows, the Home Viewer Showcase "Family Christmas" is presented.
  • On this week's shows, all panels of the Turntable wall except for the back side of the spinning panel are changed to display the purple-red-orange pattern, and the chase lights on the Turntable walls are removed. This change is not permanent at this time, as this week of shows was taped out of order.
  • By this point, Squeeze Play has been moved to the Turntable.


Week 12 (468): November 22-24

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 13 (469): November 29-December 3


Week 14 (470): December 6-10


Week 15 (471): December 13-17

  • The Turntable wall changes seen on Week 11's shows are again present this Friday; they are still not permanent, as this episode was taped out of order with the Home Viewer Showcase episodes and next week's shows were taped out of order before this week's.
  • On Friday, Clock Game is played for a car.
  • On Friday, after the Showcase, Bob calls the winner of the Home Viewer Showcase.


Week 16 (472): December 20-24

  • The set, including the Showcase podiums, is decorated for Christmas this week.
  • As of Thursday, Now....and Then is still using its original color scheme.
  • As this week's shows were taped one week before last week's, they still have the Turntable walls from Week 14.


Week 17 (473): December 27-31

  • On Wednesday, the changes to the Turntable walls previously seen in Weeks 11 and 15 take effect permanently.
  • At about this point, possibly on Wednesday, the asterisks on the Showcase podiums are changed from red for the Top Winner and green for the Runner-Up to purple for the Top Winner and orange for the Runner-Up.
  • By this point, a red cover has been placed over the gap in the bottom of the Ten Chances board; presumably, this means that the game is now controlled manuaully.
  • On Thursday, Double Prices is played for a car.


Week 18 (474): January 3-7

  • Monday show features the debut of Plinko.
  • On its first playing only, Plinko is introduced by Johnny announcing that the contestant has, "A chance to win up to $25,000 in cash!" as a disco ball with the text "$25,000" around it comes down from the ceiling in front of Contestants' Row and Grand Game's intro music plays. As Bob and the contestant walk over to the Plinko board, the very end of "Starcrossed" plays.
  • On Plinko's first playing only, the "WIN!" text on the small prize price holders takes up an entire card; the cards flip over again to display the entire price on two cards.
  • On Thursday, the same refrigerator seen on the September 29 episode is offered in Safe Crackers and again refuses to stay shut when Holly attempts to close it.


Week 19 (475): January 10-14

  • On Tuesday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, Plinko's disco ball is replaced with the Plinko sign, which is staged in the back of the audience. Additionally, the Grand Game and "Starcrossed" music are replaced by Punch a Bunch's harps followed by a sting from "The Cats" as Johnny introduces the game.
  • On Tuesday, Plinko's normal "WIN!" cards are introduced.


Week 20 (476): January 17-21


Week 21 (477): January 24-28

  • On Tuesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Race Game is played for season tickets to all four Los Angeles sports teams.


Week 22 (478): January 31-February 4

  • By about this point, Five Price Tags's small prize labels are believed to have changed from yellow to white.
  • On Tuesday's show, which was presumably taped on December 12, the Beauties sing "Happy Birthday" to Bob.


Week 23 (479): February 7-11

  • On Tuesday, Janice, Dian, and Holly pretend to be drunk throughout the show.
  • On Tuesday, Johnny is shown at his podium as he signs off during the credits, still dressed in his safari gear from one of the showcases.


Week 24 (480): February 14-18

  • As of Thursday, Take Two is still using its original color scheme.


Week 25 (481): February 21-25


Week 26 (482): February 28-March 4


Week 27 (483): March 7-11

  • By Friday, Take Two's yellow color scheme has debuted.
  • Once Take Two's yellow color scheme debuts, the board no longer has Goodson-Todman asterisks on it, and the two dollar signs by the upper price displays are replaced by a single larger one.


Week 28 (484): March 14-18

  • On Wednesday show, Card Game becomes New Card Game. With this change comes a new color scheme, a new table front, a new logo, a starting bid of $2,000, and the second version of the special deck. The special deck now contains 12 cards, with two each of every hundred-dollar value from $500-$1,000. Additionally, aces can now be given a value of any positive number; previously, they could not be made worth more than $1,000.
  • On New Card Game's first playing, the table is covered with a red sheet; Holly whisks the sheet off at Bob's signal to reveal the revamped game.


Week 29 (485): March 21-25

  • On Monday, the third, blue podiums for Double Prices and 1 Right Price are introduced; they make their first appaerance in Double Prices on Monday and in 1 Right Price on Friday.
  • Friday show features the debut of Master Key.


Week 30 (486): March 28-April 1

  • Thursday show features the final playing of Hurdles.
  • Monday show is the second of only three known episodes of the daytime show with no real car games.
  • By Thursday, the two cuts used during Bob's entrance have been replaced with wipe transitions; the first shot changes in a circle moving toward the center of the screen, and the second changes in a circle moving outward toward the edge of the screen.
  • As of Thursday, Plinko's original opening spiel is still in use.
  • Friday show features an April Fool's showcase called "Exciting Decorating Ideas for Your Home" in which everything gets broken. It consists of a grandfather clock that is smashed to pieces when Holly "accidentally" knocks it over; a painting displayed on the Turntable, which will not stop spinning; a dining room group with a chandelier that falls through the table; and a reproduction of a 1964 Valiant automobile that crashes through the wall of the dining room, causing Holly to flee the stage in terror. The real showcase is two Chevrolet Camaros.
  • On Friday, "Big Banana Remix" is played instead of "Walking" after the third Item up for Bids; this subsequently results in "The Cats" being played during Danger Price and "Big Banana Remix" being played during Barker's Bargan Bar.


Week 31 (487): April 4-8


Week 32 (488): April 11-15


Week 33 (489): April 18-22

  • Friday show is believed to feature the first appearance of Deluxe Dice Game.
  • By Friday show, Give or Keep has taken on its blue color scheme and introduced its second small prize podiums.


Week 34 (490): April 25-29

  • On Thursday, Bob has Janice explain Blank Check.


Week 35 (491): May 2-6

  • On Friday's, Hit Me's prices begin to be shown along with its products as Johnny describes them; Bob says that this was done in response to suggestions from viewers.


Week 36 (492): May 9-13

  • Monday show features the final playing of It's Optional.


Week 37 (493): May 16-20

  • On Thursday, Clock Game is played for a car.


Week 38 (494): May 23-27

  • On Monday, the Turntable walls still look the same as they did on December 29.
  • On Thursday, a contestant manages to lose Lucky Seven despite getting the first three numbers exactly right.


Week 39 (495): May 30-June 3


Week 40 (496): June 20-24

  • Possibly originally scheduled for June 6-10


Week 41 (497): June 27-July 1

  • Possibly originally scheduled for June 13-17.
  • Not season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.
  • This week of shows is "Salute to CBS Soaps" week; each day, one or two stars from The Young and the Restless, As the Word Turns, Capitol, or Guiding Light appear to help one contestant play a pricing game and to participate in the Showcase.
  • On Monday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Race Game is played for season tickets for all four Los Angeles sports teams.
  • By Friday, the purple-red-orange pattern has been added to the back side of the spinning Turntable wall panel.


Week 42 (498): August 22-26

  • Season finale week.
  • This extra week of Season 11 is done solely to promote The Phone Home Game, a then-new pricing game involving home viewers which debuts on the first episode of Season 12.
  • Summer reruns resume next Monday.
  • On Monday, Dice Game undergoes a one-time rule change on the fly; the lights around the game's number displays do not work, so Bob declares that each digit will be revealed immediately after the contestant makes his "higher/lower" guess.
  • For this week's episodes, the mid-show bumper spiel is changed to, "Yes, we'll be back with the second half of The Price Is Right, with more excitement and fun, as well as the information on how to register for The Phone Home Game, right after this!"


Season 12 ('83-'84)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 12, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (499): September 12-16

  • The set is decorated for the start of the new season all week.
  • Monday show features the debut of The Phone Home Game.
  • Monday show's opening speil is, "And here it comes! It's the beginning of the 12th year of television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes, The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right!"
  • The set is decorated for the season premiere on Monday.
  • All of Monday's opening titles read "12th Year".
  • On the first playing of The Phone Home Game, the game's intro cue is missing the fourth of its five measures; this is believed to have been added on its second playing.
  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • By Tuesday, Now....and Then has adopted its second color scheme.
  • As of this Thursday, the Plinko sign is still positioned in the back of the audience.


Week 2 (500): September 19-23

  • On Monday, 3 Strikes is played for a 5-digit car for either the first, second, or third time. At this time, the name "3 Strikes +" has not been introduced yet.


Week 3 (501): September 26-30


Week 4 (502): October 3-7


Week 5 (503): October 10-14


Week 6 (504): October 17-21


Week 7 (505): October 24-28

  • On Thursday, Double Prices is played for a car.
  • After Friday, The Phone Home Game begins its annual hiatus for the Home Viewer Showcase.


Week 8 (506): October 31-November 4

  • Friday show features the debut of Walk of Fame.
  • On Tuesday, Dice Game adopts its yellow color scheme; at this time, the gray backing on the bottom of the board becomes red.
  • Early on, Walk of Fame has three autograph books, only one of which contains the words "Second Chance."
  • Early on, the word "Fame" in Walk of Fame's logo is green.


Week 9 (507): November 7-11

  • Tuesday show has an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.
  • Walk of Fame's second playing occurs on Wednesday; as the contestant wins the first three prizes, it cannot be determined if the autograph book rule has been changed yet at this point.


Week 10 (508): November 14-18

  • The Home Viewer Showcase "Home for Christmas" is presented this week.
  • On Monday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Bullseye is played for a car.
  • During this season, Holly leaves the show to pursue an acting career. She is absent this week but is present in early December, suggesting that the Home Viewer Showcase episodes may have been taped out of order.


Week 11 (509): November 21-23

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 12 (510): November 28-December 2

  • On Friday, Holly is still on the show.
  • On Friday, Walk of Fame is played for a car.


Week 13 (511): December 5-9

  • On Tuesday, Janice wrecks the Train into the Turntable.


Week 14 (512): December 12-16

  • On Friday show, the winner and price of the Home Viewer Showcase are revealed.
  • By the end of this week, the Plinko sign has been moved to the Turntable.
  • At this point, the light border from the first permanent hour show is still in use during the opening and the mid-show bumper.


Week 15 (513): December 19-23

  • The set is decorated for Christmas this week.


Week 16 (514): January 3-6

  • New Year's Week; only four shows.
  • As of Thursday, Most Expensive is still using its second set.


Week 17 (515): January 9-13

  • By Tuesday, Holly has left the show "permanently;" however, she returns after only a few months.
  • Tuesday show opens with the infamous "Susan Derbeck/Dupont incident," in which contestant Susan Derbeck does not get up during the opening for about 45 seconds after Johnny calls her because she is (wrongly) expecting to hear her future married name of "Susan Dupont." Once she finally arrives in Contestants' Row (to Johnny's quip of, "there she is. Forgot her name!"), the Big Doors open for Bob, and he does not appear for nearly 20 seconds. When he finally reaches the stage and takes his microphone, he quips, "Welcome to The Price Is Right. If it's good enough for you, Susan, it's good enough for me!"
  • On Wednesday, the original Race Game Curtain is still in use.


Week 18 (516): January 16-20

  • Wednesday show features an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.


Week 19 (517): January 23-27

  • By Monday, the second Race Game Curtain has debuted. The new curtain has Super Ball!!-style dollar signs in boxes with an orange background.
  • On Monday, Race Game is played for season tickets to all four Los Angeles sports teams.
  • On Tuesday, Punch a Bunch is still using its original money slips.
  • On Thursday's show, which was presumably taped on December 12, the Beauties lead the audience in singing "Happy Birthday" to Bob.
  • On Thursday, The Phone Home Game returns to the rotation.
  • On Friday, Double Prices is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Double Prices is played at Door #3.


Week 20 (518): January 30-February 3

  • On Monday, Bob counts how many kisses he has received "after 2,590 episodes," an incorrect number; in reality, it is only the 2,493rd episode.
  • As of Wednesday, the show is still listed as a Goodson-Todman production.
  • Thursday show features an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.
  • By Thursday, Five Price Tags's third (and current) small prize podiums have been introduced, along with their original, red-and-blue prize backdrops.


Week 21 (519): February 6-10

  • As of Monday, Card Game is still using the name "New Card Game."
  • Wednesday show features the famous contestant Ethel, who came to the show to tell Bob she'd had a dream that he "was chasing her in the hayloft."
  • On Thursday, Clock Game is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Danger Price is played for season tickets to the four LA sports teams.


Week 22 (520): February 13-17


Week 23 (521): February 22, 21, 20, 23, & 24

  • Originally scheduled for February 20-24.
  • Tuesday show is a half-hour episode.


Week 24 (522): February 27-March 2


Week 25 (523): March 5-9


Week 26 (524): March 12-16


Week 27 (525): March 19-23


Week 28 (526): March 26-30


Week 29 (527): April 2-6


Week 30 (528): April 9-13

  • Monday show features the debut of Balance Game '84.
  • Monday show features an extremely rare appearance of a small prize game fourth.
  • By Monday, Holly has returned to the show.
  • By Monday, the show's production company designation has changed from Goodson-Todman to Mark Goodson.


Week 31 (529): April 16-20


Week 32 (530): April 23-27


Week 33 (531): April 30-May 4


Week 34 (532): May 7-11


Week 35 (533): May 14-18


Week 36 (534): May 21-25


Week 37 (535): May 28-June 1


Week 38 (536): June 4-8


Week 39 (537): June 11-15


Week 40 (538): June 18-22

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.
  • By the end of the season, the third Most Expensive set is believed to have debuted.


Season 13 ('84-'85)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 13, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (539): September 10-14

  • Friday show features the debut of On the Nose.
  • On its first playing, On the Nose uses baseball for its stunt.
  • Around this point, and by Friday, the borders of Contestants' Row are changed from green to pink.
  • Monday show introduces the second-generation Showcase podiums. These podiums have a purple or orange front surrounded by a golden border, with a gold outline of a Goodson-Todman asterisk; they are also slanted inward. The nameplate holders on the new podiums display the word "SHOWcase" on a purple or orange background before the plates are inserted; the plates themselves are now yellow.
  • Mark Goodson appears on Monday show.
  • Monday show has an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.
  • By Friday, the second permanent Clam design has debuted. It now has a yellow Super Ball!!-style dollar sign on a red background.
  • By Monday, New Card Game's name has been changed back to just "Card Game;" however, the game is still using its second set.
  • Around this time, possibly on Monday and definitely by Friday, a new, bulkier light border is adopted for the opening and the mid-show bumper.


Week 2 (540): September 17-21

  • For a while beginning on Monday or Tuesday, the opening titles are red instead of blue.
  • On Tuesday, the opening titles still behave the way they did early in Season 9.
  • On Tuesday, On the Nose uses basketball for the first time.
  • On Tuesday, the Big Wheel still has its original sportstype scoreboard.


Week 3 (541): September 24-28

  • On Thursday, Clock Game offers a 4-digit prize.
  • On Friday, On the Nose uses football for the first time.


Week 4 (542): October 1-5


Week 5 (543): October 8-12


Week 6 (544): October 15-19

  • On Tuesday, Most Expensive is still using its "The Price Is Right" price tags.
  • On Tuesday, On the Nose uses darts for the first time.
  • By Tuesday, the original, red price podium backdrops in On the Nose have been replaced with larger versions of the triangles seem on the podiums' bases.
  • By Tuesday, indicators have been added to On the Nose's ball/dart holders to show how many chances the contestant has won -- the number of chances for the wrong answers, and a small "On the Nose" logo for the right answer.
  • By Tuesday, the Big Wheel's original sportstype scoreboard has been replaced with a vane scoreboard.
  • On Tuesday, there is still no "Ten Thousand Dollars" graphic in Grand Game's intro.


Week 7 (545): October 22-26


Week 8 (546): October 29-November 2

  • After Monday, The Phone Home Game begins its annual hiatus for the Home Viewer Showcase.


Week 9 (547): November 5-9


Week 10 (548): November 12-16


Week 11 (549): November 19-21

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 12 (550): November 26-30

  • On Wednesday, On the Nose uses tennis for the first time.


Week 13 (551): December 3-7

  • Tuesday show features the debut of One Away.
  • Early in One Away's existence, instead of doing the "Gentlemen, do I have X numbers right?" routine, Bob simply asks for a series of bells after the first turn to indicate how many numbers the contestant had right.
  • The first time One Away's "Gentlemen, do I have X numbers right?" routine is used, Bob runs the game under the mistaken impression that the routine will be done after both turns, resulting in a very awkward price reveal. For several weeks after this, a series of horns is used to indicate how many numbers are right.
  • As of Tuesday, Grocery Game's cream set is still in use; however, shortly afterward, the current table, sign, and cash register are introduced.
  • By Tuesday, the bases of Dice Game's board and table have become blue.


Week 14 (552): December 10-14


Week 15 (553): December 17-21

  • The set is decorated for Christmas this week.
  • On Friday, Master Key is played without its Turntable sign due to an abundance of Christmas decorations on the wall.
  • By the end of 1984, Penny Ante is believed to have adopted the second version of its green/blue color scheme.
  • By the end of 1984, Plinko's opening spiel has changed to, "Now you are going to play Plinko! For a chance to win up to $25,000 in cash!"
  • As of Monday, the original Giant Price Tag is still in use.


Week 16 (554): January 2-4

  • New Year's week; only three shows.
  • By the beginning of 1985, Hi Lo's 8-pointed Goodson-Todman asterisks have been changed to have only six points.
  • Around this time, give or take a couple months, the third Card Game set is believed to debut; the table's color scheme is overhauled again, and the game is given a new, 5-digit bid display.


Week 17 (555): January 7-11


Week 18 (556): January 14-18


Week 19 (557): April 8, January 21-22, 24-25

  • Originally scheduled for January 21-25.
  • On Friday, The Phone Home Game returns to the rotation.


Week 20 (558): January 28-February 1


Week 21 (559): February 4-8


Week 22 (560): February 11-15


Week 23 (561): February 18-22


Week 24 (562): February 25-March 1

  • Probably by this point, Grand Game's intro has begun to include a red "Ten Thousand" graphic that zooms onto the screen much like the show's logo does at the end of the opening.
  • At this point, Secret "X" is probably still using the first version of its yellow color scheme.
  • By about this point, the second Giant Price Tag is believed to have debuted. This tag has a golden, 3D "The Price Is Right" logo set at an angle against a starry background, with its shadow appearing beneath it on a gray, tiled floor. A golden ball appears near the left edge of the tag, in the spot where the original Giant Price Tag's "hole" had been.
  • By around this point, Range Game still has its original button, its original rangefinder holder, and its red diagonal stripes.


Week 25 (563): March 4-8


Week 26 (564): March 11-15


Week 27 (565): March 18-22


Week 28 (566): March 25-29


Week 29 (567): April 1-5


Week 30 (568): April 9-12

  • Only four shows; Monday has the delayed January 21 episode.


Week 31 (569): April 15-19


Week 32 (570): April 22-26


Week 33 (571): April 29-May 3


Week 34 (572): May 6-10


Week 35 (573): May 13-17


Week 36 (574): May 20-24


Week 37 (575): May 27-31


Week 38 (576): June 3-7

  • By Monday, On the Nose has begun revealing what sport is being played before Door #2 opens.
  • By Monday, a synthisizer-ish sound effect has been added to On the Nose to accompany the opening of Door #2.


Week 39 (577): June 10-14


Week 40 (578): July 1-5

  • Probably originally scheduled for June 17-21.
  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns air from June 17-28 and from July 8-September 6.
  • By the end of the season, One Away's "Gentlemen, do I have X numbers right?" routine has almost certainly returned.


Season 14 ('85-'86)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 14, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (579): September 9-13

  • Friday show features the debut of Bump.
  • Very early in Bump's existence, the game's logo had blue stripes in it and bore a significantly closer resemblance to the UK's flag.
  • On Monday, Safe Crackers still has its original appearance.
  • By Monday, Punch a Bunch's original, white money slips have been replaced by the current, yellow ones.
  • By Monday, the behavior of the opening titles has changed. The titles now repeatedly flip horizontally as they grow; additionally, the last one now flips and shrinks back to the center of the screen instead of simply disappearing.
  • At this point, the borders of Contestants' Row are still pink.


Week 2 (580): September 16-20


Week 3 (581): Unaired, September 23-27

  • Originally scheduled for September 23, 23, 24, 25, 26, & 27.
  • This week consists of six episodes, with two Monday shows. For reasons unknown, the original Monday show, #5811D, was never aired; an episode dubbed #58XXD with the same games was taped to replace it on September 2 and was broadcast on September 23.


Week 4 (582): September 30-October 4


Week 5 (583): October 7-11

  • Tuesday show features the earliest known appearance of Big Money Game.
  • On Saturday, October 12, Johnny Olson passes away. The 20 remaining episodes with him announcing air over the next four weeks.


Week 6 (584): October 14-18

  • During this and the next three weeks, several episodes end with an edited-in segment in which Bob gives a brief tribute to Johnny.
  • By Thursday, the borders of Contestants' Row have been changed back to green.
  • By Thursday, Bump's logo has adopted its more familiar appearance.


Week 7 (585): October 21-25

  • Thursday show features the second and last known appearance of Big Money Game.


Week 8 (586): October 28-November 1

  • For reasons unknown, on this week's Friday show, Bob tells viewers to watch next week for the Home Viewer Showcase, which is not actually presented until the following week.
  • After Friday, The Phone Home Game begins its annual hiatus for the Home Viewer Showcase.


Week 9 (587): November 4-8

  • Friday show is the final episode with Johnny announcing.
  • By this point, the diagonal stripes on the Range Game board have been changed from red to gold.
  • By this point, but after the above change, Range Game's original button and rangefinder holder have been replaced with the current ones.
  • By this point, the orange parts of Pick a Pair have become sky blue.


Week 10 (588): November 11-15

  • Gene Wood begins filling in as announcer on Monday.
  • After Johnny's death, the cast's signatures are no longer shown in Walk of Fame's autograph books.
  • After Johnny's death, the words "which are" are added before "coming up on the second half of The Price Is Right" in the mid-show bumper speil; these words were present on the earliest hour shows and were presumably something that Johnny had simply chosen to leave out.
  • On all shows this week, the Home Viewer Showcase "Christmas Wishes" is presented.
  • At this point, Golden Road's sign still has its original appearance.


Week 11 (589): November 18-22

  • Tuesday show features the final playing of Trader Bob.
  • Friday show features the final playing of On the Nose.


Week 12 (590): November 25-27, 29

  • Thanksgiving week; only four shows.
  • Wednesday show features the final playing of Walk of Fame.


Week 13 (591): December 2-6

  • Tuesday show features the final playing of Balance Game '84.
  • Friday show is the last episode announced by Gene Wood.


Week 14 (592): December 9-13

  • Rod begins his announcer audition on Monday.


Week 15 (593): January 2-3

  • New Year's Week; only two shows.
  • Rod's audition ends on Thursday.
  • Rich Jefferies begins his announcer audition on Friday.


Week 16 (594): January 6-10

  • By Friday, the appearance of Safe Crackers has changed slightly; dark strips have been added around the bolts, and the "Safe Crackers" sign has been replaced with new letters made of green lights. The new logo is also in a different font.
  • On Friday show, Bob Eubanks appears to plug his revival of Card Sharks, which debuted four days earlier.
  • On Friday, Cliff Hangers is still using its original "crashing" sound effect for losses.


Week 17 (595): January 13-17

  • Rich Jefferies's audition ends on Monday.
  • Bob Hilton begins his audition on Tuesday.


Week 18 (596): January 20-24

  • On Monday, Super Ball!! is played for three trips.
  • By Monday, Most Expensive has begun using a unique set of price tags with graphics similar to its set.
  • By Monday, Grand Game's "Ten Thousand" graphic has been altered to say "Ten Thousand Dollars."


Week 19 (597): January 27-31


Week 20 (598): February 3-7

  • On Tuesday, The Phone Home Game returns to the rotation.


Week 21 (599): February 10-14

  • Bob Hilton's audition ends on Friday.
  • On Tuesday, the opening titles are green.
  • On Tuesday, the second Danger Price set, minus the Danger Price board itself, is used as a car backdrop in Any Number.


Week 22 (600): February 17-21

  • On Monday, Rod becomes the permanent announcer.


Week 23 (601): February 24-28

  • Tuesday show is a half-hour episode.


Week 24 (602): March 3-7


Week 25 (603): March 10-14


Week 26 (604): March 17-21


Week 27 (605): March 24-28


Week 28 (606): March 31-April 4

  • By Friday, the second Danger Price set has been introduced.
  • On Friday, Money Game is played for a boat.
  • On Friday, Hit Me is played for a car.


Week 29 (607): April 7-11


Week 30 (608): April 14-18

  • On Thursday, The Phone Home Game is believed to have been completely won.


Week 31 (609): April 21-25

  • On Thursday, the opening titles are red; this is probably not the first show around this time that it occurred on, and it continues into the next season.


Week 32 (610): April 28-May 2


Week 33 (611): May 5-9


Week 34 (612): May 12-16


Week 35 (613): May 19-23


Week 36 (614): May 26-30

  • By Friday, the second Lucky Seven board has been introduced.
  • When the above set change occurs, the spelling of Lucky Seven's name is changed to "Lucky $even".


Week 37 (615): June 2-6


Week 38 (616): June 9-13

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.


Season 15 ('86-'87)

Incomplete pricing game calendar for Season 15, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 0.2: Night of Thursday, August 14

  • The Price Is Right Special 1 (#001P) airs on Thursday night.
  • The series The Price Is Right Special is commonly referred to as "the '86 Specials."
  • On the '86 Specials, there are audience signs behind both sides of the audience; these signs have the show's logo on a black background.
  • The '86 Specials use a special version of the show's logo reading "The Price Is Right Special", with all the text in gold and the word "Special" written in script at the bottom with three gold lines running behind it; the "i" in "Special" is dotted with a star. This logo is placed on the Big Doors and on the audience signs; the logo that appears at the end of the opening is a black-and-white version.
  • The '86 Specials open with a static shot of the audience with no light border and with the lights down. As Rod announces the show's name for the first time, the camera zooms in on the left-hand audience sign.
  • Rod's opening speil for the '86 Specials is, "Here it comes! With fantastic, new prizes! Television's most exciting hour! The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right Special!" The first four contestants are told, "You are the first four contestants on this special Price Is Right!"
  • On the '86 Specials, Bob is introduced with, "And now, your host of this special hour, the star of The Price Is Right, Bob Barker!"
  • On the '86 Specials, searchlights scan the audience during the opening, searching for the first four contestants.
  • On each of the '86 Specials, Bob and Rod wear tuxedos.
  • On the '86 Specials, Rod tells the fifth through ninth contestants that "you're the next contestant on this Price Is Right Special!"
  • On the '86 Specials, the chase lights are removed from the Big Doors; replacing them for these six episodes are colored spotlights set up on huge racks in front of the doors.
  • On the '86 Specials, the border of the Turntable walls and the frames of the Big Doors are gray instead of green.
  • On the '86 Specials, due to the size of the "The Price Is Right Special" logo, the innermost colored strip is removed from the lower portion of the four center panels of Door #1.
  • On the '86 Specials, the audience curtains are replaced with silver curtains; these curtains are designed to have a series of curves moving down them.
  • On the '86 Specials, there is no commercial between the the third pricing game and the first Showcase Showdown, between the sixth pricing game and the second Showcase Showdown, or during the Showcase.
  • On the '86 Specials, after the third and sixth games, the camera cuts to a close-up of the dollar on the Big Wheel; the camera then zooms out as Temptation Cue 1 plays to show Bob and the most recent contestant walking to the Showcase Showdown, supposedly from the previous game.
  • On the '86 Specials, the mid-show bumper is done during the commercial between the first Showcase Showdown and the fourth pricing game. The bumper consists of Rod saying, "The Price Is Right Special will continue!" as the theme plays over a shot of the "The Price Is Right Special" logo on a blue background.
  • On the '86 Specials, the consolation prize plugs are done after the second Showcase Showdown; the show's theme plays during the plugs instead of "Dig We Must".
  • Rod signs off from the '86 Specials with, "This is Rod Roddy speaking for this special Price Is Right, a Mark Goodson television production!"
  • This Special debuts the third Race Game Curtain; this curtain has a series of gold stars on an orange background. The new curtain carries over to the daytime show when the tapedates catch up.
  • On the '86 Specials, Clock Game winners are allowed to select a cash bonus at random from one of four envelopes; the available bonuses are $1,000, $2,000, $3,000, and $5,000.
  • On the '86 Specials, Hole in One contestants are given two putts; this carries over to the daytime show when the tapedates catch up.
  • This special establishes that the bonus for ordering all six groceries correctly in Hole in One increases in primetime to $1,000.
  • By this point, the "extra" wall panel has been added on the left side of the Turntable. The panel is red on the outside and orange in the center.
  • By this point, Most Expensive's price tags have darkened slightly, more closely resembling the set's actual color scheme.
  • On this special, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 0.4: Night of Thursday, August 21

  • The Price Is Right Special 2 (#002P) airs on Thursday night.
  • On this special, Lucky $even is played for a 5-digit car for the first time; the last number in the price is revealed at the beginning of the game.
  • This special introduces the second Any Number board, which is compatible with 5-digit car prices; the board carries over to the daytime show once episodes taped after the Specials begin airing.
  • This special establishes that when Any Number is played for 5-digit cars, the first number in the car's price is revealed at the beginning of the game and appears again among the remaining ten spaces.
  • On only the first appearance of the new Any Number board, the text on the prize labels is right-justified. Beginning with its second appearance, the text is centered, as it was on the original board.


Week 0.6: Night of Thursday, August 28

  • The Price Is Right Special 3 (#003P) airs on Thursday night.
  • On Special, Money Game is played for a boat.


Week 0.8: Night of Thursday, September 4

  • The Price Is Right Special 4 (#004P) airs on Thursday night.


Week 1 (617): September 8-12 + Thursday night

  • The Price Is Right Special 5 (#005P) airs on Thursday night.
Daytime
  • Thursday show features the debut of Add 'em Up.
  • By Monday, the number of opening titles has been changed from four to three; additionally, the titles no longer all say the same thing.
  • On Monday, the opening titles are still red.
  • On Monday show, everyone in the audience wears "15 Years on CBS" buttons.
  • Mark Goodson appears on Monday to read a poem; among many other things, the poem contains a brief tribute to Johnny.
  • On Monday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • For the first four weeks of this season, the daytime show still uses the original Any Number board.
  • On Tuesday, Andy Jacobson and Fingers dance the Gator during the first Showcase Showdown.
  • By Friday, 3 Strikes's first "NO" graphic, with red text in a small, black circle, has come into use.
Primetime
  • On Special, Shell Game is played for a car.
  • On Special, contestant Maryella faints upon winning the Showcase.


Week 2 (618): September 15-19 + Thursday night

  • The Price Is Right Special 6 (#006P) airs on Thursday night.
Primetime
  • As of this special, Super Ball!!'s first three small prizes are still being displayed one at a time.


Week 3 (619): September 22-26


Week 4 (620): September 29-October 3

  • Wednesday show is the ceremonial 3,000th episode; in reality, it is the 2,996th episode.


Week 5 (621): October 6-10

  • On Monday show, the infamous "Shell Game cheater" incident occurs, in which contestant Debra mistakenly looks under one of the shells in Shell Game while trying to decide where to place her first chip. She sees that the ball is not under that shell and subsequently tries to make up for her misdeed by placing her chip by it, which Bob will not allow. Later, after she has every other shell marked, Bob sarcastically tells her that, "you've ruined my game," because "this would be exciting, but everybody knows the damn thing's not there!"
  • Assuming that episode #5811D is not included in the episode count, Tuesday show is the real episode #3,000.
  • On Tuesday show, the first show taped after the '86 Specials, the order of the audience curtains is reversed, changing it to green-orange-blue-red-green-orange-blue-red.
  • On Tuesday, the third Race Game Curtain carries over to the daytime show.
  • When Lucky $even begins to use 5-digit cars on the daytime show, which probably happens this Friday at the earliest, the rule from primetime is changed to provide the first number at the beginning of the game.
  • On Friday show, Hole in One's two-putt rule is introduced to the daytime show.
  • By Friday, Secret "X" has adopted its current color scheme.
  • On Friday, the new Any Number board carries over to the daytime show.
  • Friday show is the last episode with a full credit roll directed by Marc Breslow. At the end of the show, as a tribute, the staff stops the credits on his name and zooms in on it for several seconds before continuing.


Week 6 (622): October 13-17

  • Tuesday show is the final episode directed by Marc Breslow.
  • On Wednesday, Paul Alter becomes Price's director.


Week 7 (623): October 20-24

  • After Friday, The Phone Home Game begins its annual hiatus for the Home Viewer Showcase.


Week 8 (624): October 27-31


Week 9 (625): November 3-7


Week 10 (626): November 10-14

  • On this week's shows, the Home Viewer Showcase "The Christmas Party" is presented.
  • On Friday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 11 (627): November 17-21

  • Wednesday show features the last appearance of Now....and Then under its original name. Bob states on the air that the next time the game is played, it will have a different name.
  • On Wednesday, Now....and Then is played for a car.


Week 12 (628): November 24-26

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • On Tuesday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • Wednesday show features the last playing of Blank Check under its original name. After this episode, the game is removed from the pricing game rotation due to a threat of a copyright lawsuit from Barry & Enright, which produced a short-lived game show called Blank Check in 1975.


Week 13 (629): December 1-5

  • On Tuesday, Now....and Then's name is changed to "Now....or Then."


Week 14 (630): December 8-12

  • On Friday, Bob calls the winner of the Home Viewer Showcase at the end of the show.


Week 15 (631): December 22-24

  • Christmas week; only three shows, on Monday-Wednesday.
  • The set is decorated for Christmas this week.
  • On Monday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.
  • At this point, Double Prices is still using the podium that it shares with 1 Right Price.
  • By the end of this week, Golden Road's sign has been redone to be less glittery and give the letters a more professional appearance.
  • By the end of 1986, Cliff Hangers has adopted its second "crashing" sound effect for losses.


Week 16 (632): January 5-9


Week 17 (633): January 12-16


Week 18 (634): January 19-23

  • On Monday, The Phone Home Game returns to the rotation.
  • By Thursday, the Big Wheel's original, skinny "arrow" split-screen shot has been replaced by a wider version which extends the the left-hand corners of the screen.


Week 19 (635): January 26-30

  • On Monday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Blank Check returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • As of Thursday, Blank Check's name is changed to "Check Game."
  • Probably this Thursday, Check Game adopts a darker color scheme, and most of the text on the board is redone in a different style.
  • Around this point, give or take a couple months, Hole in One's name is semi-officially changed to Hole in One or Two. To reflect this change, a stake saying "or Two" is placed next to the "Hole in One" sign.


Week 20 (636): February 2-6


Week 21 (637): February 9-13


Week 22 (638): February 16-20


Week 23 (639): February 23-27


Week 24 (640): March 2-6


Week 25 (641): March 9-13


Week 26 (642): March 16-20


Week 27 (643): March 23-27

  • By Tuesday, Double Prices has acquired its current podium; after more than 14 years, it finally has a logo.
  • On Friday, The Price Is Right breaks the record for "longest continuously-running daytime game show on network television." In honor of the occasion, Mark Goodson appears to present Bob with a license plate reading "LCRDGNT".
  • Friday show begins with Bob doing a voiceover of the text on an invitation card: "You are cordially invited to attend our celebration today as the longest continuously-running daytime network game show in television history." After he finishes, the screen fades to black with applause in the background, and the normal opening begins.
  • Friday show's opening titles are "Celebration!", "Record Breaking Show!", and "Let's Party!".
  • On Friday, Bob enters with Dian and Holly on his arms.
  • On Friday, Clock Game is played for a trip worth over $2,000; the contestant is given a range of $1,000 in which to bid on it.
  • On Friday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 28 (644): March 30-April 3

  • Wednesday show features an April Fool's showcase with trips to destinations nobody has ever heard of. It consists of fourth-class flights to Bakersville, with accomodations at a two-star campground; Hoosin, with accomodations at a three-star inn nohwere near any shopping, night life, or entertainment, but very close to some "seriously strange" rock formations; and the principality of Meeskite, with accomodations for five nights and three days at a hotel with occasional service at the waiter's leisure. Unlike most years, an "April Fool's" graphic appears on the screen when Bob reveals that the contestant is not actually supposed to bid on these. The real showcase is two Ford Thunderbirds.


Week 29 (645): April 6-10

  • Tuesday show features the debut of Pathfinder.
  • Early on, the small prize price choices in Pathfinder were green text on a white background, and the labels and right answers were white text on a green label; later on, these color schemes would be reversed.
  • Early on, Pathfinder did not use the familiar "clang" and "eroo" sound effects commonly associated with it, instead utilizing the standard bell and buzzer.
  • Early on, the choices for the next number in Pathfinder did not light up as Bob identified them.
  • Around this time, Add 'em Up's logo is removed from atop its price display due to the same prop also being used in Pathfinder.


Week 30 (646): April 13-17


Week 31 (647): April 20-24


Week 32 (648): April 27-May 1


Week 33 (649): May 4-8


Week 34 (650): May 11-15


Week 35 (651): May 18-22

  • On Wednesday, contestant Yvonne plays Super Ball!! and manages to get ball #2 stuck above the Win! circle; she also causes multiple balls to fail to make it to the $50 circle. Bob ends up so flustered by the incident that he never has Rod describe the small prize for the superball.
  • By Wednesday, Super Ball!! has begun displaying its first three small prizes on the Turntable all at once.
  • By Wednesday, Rod has begun wearing his trademark colorful jackets at least some of the time.


Week 36 (652): May 25-29


Week 37 (653): June 1-5


Week 38 (654): June 8-12


Week 39 (655): June 22-26

  • Possibly originally scheduled for June 15-19.
  • Season finale week.


Season 16 ('87-'88)

Pricing game calendar for Season 16, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (656): September 14-16, November 17, September 18

  • Originally scheduled for September 14-18.
  • At this point, Hole in One is believed to still be using its original set.


Week 2 (657): October 19-23

  • Originally scheduled for September 21-25.
  • For reasons unknown, the entirety of Week 2 was taped and aired out of order; as a result, changes that take effect permanently on Thursday of Week 6 are present this week, including Bob having white hair. Additionally, this is the only week of the season outside of its usual hiatus during which The Phone Home Game is not played.


Week 3 (658): September 21-25

  • Originally scheduled for September 28-October 2.


Week 4 (659): September 28-October 2

  • Originally scheduled for October 5-9.
  • On Monday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.
  • Thursday, Money Game is played for a boat.
  • Thursday show features an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game (albeit one being played for a boat) fourth.


Week 5 (660): October 5-9

  • Originally scheduled for October 12-16.


Week 6 (661): October 12-16

  • Originally scheduled for October 19-23.
  • After Monday, The Phone Home Game begins its annual hiatus for the Home Viewer Showcase.
  • On Thursday show, the first episode recorded after the two-month summer taping break, Bob's hair turns white.
  • During Thursday's Punch a Bunch, Janice uses a piece of chalk to recolor Bob's hair on the $10,000 bill.
  • Beginning on Thursday, there is a second "The Price Is Right" sign on the wall behind the left side of the audience; it is identical to the one on the right side.
  • On Thursday, the design on the Clam changes; over the next several years, a number of different patterns are used on it, none of which lasts for a particularly long time until the design used for the remainder of Bob's tenure debuts around 1995.


Week 7 (662): October 26-30


Week 8 (663): November 2-6


Week 9 (664): November 9-13

  • On this week's shows, the Home Viewer Showcase "Christmas Memories" is presented.
  • Certain records not belonging to Roger or the show indicate that Monday's Pick a Pair may actually have been Grand Game.
  • On Monday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, Bullseye is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 10 (665): November 16, 18-20

  • Only four shows; Tuesday has the delayed September 17 episode.


Week 11 (666): November 23-25

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • Monday is the first of only three episodes of the daytime show on which two cash games are played.


Week 12 (667): November 30-December 4

  • By Monday, Hole in One's second sign has been introduced; the logo now reads "Hole in One" again, with "One" on a golf ball that can be flipped around to read "or Two" if the contestant misses his first putt.
  • On Monday, Hole in One's original grocery podium is still in use.


Week 13 (668): December 7-11

  • Monday show features the debut of Credit Card.
  • As of Monday, the Big Wheel borders still have pink Pricedown dollar signs on them.
  • On Friday, at the end of the show, Bob calls the winner of the Home Viewer Showcase.


Week 14 (669): December 14-17

  • Only four shows; beginning on Friday, reruns air for the remainder of 1987.
  • By the end of 1987, Hole in One is believed to have introduced its second, two-tiered grocery display.
  • Some (or perhaps all) of the reruns aired during the remainder of December are older episodes from before Bob stopped dying his hair; on these rerun broadcasts, the line, "Don't let this dark hair fool you; this is a holiday rerun that was taped before I let my hair go gray," is dubbed in as he makes his entrance.


Week 15 (670): January 4-8

  • Certain records not belonging to Roger or the show indicate that Monday's 1 Right Price may actually have been Most Expensive.
  • On Thursday, Money Game is played for a boat.
  • Thursday's show has an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game (albeit one being played for a boat) fourth.
  • On Friday, Dice Game is played for a 4-digit car for the last time; for the remainder of the season, the game exists solely as Deluxe Dice Game.


Week 16 (671): January 11-15


Week 17 (672): January 18-22

  • On Monday, The Phone Home Game returns to the rotation.


Week 18 (673): January 25-29

  • On Wednesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 19 (674): February 1-5

  • On Monday, Money Game is played for a boat.


Week 20 (675): February 8-12

  • On Wednesday, Kyle begins a fairly long stint filling in for an ill Dian.


Week 21 (676): February 15-19

  • Tuesday show is a half-hour episode.


Week 22 (677): February 22-26

  • On Monday through Thursday, a model named Anna fills in for an ill Holly; Bob states on Monday that she had previously spent several years as a Beauty on Ok, Il Prezzo E Giusto, the Italian version of The Price Is Right.
  • On Monday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • By Monday, Credit Card has begun to be introduced with a close-up of the "Credit Card" sign.
  • By Monday, Credit Card's standard "right/wrong" indicators have been introduced.
  • On Tuesday, One Away is lost on the first turn.
  • On Friday, Bob destroys a copy of The Encyclopedia of TV Game Shows upon discovering that his picture is not on its cover.


Week 23 (678): February 29-March 4


Week 24 (679): March 7-11

  • On Wednesday, Dian returns.


Week 25 (680): March 14-18

  • On Monday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.
  • By Thursday, the audience curtains have been altered so that each one has two sets of curves going down it.


Week 26 (681): March 21-25

  • At the end of Wednesday's show, Bob appears in the empty audience in a separately-taped segment to announce the death of executive producer Frank Wayne. In the aftermath of Wayne's death, Bob becomes Price's executive producer.


Week 27 (682): March 28-April 1

  • On Tuesday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Money Game is played for a hovercraft.


Week 28 (683): April 4-8

  • By Monday, a ninth colored curtain has been added behind the audience, so as to completely cover the center wall. Each existing curtain has been moved one space to the left, for an order of green-orange-blue-red-green-orange-blue-red-green.
  • Monday show features the second known instance of Johnny or Rod calling a contestant who was in the bathroom.
  • By Monday, the pink dollar signs on the Big Wheel have been replaced with gold, Super Ball!!-style dollar signs.


Week 29 (684): April 11-15

  • Monday show has the first appearance of Temptation's pink color scheme.


Week 30 (685): April 18-22

  • On Monday show, 1 Right Price begins to use its own podiums; the game also receives a logo after being in the pricing game rotation for over twelve and a half years.


Week 31 (686): April 25-29


Week 32 (687): May 2-6

  • On Friday, Money Game is played for a trailer.


Week 33 (688): May 9-13


Week 34 (689): May 16-20


Week 35 (690): May 23-27


Week 36 (691): May 30-June 3


Week 37 (692): June 6-10


Week 38 (693): June 27-July 1

  • Possibly originally scheduled for June 13-17.
  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.
  • On Monday, Deluxe Dice Game is played for the last time; beginning next season, it is known simply as Dice Game.
  • On Tuesday, Ray Combs appears during Bump to plug Family Feud; during his appearance, he dubs Janice and Dian "Combs's Cuties."
  • On Thursday, The Phone Home Game is completely won.


Season 17 ('88-'89)

Pricing game calendar for Season 17, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (694): September 12-16

  • The set is decorated for the season premiere on Monday.
  • By Monday, the circle wipes used during Bob's entrance have been changed to star wipes.
  • On Monday, at the start of Act 4, Rod reads a telegram from Mark Goodson.
  • By Wednesday, Check Game has begun using its second think music.
  • On Wednesday, Bob makes his entrance from the Turntable for the first and last time.
  • On Wednesday, Betty White appears during Hole in One.
  • Thursday show features the debut of Spelling Bee.
  • By Thursday, yellow Goodson-Todman asterisks have been added to the price tag holders in Race Game.
  • As of Thursday, the ticket plug is still one of a set of alternating plugs that appear on different days before the first Showcase Showdown.
  • As of Thursday, the camera still dissolves from Rod to the audience when he is shown calling contestants.


Week 2 (695): September 19-23

  • Thursday show is believed to feature the first appearance of 5-digit Pathfinder. Under this format, the contestant begins standing on the car's first digit.


Week 3 (696): September 26-30


Week 4 (697): October 3-7

  • Monday show features the final playing of Add 'em Up.
  • On Friday, Janice is badly injured during the opening when a new cameraman swings his camera in the wrong direction and knocks her into the audience. The show was stopped for nearly an hour until the staff was assured that Janice would survive; it was then completed with only Dian and Holly modeling.


Week 5 (698): October 10-14

  • Beginning on Monday, Kyle subs for Janice for several weeks.
  • On Monday, Pick a Pair is played with its ferris wheel set for the last time; the game does not appear again for almost two years.
  • On Tuesday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 6 (699): October 17-21

  • After Wednesday, The Phone Home Game begins its annual hiatus for the Home Viewer Showcase.


Week 7 (700): October 24-28


Week 8 (701): October 31-November 4


Week 9 (702): November 7-11

  • On Thursday, Janice returns.


Week 10 (703): November 14-18

  • On all shows this week, the Home Viewer Showcase "Santa's Workshop" is presented.
  • By Monday, the ticket plug has been moved to the end of the first Showcase Showdown; it is now aired every day.
  • When the above change occurs, the first Showcase Showdown's commercial outro cue is changed from "Dig We Must" to the TPIR theme.
  • On Monday, Bullseye is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 11 (704): November 28-December 2


Week 12 (705): December 5-6, 21, 8-9

  • Originally scheduled for December 5-9.


Week 13 (706): December 12-16

  • On Friday, the winner and price of the Home Viewer Showcase are revealed.


Week 14 (707): December 22 & 23

  • Only two shows, on Thursday and Friday.
  • Both of this week's shows are Christmas-themed.
  • Friday show features an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.


Week 15 (708): December 30

  • Only one show, on Friday.
  • Friday's show is New Year's-themed.


Week 16 (709): January 3-6

  • New Year's week; only four shows.


Week 17 (710): January 9-13


Week 18 (711): January 16-19, March 23

  • Originally scheduled for January 16-20.


Week 19 (712): January 23-27

  • On Thursday, Grocery Game's win range is raised to $20-$21.
  • On Friday, The Phone Home Game returns to the rotation.


Week 20 (713): January 30-February 3

  • On Friday, Bullseye's target values double to $2-$12; the bullseye values are now $10-$12.
  • On Friday, Check Game's win range is raised to $5,000-$6,000.


Week 21 (714): February 6-10


Week 22 (715): February 13-17

  • Friday show features an extremely rare appearance of a small prize game fourth.


Week 23 (716): March 24, February 21-24

  • Originally scheduled for February 20-24.


Week 24 (717): February 27-March 3

  • On Friday, both Punch a Bunch and One Away are won because of mistakes by the staff -- the first hole punched out in Punch a Bunch is empty, leading Bob to award the contestant $10,000; and the correct price in One Away is impossible to form because a 1 was loaded as the "wrong number" for a 6.
  • As of Friday, the dollar sign graphic has not yet been added to Poker Game's price reveal prop.
  • By Friday, the camera transition used while Rod is shown calling a contestant has changed. The shot of him now shrinks into the lower-left corner of the screen, revealing the shot of the audience behind it; stays there for a few seconds; and then scrolls off the left side.


Week 25 (718): March 6-10


Week 26 (719): March 13-17


Week 27 (720): March 20-22

  • Only three shows; Thursday and Friday have the delayed January 20 and February 20 episodes.


Week 28 (721): March 27-31


Week 29 (722): April 3-7

  • As of Thursday, One Away only offers 5-digit cars.


Week 30 (723): May 15, April 11-14

  • Originally scheduled for April 10-14.


Week 31 (724): April 17-21


Week 32 (725): April 24-28


Week 33 (726): May 1-5


Week 34 (727): May 8-12

  • Wednesday show features the debut of $uper $aver.


Week 35 (728): May 16, 18, 17, 19

  • Originally scheduled for May 16-19.
  • Only four shows; Monday has the delayed April 10 episode.


Week 36 (729): May 22-26


Week 37 (730): May 29-June 2


Week 38 (731): June 5-9


Week 39 (732): June 12-16

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.
  • By Wednesday, Bob has begun entering the studio through the audience when certain games are played first.


Season 18 ('89-'90)

Pricing game calendar for Season 18, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (733): September 11-15

  • On Monday show, Bob enters with Dian and Holly on his arms.
  • On Monday show, Bob reads a telegram from Mark Goodson, who was out of the country on the day of taping.
  • Monday show features the debut of Make Your Move.
  • On Monday, Make Your Move is played for a car.
  • On Monday, the original 3 Strikes bag is still in use.
  • On Friday, the two Showcase Showdown winners have the same total winnings; a coin is flipped to determine which one will be designated the Top Winner in the Showcase.


Week 2 (734): September 18-22


Week 3 (735): September 26, December 5, September 27-29

  • Originally scheduled for September 25-29.


Week 4 (736): October 2-6


Week 5 (737): October 9-13


Week 6 (738): October 16-20


Week 7 (739): October 23-27

  • On Friday, Make Your Move is played for a car.


Week 8 (740): October 30-November 3

  • Friday show features the final playing of The Phone Home Game.


Week 9 (741): November 6-10


Week 10 (742): November 13-17


Week 11 (743): November 20-22

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 12 (744): November 27-December 1

  • On Friday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.


Week 13 (745): December 4, 6-8

  • Only four shows; Tuesday has the delayed September 26 episode.


Week 14 (746): December 11-15

  • Tuesday show features the debut of 2 for the Price of 1.
  • After this Wednesday, Make Your Move is pulled from the pricing game rotation and is not played again for the rest of the season.
  • On Friday show, the second Dice Game board is used for the first time.


Week 15 (747): December 21 & 22

  • Only two shows, on Thursday and Friday.
  • By the end of 1989, a flashy dollar sign has been added to Poker Game's price reveal prop.


Week 16 (748): January 2-5

  • New Year's week; only four shows.


Week 17 (749): January 8-12


Week 18 (750): January 15-19


Week 19 (751): January 22-26


Week 20 (752): January 29-February 2

  • On Friday, the price tags in Most Expensive are still the same shade of blue as on the '86 Specials.


Week 21 (753): February 5-9


Week 22 (754): February 12-16

  • During Monday's credits, Rod announces that due to an unspecified "pricing error which may have affected the bidding," the Top Winner and the Runner-Up were both declared to have won the Showcase after the end of the taping.


Week 23 (755): February 20-23

  • Only four shows; no Monday episode.
  • Tuesday show is a half-hour episode.
  • On Thursday, 5-digit Money Game reappears, no longer using the name "Big Money Game;" the contestant is now given the third number in the price at the start of the game instead of the last number. The middle number is covered with a panel showing a Goodson-Todman asterisk.


Week 24 (756): February 26-March 2


Week 25 (757): March 5-9


Week 26 (758): March 12-16


Week 27 (759): March 19-23


Week 28 (760): March 26-30


Week 29 (761): April 2-6


Week 30 (762): April 9-13


Week 31 (763): April 16-20

  • On Tuesday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.


Week 32 (764): April 23-27

  • On this week's shows, "Summer Fun," the final Home Viewer Showcase, is presented.
  • Oddly, Monday's show has no ticket plug, and Dig We Must is played at the end of the first Showcase Showdown; it is possible that the ticket plug was not done this week to make time for the Home Viewer Showcase.
  • On Monday, Bonus Game is played for a car.
  • By Monday, Grand Game is no longer using its "Ten Thousand Dollars" graphic.
  • On Tuesday, Bullseye is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 33 (765): April 30-May 4

  • On Wednesday, models start auditioning for the newly-created position of fourth permanent Barker's Beauty.


Week 34 (766): May 7-11


Week 35 (767): May 14-18


Week 36 (768): May 21-25

  • On Tuesday, Now....or Then is played for a car.
  • On Friday, the winner and price of the Home Viewer Showcase are revealed.
  • No fourth model is present on Friday, as the show was taped out of order with the Home Viewer Showcase week episodes.


Week 37 (769): May 28-June 1

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.
  • On Tuesday, Kathleen appears for the first time as a try-out for the position of fourth Beauty.


Season 19 ('90-'91)

Pricing game calendar for Season 19, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (770): September 10-14

  • Monday show featurs the debut of Gallery Game.
  • On Monday, Rod introduces Bob with, "And now, as we begin our 19th year on CBS, here is the star of The Price Is Right, Bob Barker!"
  • On Monday, Mark Goodson appears after the first game to present Bob with a trophy celebrating the start of his 19th year hosting the show.
  • During Monday's Gallery Game debut, Bob mentions that "throughout our 19th year, as always, we will be adding new games to our show;" as it turned out, no other games debuted until Season 20.
  • On Friday, after nearly two years, Pick a Pair returns to the pricing game rotation, now with its table set.
  • As of Friday, the spelling of "Pick a Pair" is changed to "Pick-a-Pair".
  • Early in its life, Pick-a-Pair's table set has many red lines and lights on its front, and its grocery stands did not touch each other; after only a few weeks, most of the red lines were replaced with blue lighting, and the grocery stands were lengthened, resulting in the game's appearance up through December 14, 2005.
  • On Friday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 2 (771): September 17-21


Week 3 (772): September 24-28


Week 4 (773): October 1-5

  • On Thursday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 5 (774): October 8-12

  • On Wednesday, Gallery Game is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Make Your Move returns to the pricing game rotation with its rules changed to use two 3-digit prizes, no 2-digit prize, and one overlapping digit.


Week 6 (775): October 15-19

  • On Thursday show, Make Your Move's new rules are used for the second and last time.


Week 7 (776): October 22-26

  • Monday show features the final playing of Give or Keep.
  • Friday show has the first appearance of the third Hi Lo counter.
  • Friday show features an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.


Week 8 (777): October 29-November 2

  • On Tuesday, Make Your Move's normal rules return.
  • On Tuesday, Make Your Move is played for a car.
  • The third incarnation of the Giant Price Tag is believed to debut around this point. The tag is now a marbled green with a yellow knot where the "hole" on the original tag was; a yellow, alternate-font version of the show's logo; and a yellow border.
  • The fourth Race Game Curtain is believed to debut around this point. This curtain has a large number of dollar signs, triangles, and circles, as well as several Goodson-Todman asterisks.


Week 9 (778): November 5-9


Week 10 (779): November 12-16


Week 11 (780): November 19-21

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • On Monday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 12 (781): November 26-30

  • On Friday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Friday, in a fairly rare occurrence, the second half's only car is offered in the fourth game.
  • In Friday's Plinko, a contestant wins $21,000, putting four chips into $5,000 and one into $1,000; this is the closest anyone has ever come to winning the game.


Week 13 (782): December 3-7


Week 14 (783): December 10-14

  • On Thursday, Shell Game is played for a car.


Week 15 (784): December 24 & 25

  • Christmas week; only two shows, on Monday and Tuesday.
  • The set is decorated for Christmas this week.
  • On this week's shows, all prize cues except for the consolation prize music are replaced by Christmas carols.
  • On Monday, Kathleen joins the show permanently as the fourth Barker's Beauty.
  • As of Monday, the curtains behind the audience still look the same as they did on October 7, 1988.
  • On Tuesday, CBS airs two episodes of The Price Is Right -- the day's own show in the morning, and a rerun of the half-hour February 20, 1990 episode in the afternoon.


Week 16 (785): January 2-4

  • New Year's week; only three shows.


Week 17 (786): January 7-11

  • On Thursday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.


Week 18 (787): January 14-16, April 1-2

  • Originally scheduled for January 14-18.
  • On Wednesday, Double Prices is played for a car.


Week 19 (788): January 21-25


Week 20 (789): January 28-February 1

  • Friday show features the first appearance of Plinko's pastel color scheme.
  • On Friday, the font of Plinko's money amounts is changed, both on the sign and on the board.


Week 21 (790): February 4-8


Week 22 (791): February 11-15

  • On Friday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 23 (792): February 18-22


Week 24 (793): February 25-March 1


Week 25 (794): March 4-8


Week 26 (795): March 11-15

  • On Monday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Ten Chances offers a 5-digit car for the first time; the game never offers a 4-digit car again. Contestants must now use all five numbers provided for the car to make its price.


Week 27 (796): March 18-22

  • By Friday, Punch a Bunch's small prizes have begun to be described one at a time.
  • Friday show features well-known contestant Cathy, who incites the "unloaded truck" incident during Lucky $even; she also manages to lose the game despite still having $5 on the last number.


Week 28 (797): March 25-29


Week 29 (798): April 3-5

  • Only three shows; Monday and Tuesday have the delayed January 17 & 18 episodes.
  • On Friday, Grocery Game is accidentally set up with the Shell Game sign.


Week 30 (799): April 8-12

  • Thursday show features the final playing of Gallery Game.


Week 31 (800): April 15-19


Week 32 (801): April 22-26


Week 33 (802): April 29-May 3


Week 34 (803): May 6-10


Week 35 (804): May 13-17


Week 36 (805): May 20-24


Week 37 (806): May 27-May 31

  • Monday show is a special episode done to salute the Armed Forces in the aftermath of the Gulf War. Everyone in the audience for this episode is a member of the military.
  • On Monday, Double Prices is played for a car.


Week 38 (807): June 3-7


Week 39 (808): June 10-14

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.


Season 20 ('91-'92)

Pricing game calendar for Season 20, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (809): September 9-13

  • Monday show features the debut of Swap Meet.
  • All shows this week feature several clips from the first 19 seasons and possibly the early 20th season.
  • In Monday's opening spiel, the line, "Television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes!" is replaced with, "The first show of our 20th year on CBS!"
  • Monday show's opening titles are "20th Anniversary Week", "TV's Longest Running Game Show", and "Let's Celebrate!".
  • On Monday, Rod introduces Bob with, "And now, here is the star of The Price Is Right, beginning his record-breaking 20th year, Bob Barker!"
  • On all shows this week, the set is decorated for the start of the new season.
  • On all shows this week, Madonna's "Holiday" or Kool and the Gang's "Celebrate" is played during the credits.
  • On Monday, Mark Goodson appears before the first Item up for Bids, coming around on the Turntable surrounded by all four Beauties.
  • Monday show features what Bob has called his two most embarrassing moments on The Price Is Right: spinning the Big Wheel for contestant Juanita and not getting it all the way around; and Juanita subsequently asking, "Would you like me to try it again?"
  • By Monday, the curtains behind the audience have been un-reversed; they are now ordered green-red-blue-orange-green-red-blue-orange-green.
  • On Monday, Cliff Hangers is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • Tuesday show has the first appearance of the second Money Game board.
  • On Tuesday, before the final contestant calldown, Bob and Rod pay tribute to Johnny Olson.
  • On Thursday, Make Your Move is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 2 (810): September 16-20

  • Tuesday show is the first show taped with the new Money Game board.
  • Starting on Wednesday, with the first taped playing of Swap Meet, and lasting for only two or three weeks, the Beauties hold the game's price tags as they do in Most Expensive. This staging was not seen on the season premiere, as that week of shows was taped out of order.


Week 3 (811): September 23-27


Week 4 (812): September 30-October 4


Week 5 (813): October 7-10, December 17

  • Originally scheduled for October 7-11.
  • On Wednesday, Make Your Move is played for a car.


Week 6 (814): October 14-18

  • Tuesday show features a contestant who has come to be known as "Perpetual Motion Marilyn." She cannot stand still while playing Bump, and Bob and the Beauties all end up imitating her toward the end of the game. Bob imitates her again after the ticket plug at the end of the first Showcase Showdown, which she wins.
  • Tuesday show also features contestant Melanie, who is frequently seen on clip shows mauling Bob after winning Most Expensive.


Week 7 (815): October 21-25


Week 8 (816): October 28-November 1


Week 9 (817): November 4-8

  • On Friday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 10 (818): November 11-15

  • On Thursday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.
  • Thursday show features well-known contestant Mohini, who despite Bob's best efforts completely fails to understand Super Ball!!, throwing all of her balls overhand instead of rolling them up the ramp. One of her balls actually rolls back down, and Bob uses it to redemonstrate the proper technique before she throws the superball. He then decides (in vain) to let Mohini toss an extra practice ball and hurts his shin on the game while attempting to retrieve a ball from inside of it for her. The entire segment of the show lasts an incredible 12 minutes and 30 seconds.


Week 11 (819): November 18-22

  • Wednesday show features the final playing of Bump.
  • On Thursday, Make Your Move is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, in a fairly rare occurrence, the second half's only car is offered in the fourth game.


Week 12 (820): November 25-27

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 13 (821): December 2-6

  • On Monday, Race Game is still using its original race music.
  • At this time, Safe Crackers is believed to still be using The Pink Panther, and Switcheroo is believed to still be using its origianl think cue.
  • In Monday's Hole in One, Janice does the inspiration putt; the ball is headed away from the hole before it turns out of nowhere and goes straight in. Bob, Janice, and Holly spend nearly two minutes trying and failing to figure out how it happened. After the commercial, before Rod calls the next contestant, Paul Alter does an instant replay of the shot for Bob and Janice.


Week 14 (822): December 9-13


Week 15 (823): December 16

  • Only one show, on Monday; Tuesday has the delayed October 11 episode, and reruns air on Wednesday-Friday.


Week 16 (824): December 25

  • Christmas week; only one show, on Wednesday.
  • On Christmas, CBS airs two episodes of The Price Is Right -- the day's own show in the morning, and a rerun of the half-hour February 20, 1990 episode in the afternoon.


Week 17 (825): January 6-10


Week 18 (826): January 13-17


Week 19 (827): January 20-24

  • In Monday's Any Number, a display of appliances drops from the ceiling far too fast; it ends up bouncing off the ground, causing the appliances to fly all over the place.


Week 20 (828): January 27-31

  • Friday show features the debut of Pick-a-Number.
  • Friday show is the ceremonial 4,000th episode; in reality, it is the 3,992nd episode.


Week 21 (829): February 3-7

  • On Tuesday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 22 (830): February 10-14

  • Wednesday show is the real episode #4,000.
  • On Thursday, Make Your Move is played for a car.


Week 23 (831): February 17-21

  • Friday show was not aired on the East Coast until May 12.
  • On Wednesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 24 (832): February 24-28

  • Tuesday show is a half-hour episode.
  • On Tuesday, Pick-a-Number is played for a car.
  • Thursday show features the debut of Switch?.
  • Thursday show features an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.
  • On Friday show, contestant Toni is believed to have cheated to win 3 Strikes + by looking in the bag on her last draw.
  • For several playings after Toni's episode, 3 Strikes uses white strike chips with red Xs to make it harder to differentiate the strikes from the numbers.
  • After Toni's episode, 3 Strikes + is not played again for the rest of the season.


Week 25 (833): March 2 & 6

  • Only two shows, on Monday and Friday.


Week 26 (834): March 9 & 13

  • Only two shows, on Monday and Friday.
  • On Friday, Bob lets contestant Brian do the ticket plug.


Week 27 (835): March 16-20

  • On Monday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, 1 Right Price, which is played for two trips, is staged with one trip flat behind Door #2 and the other behind Door #3; the game's podiums are placed on the stage between the two doors.


Week 28 (836): March 23-27

  • Friday show features the debut of Buy or Sell.
  • On Thursday, for the only time in the history of the hour format, three of the first four contestants remain in Contestants' Row for the entire episode, with all six pricing game players coming from the same spot.
  • Friday show's rerun on August 10 is edited to remove all references to Buy or Sell being a new game.
  • For approximately the first year of its existence, Buy or Sell's tote board is frequently moved to different positions around the stage before its current staging is settled on; on the first playing, it is beside the third prize, near Door #3.


Week 29 (837): March 30-April 3

  • On Friday, Make Your Move is played for a car.
  • By the end of March, Race Game, Safe Crackers, and Switcheroo are believed to have adopted their second think cues.


Week 30 (838): April 6-10


Week 31 (839): April 13-17


Week 32 (840): April 20-24

  • On Wednesday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 33 (841): April 27-May 1


Week 34 (842): May 4 & 8

  • Only two shows, on Monday and Friday.
  • Starting on Friday, Janice is briefly absent from the show; this may have been when she went to Russia to investigate the long-ago disappearance of her first husband.


Week 35 (843): May 11 & 15

  • Only two shows, on Monday and Friday.


Week 36 (844): May 18-22


Week 37 (845): May 25-29

  • On Tuesday, Carol Burnett stops by the studio at the beginning of Act 6.
  • On Wednesday, the colored strips on the frames of the Big Doors become gold, as do the green borders of the Turntable wall; additionally, the Turntable gets a new, red carpet.
  • On Wednesday, Janice returns.


Week 38 (846): June 1-5

  • On Wednesday show, Ray Combs appears to promote The New Family Feud Challenge and help model the sixth Item up for Bids.
  • On Wednesday show, Bob is still using his silver microphone.


Week 39 (847): June 8-12

  • In Monday's Buy or Sell, the scoreboard is known to have been behind the second prize.


Week 40 (848): June 22-26

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.
  • During Thursday's Hole in One, Ray Combs appears to promote The New Family Feud Challenge and perform the inspiration putt.


Season 21 ('92-'93)

Pricing game calendar for Season 21, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (849): September 14-18

  • Monday show features the debut of Magic #.
  • On Monday, the set is decorated for the season premiere.
  • Mark Goodson appears on Monday.
  • By Monday, Bob has begun using his black microphone.
  • On Monday, 3 Strikes + resurfaces, appearing for the first time since the cheating incident in February.
  • By Monday, 3 Strikes's normal strike chips have returned.
  • By this week, Grand Game's intro has started using the Combs version of the Family Feud theme.


Week 2 (850): September 21-25

  • In Tuesday's opening, when the show's theme is supposed to begin playing, "Walking" starts up in the middle of the song instead; the music then stops entirely, and the show's theme starts when Bob is halfway across the stage. Immediately afterward, the 1973 car cue plays for the first Item up for Bids.
  • Wednesday show features the only completely perfect playing of Super Ball!!.
  • On Friday show's rerun on December 18, a segment with Bob giving a tribute to the late Mark Goodson is added after the credits.


Week 3 (851): September 28-October 2

  • During one of Tuesday's commercial breaks, Ray Combs drops by the studio, having learned that contestant Woodrow was his 9th grade science teacher.
  • On Thursday, Make Your Move is played for a car.


Week 4 (852): October 5, 6, 8, & 9

  • Only four shows; no Wednesday episode.


Week 5 (853): October 13, 15, & 16

  • Only three shows, on Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday.


Week 6 (854): October 19-23

  • On Friday show, Bob announces the retirement of technical director Ray Angona, who under special agreement with CBS is staying on with The Price Is Right.


Week 7 (855): October 26-30

  • Beginning on Thursday, the background behind Spelling Bee's cards is red instead of yellow.
  • On Friday, Money Game is played for a boat.
  • On Friday, Hi Lo is played for a car.


Week 8 (856): November 2-6

  • On Friday show, Bob accidentally reads the wrong price for the second Item up for Bids, causing the wrong contestant to come onstage; the error is quickly rectified, but as there was a perfect bid, Bob decides to award $100 to both contestants.


Week 9 (857): November 9-13

  • On Tuesday show, Rod wears a normal suit.
  • Around this time, possibly beginning on Wednesday, the Plinko sign disappears; Plinko is introduced sometimes with a "$25,000" graphic and sometimes with no visual effects at all.


Week 10 (858): November 16-20

  • On Monday show, an unnamed male model appears in the first showcase.


Week 11 (859): November 23-25

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 12 (860): November 30-December 4

  • On Tuesday show, contestant Ben cheats in Pathfinder by briefly moving one foot onto an adjacent number in a (successful) attempt to make it light up.
  • On Tuesday, in celebration of the 5,000th episode of The Young and the Restless, Melody Thomas Scott and Peter Bergman, the portrayers of Nikki Newman and Jack Abbott, appear in the second showcase to offer a guest spot on the soap opera.
  • On Friday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 13 (861): December 7-11

  • On Thursday, Holly and Kathleen are both hurt in an accident during the Showcase. With Janice already off for the day, Dian finishes the show by herself.
  • On Friday, the only Beauties present are Dian and Kyle.
  • On Friday, Punch a Bunch is introduced with a "$10,000" graphic instead of the $10,000 bill.


Week 14 (862): December 14-16

  • Only three shows, on Monday-Wednesday.
  • On Monday, the only Beauties present are Dian and Kyle.
  • On Wednesday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 15 (863): December 25

  • Christmas week; only one show, on Friday.
  • On Friday, CBS airs the wrong episode of The Price Is Right on the East Coast; the West Coast receives the right program (#8635D), while the East sees the January 13 show (#8653D). To rectify this error, Friday's show is rerun on December 31.
  • On New Year's Eve, on the East Coast only, CBS airs a rerun of the half-hour February 25, 1992 episode at 2:00 PM Eastern.
  • On Friday show, the set is decorated for Christmas.
  • On Friday show, the opening titles are red.
  • On Friday, the only Beauties present are Dian and Kyle; this appears to indicate that the show was taped out of order.


Week 16 (864): January 4-8


Week 17 (865): January 11-15

  • Wednesday show was mistakenly aired on December 25 on the East Coast.
  • Around this time, possibly on Wednesday, the star-font "money win" graphics for the Showcase Showdown debut.
  • On Friday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 18 (866): January 18-19, 21-22

  • Only four shows; no Wednesday episode.
  • On Friday, two contestants have names that Rod is unable to pronounce: Ebunoloron Sims and Sathyanarayanan Ganysamyrthy.


Week 19 (867): January 25

  • Only one show, on Monday.


Week 20 (868): February 1-5


Week 21 (869): February 8-12


Week 22 (870): February 15-19


Week 23 (871): February 22-26

  • On Wednesday, Make Your Move is played for a car.
  • By Friday, the Temptation board has been modified to make it compatible with 5-digit car prices; however, the game does not actually offer any 5-digit cars yet.
  • On Friday, Double Prices is played at Door #3.
  • On Friday, contestant Princess is mistakenly declared the winner of the fourth Item up for Bids; she proceeds to come onstage and win Double Prices. During the commercial, the staff discovers that the winner should have been contestant Tracey. Both contestants are awarded the prize from Double Prices; Princess is returned to Contestants' Row, and Tracey is moved to the "winners' seats" to wait for the second Showcase Showdown, thus officially winning Double Prices without actually having played it. Princess never legitimately gets out of Contestants' Row.


Week 24 (872): March 1-5

  • Thursday show features well-known contestant Edrie attempting to explain Dice Game.


Week 25 (873): March 8-12

  • On Friday, Make Your Move is played for a car.


Week 26 (874): March 15-17

  • Only three shows, on Monday-Wednesday.


Week 27 (875): March 22-26

  • On Monday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 28 (876): March 29-April 2

  • On Monday show, Temptation offers a 4-digit car for the last time.


Week 29 (877): April 5-9

  • All shows this week have a plug detailing the rules of a contest to be held next week called the Home Viewer Showcase Showdown.
  • Presumably due to the long plugs for the Home Viewer Showcase Showdown, every episode this week has a non-car game played for a car: Bullseye on Monday, Cliff Hangers on Tuesday, Pick-a-Number on Wednesday, Squeeze Play on Thursday, and Secret "X" on Friday. None of these episodes are three-car days.


Week 30 (878): April 12-16

  • This week of shows features the Home Viewer Showcase Showdown contest. Viewers sent in the total value of all the spins on the Big Wheel over the course of the week, excluding spins that did not go all the way around, and three people selected at random from among the correct entries each won one of three prizes -- a cruise of the Orient, a Jeep Wrangler, and a Chrysler Imperial.
  • On this week's shows, the ticket plug is replaced with a plug detailing where to mail entries for the Home Viewer Showcase Showdown.
  • Wednesday show features an extremely rare playing of a regular car game fourth.
  • On Wednesday, Penny Ante is played for a car.
  • On Thursday show, Temptation offers a 5-digit car for the first time; under this format, contestants are given the first number in the price. The game never offers a 4-digit car again.


Week 31 (879): April 19-23

  • On Wednesday, Secret "X" is played for a car.
  • As of this Friday, Lucky Seven only offers 5-digit cars.


Week 32 (880): April 26-30


Week 33 (881): May 3-7

  • On Friday show, Card Game's starting bid increases to $8,000, and the game officially begins only offering 5-digit cars. Additionally, the third special deck debuts; it consists of 12 cards, with three each of $500, $1,000, $1,500, and $2,000.


Week 34 (882): May 10-14

  • On Friday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • On Friday show, the winners of the Home Viewer Showcase Showdown are announced.


Week 35 (883): May 17-21


Week 36 (884): May 24-28


Week 37 (885): May 31-June 4


Week 38 (886): June 7-11


Week 39 (887): June 14-18

  • Season finale week.
  • Thursday show features the final appearance of 4-digit 3 Strikes; from this point until next February, the game exists solely as 3 Strikes +.
  • Friday show is Dian's last episode; Bob lets her say good-bye before the sixth game.
  • On Friday show, the Plinko sign returns.


Season 22 ('93-'94)

Pricing game calendar for Season 22, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (888): September 13-17

  • Monday show features the debut of Cover Up.
  • Most of Season 22 has various guest models vying for Dian's role alongside Janice, Holly, and Kathleen.
  • Monday's show was never aired in approximately 99% of the United States due to a Special Report that lasted most of the day. The episode was aired in a small number of East Coast markets that were running the show at 10:00 A.M. Eastern during Season 22; two of these markets are known to have been Buffalo, New York and Hamilton, Ontario, Canada.
  • On the earliest playings of Cover Up, the lights around the contestant's guesses are red instead of blue.


Week 2 (889): September 20-24


Week 3 (890): September 27-October 1

  • On Monday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 4 (891): October 4-8

  • On Thursday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 5 (892): October 11-15


Week 6 (893): October 18-22


Week 7 (894): October 25-29


Week 8 (895): November 1-5


Week 9 (896): November 8-12

  • On Monday show, during one of the Showcase Showdowns, a contestant gets a dollar in two spins, but Bob declares that her total is 95. No one in the studio ever notices the mistake.


Week 10 (897): November 15-19


Week 11 (898): November 22-24

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • On Monday show, in an extremely rare occurrence, all six of the contestants who play pricing games are men.


Week 12 (899): November 29-December 3

  • On Tuesday show, Bob gets bitten by a Crocodile Dentist game during Pathfinder.


Week 13 (900): December 6-10

  • On Tuesday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.


Week 14 (901): December 13, 14, & 24

  • Despite airing over the course of twelve days, these three episodes are considered a single week with shows for Monday, Tuesday, and Friday.
  • On Friday, the set is decorated for Christmas.


Week 15 (902): January 3-7

  • On Tuesday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 16 (903): January 10-14

  • During Monday's show, a commercial airs asking for Barker's Beauties try-outs.
  • On Tuesday, one of the showcases features two Rod Roddys -- make-up artist Marv Westmore, who looks uncannily like the genuine article, and Rod himself. During the credits, they stand next to each other while waving at the camera.


Week 17 (904): April 25, January 18-21

  • Originally scheduled for January 17-21.
  • On Monday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 18 (905): January 24-28

  • On Tuesday, the Big Doors open at the top of the show to reveal Bob reading Janice's book, Husband, Lover, Spy.
  • On Thursday, 3 Strikes is played under its original name.
  • On Friday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 19 (906): January 31-February 4

  • On Tuesday, 3 Strikes + appears for the final time.
  • On Thursday show, Bob, Rod, and Janice discuss Husband, Lover, Spy before the third Item up for Bids.


Week 20 (907): February 7-11

  • Beginning on Monday, the bottom of the Spelling Bee board has a chart showing the cards' frequency distribution.
  • On Wednesday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 21 (908): February 14-18

  • Monday show features the debut of Joker.
  • On Thursday show, the "+" is dropped from "3 Strikes +", making the game simply 3 Strikes once more.
  • During Thursday's Poker Game, Bob and Janice discuss her book signing for Husband, Lover, Spy.


Week 22 (909): February 21-25

  • On Monday, CBS airs two episodes of The Price Is Right: the day's own show in the morning, and a rerun of the half-hour show from February 25, 1992 in the afternoon.
  • Tuesday show is a half-hour episode; no further half-hour programs are done on the daytime show after this point.
  • Tuesday's opening spiel is, "Here it comes! A special one-half-hour edition of television's most exciting show of fantastic prizes! The fabulous Price Is Right!"
  • On Tuesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, the consolation prize plugs are presented before the Showcase; Rod throws to Bob at the end with, "And now, here's Bob Barker with our Showcases!"
  • On Wednesday show, Holly gets bitten by a Crocodile Dentist game.
  • From this Wednesday through next Wednesday, Chantel makes her very first appearance as a try-out model.


Week 23 (910): February 28-March 4


Week 24 (911): March 7-11

  • This Monday begins a four-week period known as "Barker's Beauties Month," in which a different "finalist" try-out model appears on the show each week; none of the four models end up being selected. The name "Barker's Beauties Month" appears several times in the opening titles during this span. The guest model who was present last Friday returns on Monday of Week 28.


Week 25 (912): March 14-18


Week 26 (913): March 21-25

  • On Monday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.


Week 27 (914): March 28-April 1

  • Friday is the last day of Barker's Beauties Month.


Week 28 (915): April 4-8

  • On Tuesday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 29 (916): April 11-15

  • On Monday show, 3 Strikes's big Pricedown dollar sign is replaced with a sixth window that displays a dollar sign.
  • For a brief period, the new light in 3 Strikes displays a green Pricedown dollar sign; it is quickly replaced with a dollar sign in the same font as the number lights.
  • On Monday, contestant Lisa wins Race Game in 11 seconds, which Bob says ties the record for its fastest win. Lisa asks if she gets anything for tying the record, and Bob decides to give her $100.
  • By Monday, a red carpet has been placed in front of the Big Wheel.


Week 30 (917): April 18-22

  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday show, the try-out Barker's Beauty is Price staffer Sharon Freim.
  • On Thursday show, the try-out Barker's Beauty is Fingers. As Grand Game is played on this episode and Fingers operates its money slide, this is the only show on which a Barker's Beauty participates in Grand Game.


Week 31 (918): April 26-29

  • Only four shows; no Monday episode.


Week 32 (919): May 2-6

  • On Tuesday, Gena makes her very first appearance as a try-out model; she remains until next Tuesday.
  • On Friday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 33 (920): May 9-13

  • Tuesday show features the debut Side by Side.


Week 34 (921): May 16-20

  • From this Thursday through next Thursday, Kyle appears as a try-out model.
  • On Friday, Geraldo Rivera appears before the fourth Item up for Bids.


Week 35 (922): May 23-27

  • On Friday, Gena joins the show as a permanent Beauty, although she is not officially announced as such until the first episode of next season.


Week 36 (923): May 30-June 3


Week 37 (924): October* 14, June 7-10

  • Originally scheduled for June 6-10.
  • On Monday, for no apparent reason, Rod is not shown on-camera.
  • On Tuesday, Bob recounts the tale of how Roger became one of the show's producers.


Week 38 (925): June 13-17

  • Season finale week.
  • At some point during Tuesday's show, a large portion of the staff comes onstage and dances the Tush Push.
  • On Wednesday, contestants Mitchell and Tonya are tied at the beginning of the second Showcase Showdown. Names were drawn out of a hat during the preceding commercial to determine which one of them would spin first.


Season 23 ('94-'95)

Pricing game calendar for Season 23, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (926): September 12-16

  • Monday show features the debut of Barker's Marker$.
  • The set is decorated for the season premiere on Monday.
  • Monday's opening titles are "First Show of Our 23rd Year!!", "Over $120 Million in Prizes Won!", and "Happy Anniversary!".
  • In Monday's opening, "Television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes!" is replaced with "The first show of our 23rd year on CBS!"
  • On Monday, Bob is introduced as "the star of The Price Is Right, the longest-running game show on TV, Bob Barker!".
  • On Monday, Gena is officially announced as a permanent Beauty.
  • On Monday, Grand Game's intro goes back to the Dawson version of the Family Feud theme.
  • On Thursday, Bob inadvertently gives a contestant an extra advantage in Dice Game when, with rolls of 1, 1, and 6 on the first three dice, he has the second, third, and fourth numbers lit up before the final roll.


Week 2 (927): September 19-23

  • On Tuesday, audience members Patricia and Alaina convince Bob to let them roll around in the aisles at the beginning of Act 4. On Wednesday, Patricia ends up being called down as the sixth contestant.


Week 3 (928): September 26-30


Week 4 (929): October 3-7

  • By Tuesday, a backing has been installed behind the "Barker's Bargain Bar" sign, presumably to make it more legible.


Week 5 (930): October 11-14

  • Only four shows; Monday has Season 22's delayed June 6 episode.


Week 6 (931): October 17-21


Week 7 (932): October 24-28


Week 8 (933): October 31-November 4

  • On Monday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 9 (934): November 7-11

  • On Friday, after the Showcase, Bob accidentally begins to sign off from Truth or Consequences instead of The Price Is Right, saying, "Bob Barker saying, 'goodbye,' and hoping all your...prices are right!"


Week 10 (935): November 14-18


Week 11 (936): November 21-23

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 12 (937): November 28-December 2

  • On Tuesday, the third Item up for Bids, a drum set, is modeled by stagehand "Jerry P."
  • On Friday show, before the sixth Item up for Bids, Bob talks about the Davidson version, saying that he, Rod, Janice, Holly, Kathleen, and Gena are the original host, announcer, and Beauties.


Week 13 (938): December 5-9


Week 14 (939): December 12, 13, & 23

  • Despite airing over the course of twelve days, these three episodes are considered to be a single week with shows for Monday, Tuesday, and Friday.
  • On Friday, the set is decorated for Christmas.


Week 15 (940): January 3-6

  • New Year's week; only four shows.
  • In Friday's Range Game, for no apparent reason, the rangefinder moves up the scale at about three times its normal speed and continues for about an extra $10 after the contestant presses the button.


Week 16 (941): January 9-13

  • On Thursday, show staffer Gina Nyman's (at the time, Gina Cook's) daughter Amy helps to model the fourth Item up for Bids, a set of playground equipment.


Week 17 (942): January 16-20

  • On Monday show, the well-known incident occurs in which Bob kicks Squeeze Play after its reveal will not work, causing the flap to open and the price to fall on the floor.
  • On Tuesday show, the three contestants in the second Showcase Showdown dance the Tush Push to "Achy Breaky Heart" when Bob discovers that one of them is a dance instructor.


Week 18 (943): January 23-27

  • By Tuesday, the Clam has adopted its final design of the Barker era; it now shows an elegant dollar sign inside of an arched doorway.


Week 19 (944): January 30-February 3


Week 20 (945): February 6-10


Week 21 (946): February 13-17

  • On Thursday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Double Prices is played at Door #3.


Week 22 (947): February 20-24

  • Wednesday show features the debut of Freeze Frame.


Week 23 (948): February 27-March 3


Week 24 (949): March 6-10

  • In Tuesday's Secret "X", the final reveal refuses to work; Bob and Roger end up turning the entire gameboard around to reveal the secret X.
  • Around this point, possibly this Wednesday, Bob begins having One Away contestants ask ladies how many numbers they have right instead of gentlemen.
  • For reasons unknown, Bob's signoff on Friday is edited out; the show jumps from the reveal of the winner directly to the beginning of the credits.


Week 25 (950): March 13-17

  • On Wednesday show, Holly very nearly loses her fingers during Barker's Bargain Bar when the broken-down trilon she is attempting to turn suddenly begins working again.
  • On Wednesday, Punch a Bunch's price cards are still orange.
  • On Friday, Freeze Frame is played for a car.


Week 26 (951): March 20-24

  • Friday show is believed to have the first appearance of Barker's Marker$'s normal prize staging.


Week 27 (952): March 27-31

  • On Thursday show, Rod wears a normal suit.


Week 28 (953): April 3-7

  • On Monday show, Double Prices is played at Door #3.


Week 29 (954): April 10-14

  • On Friday show, Double Prices uses its original staging at the Giant Price Tag.
  • On Friday show, for no apparent reason, Switcheroo's clock counts down from 45 instead of 30.


Week 30 (955): June 5, April 18-21

  • Originally scheduled for April 17-21.
  • On Tuesday show, the curtains behind the audience become solid red.
  • On Tuesday show, contestant Joseph is 1995's #73 on the Kansas City Chiefs.


Week 31 (956): April 24-28

  • On Wednesday, an extra piece of music is played during Punch a Bunch as Janice brings the $10,000 bill down from the Turntable; it is never used again after this episode.
  • On Thursday show, Safe Crackers begins using its current "think music."


Week 32 (957): May 1-5

  • On Wednesday, Plinko's intro begins using its second harps.
  • On Thursday show, the normal audience curtains return.


Week 33 (958): May 8-12


Week 34 (959): May 15-19


Week 35 (960): May 22-26


Week 36 (961): May 29-June 2

  • On Thursday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.
  • In Thursday's Super Ball!!, contestant Francois wins all three prizes with the first three balls; however, he does not win the superball.


Week 37 (962): June 6-9

  • Only four shows; Monday has the delayed April 17 episode.
  • On both Tuesday and Wednesday, Rod wears normal suits.


Week 38 (963): June 12-16

  • Season finale week.


Season 24 ('95-'96)

Pricing game calendar for Season 24, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (964): September 11-15

  • On Monday, the set is decorated for the season premiere.
  • On Monday, the camera begins the opening on one an anniversary celebration sign on the stage in the back of the audience.
  • On Monday, only one opening title, "We're Still #1", is shown.
  • In Monday's opening, the line "Television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes!" is replaced with "The first show of our 24th year on CBS!"
  • On Monday, Bob is introduced as "The star of The Price Is Right, and the winner of nine Emmys, Bob Barker!"
  • After this week, Gena temporarily leaves the show to tape Baywatch.


Week 2 (965): September 18-22


Week 3 (966):September 25-29


Week 4 (967): October 2, 30, 4-6

  • Originally scheduled for October 2-6.


Week 5 (968): October 9-11, 31, 13

  • Originally scheduled for October 9-13.


Week 6 (969): October 16-20

  • On Monday, Rod models the sixth Item up for Bids.


Week 7 (970): October 23-27

  • Friday show is Holly's last episode; from this point forward, the show goes back to having three Barker's Beauties.


Week 8 (971): December 8, 11, November 1-3

  • Originally scheduled for October 30-November 3.
  • On Monday, Gena briefly returns to the show.


Week 9 (972): November 6-10

  • Thursday show features the debut of Split Decision.


Week 10 (973): November 13-17


Week 11 (974): November 20-22

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 12 (975): November 27-December 1


Week 13 (976): December 4-7

  • Only four shows; no Friday episode.


Week 14 (977): December 18-22


Week 15 (978): December 25

  • Christmas week; only one show, on Monday.


Week 16 (979): January 2-5

  • New Year's week; only four shows.
  • On Friday, Make Your Move is played for a car for the final time.


Week 17 (980): January 9-12

  • Only four shows; no Monday episode.
  • On Tuesday, a new, more solid and more legible "Barker's Bargain Bar" sign is introduced; the logo itself, however, is unchanged.


Week 18 (981): January 15-19

  • Wednesday show features the debut of Shopping Spree.
  • On the very first playings of Shopping Spree, an orange vane display shows the minimum amount the contestant must spend, and the green vane display shows how much he has spent thus far.


Week 19 (982): January 24-26

  • Only three shows, on Wednesday-Friday.
  • On Wednesday, Freeze Frame is played for a car for the final time.
  • The car offered in Freeze Frame on Wednesday is believed to be the very last 4-digit car to appear on the show.
  • Starting on Friday, Chantel appears for several shows, again as a try-out model.
  • Friday's Punch a Bunch features well-known contestant Brian, who gives back $5,000 and ends up winning the game.


Week 20 (983): January 29-February 2


Week 21 (984): February 5-9

  • In Friday's Side by Side, Bob has the contestant move the numbers instead of doing it himself; over the next few years, this gradually becomes the norm.


Week 22 (985): February 12-16

  • On Thursday, Adam Sandler (the actor, not the Price staffer) appears in the Showcase to promote Happy Gilmore; the winner of the Showcase wins an extra prize of a private screening of the movie for himself and 49 friends at Universal Studios.
  • By Thursday, Shopping Spree's orange vane display has been replaced by an orange card, and the green display has begun showing how much the contestant must still spend.


Week 23 (986): February 19-23


Week 24 (987): February 26, 28-March 1

  • Only four shows; Tuesday has the Pillsbury Bake-Off and a "Soapbreak Special" about The Young and the Restless's Shemar Moore.


Week 25 (988): March 4-8

  • On Monday, Rod wears a normal suit.
  • In Tuesday's Lucky $even, presumably in error, the car reveal is accompanied first by no music and then by "Splendido!".


Week 26 (989): March 11-15

  • Monday show features the final playing of $uper $aver.


Week 27 (990): March 18-22

  • Starting on Friday, Kyle appears as a try-out model for several episodes; it is possible that this is her last appearance on the show.


Week 28 (991): March 25-29

  • In Tuesday's Plinko, contestant Margie wins all five chips and puts all of them in the zeroes.
  • On Thursday, Secret "X" is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Double Prices is played at Door #3.
  • In Friday's mid-show bumper, Rod asks viewers to stay tuned for "The Price Is Right's second half" instead of "the second half of The Price Is Right."


Week 29 (992): April 1-5

  • On Monday, the trip skins, which had previously been colored all the way to their edges, are painted black from the edge of their first large octagon on outward; this change then reverts for two days before becoming permanent on Thursday.
  • On Wednesday show, Check-Out's center scoreboard, which had originally been a vane display, is replaced with a new eggcrate display.
  • On Wednesday, Check-Out's win range is increased to $1.00.


Week 30 (993): April 8-12

  • In Monday's second Showcase Showdown, during a spin-off, Bob resets the Big Wheel to 5 for both spins; while this is unusual, it is not strictly wrong.


Week 31 (994): April 15-19


Week 32 (995): April 22-26

  • On Monday, Chantel becomes a permanent Beauty.
  • Thursday show features the debut of Eazy az 1 2 3.


Week 33 (996): April 29-May 3


Week 34 (997): May 6-10

  • On Tuesday, the Showcase Showdown is still using the split-screen arrow shot.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, the show's credits are done with Chyroned graphics.


Week 35 (998): May 13-17

  • On Wednesday, Eazy az 1 2 3 uses its "think music" for the first time.


Week 36 (999): May 20-24

  • On Friday, Split Decision briefly abandons its clock in favor of simply giving contestants three guesses.


Week 37 (1,000 – #001xK): May 27-31

  • During Wednesday's show, one of the cameras breaks down, resulting in some unusual directing.


Week 38 (1,001 – #002xK): June 3-7

  • On Wednesday, Split Decision's normal format returns.


Week 39 (1,002 – #003xK): June 10-14

  • Season finale week.


Season 25 ('96-'97)

Pricing game calendar for Season 25, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 0: Night of Friday, August 23

  • The Price Is Right 25th Anniversary Special (#0001S) airs on Friday night.
  • Special begins with Bob standing behind Door #2, inviting the viewers to “stick around;” the video then cuts to the opening.
  • Rod’s opening spiel is, “It’s a special! It’s very special! It’s very, very special! It’s The Price Is Right 25th Anniversary Special!” The first three sentences of the spiel, minus the lone comma and the Italics, also comprise the episode’s opening titles, which are displayed in a font not used on any other episode.
  • The first four contestants are told, “You are the first four contestants on The Price Is Right 25th Anniversary Special!”
  • This is the only primetime special during the Bob Barker era to utilize the light border, and the only one overall to use opening titles.
  • The curtains behind the audience are a silver version of the ones that normally appear there.
  • The center of the wall behind the audience is covered with a “25th Anniversary Special” sign that is flanked by two “Outstanding Game Show 1995-1996” signs. The former also appears on the front side of the spinning panel of the Turntable wall, and the latter signs also flank Door #2, accompanied by gigantic Emmy statues.
  • The show is an hour long, but it consists of only six segments, shows numerous clips, and uses the half-hour gameplay format; the second segment of the program contains no gameplay at all.
  • The mid-show bumper occurs during the third commercial break; Rod says, "The Price Is Right 25th Anniversary Special will continue," while the camera takes a still shot of the sign behind the center of the audience. The same shot is also shown briefly with no voice-overs immediately before the end of the same commercial break, similar to what was done on the '86 Specials.
  • As this Special was taped out of order, a small number of the clips shown are from Season 25 episodes.
  • Beginning with this episode, the panels of the Big Doors are replaced with the panels from the Davidson version, which have been painted with very slightly altered versions of the daytime patterns; the most notable difference is the significant sharpening of the innermost upper curves on Door #2. This change carries over to the daytime show when new episodes resume.
  • Beginning with this episode, the show’s logo on the Big Doors has a shadow painted behind it and is accompanied by drawings of confetti, balloons, and a blue streamer. The blue balloon has a CBS Eye logo on it, and the left side of the streamer contains the words “25 Years on CBS.”
  • On Special, Plinko is played for $50,000, with a $10,000 slot replacing the $5,000 slot. The game is introduced normally, and the center slot is initially covered with a noticeably non-flashing “5000” panel.
  • The $10,000 slot on the Plinko board has an enlarged "10" and a scrunched "000".
  • A small tribute to Johnny is presented immediately before Rod calls the night’s final contestant. Oddly, Rod is shown after the tribute but is not on-camera while actually calling the contestant.
  • Rod signs off from the Special with, "This is Rod Roddy speaking for The Price Is Right 25th Anniversary Special, a Mark Goodson television production!"
  • CBS’s airing of the Special ends with split-screened credits, which have become the norm for the network’s primetime programs by this point. In the split-screen graphics, the show’s name is misspelled as “The Price Is Right Primtime Special.”


Week 1 (1,003 – #004xK): September 9-13

  • The set is decorated for the season premiere and the anniversary celebration all week.
  • Monday's opening titles are "25 Years on CBS", "25 Years of Fun and Excitement", and "25 Years of Fantastic Prizes".
  • On Monday, Rod does not begin his opening spiel until the third title had appeared on the screen.
  • On Monday, Rod's opening spiel is, "Here it comes! The first show of our 25th year on CBS! The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right!"
  • On Monday, Rod introduces Bob as "The star of The Price Is Right, soon to celebrate his 40th year on television, Bob Barker!"
  • The confetti that falls over the audience at various points during Monday's show is thrown by a member of the crowd and was not a planned part of the celebration.
  • Monday show is the first episode taped with the new Big Doors and their new designs.
  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • Beginning on Tuesday and continuing for the duration of Season 25, the opening spiel is extended to "Here it comes! Television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes! Celebrating its 25th year on CBS, The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right!"
  • On Tuesday, Punch a Bunch's second set debuts.
  • Early in the life of the second Punchboard, the "Punch a Bunch" logo was slightly different, with sunburts on some of the holes in the "P" and the "B".
  • On Wednesday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.


Week 2 (1,004 – #005xK): September 16-20

  • The set is again decorated for the anniversary celebration all week.


Week 3 (1,005 – #006xK): September 23-27

  • For a third and final week, the set is decorated for the anniversary celebration.
  • On Tuesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • During Tuesday's Bonus Game, Bob accidentally asks Johnny Olson to describe one of the prizes.
  • Thursday show was originally intended to feature the debut of It's in the Bag. Unknown factors kept the game from being played for an entire year after this date, but it continues to appear on preliminary episode lineups until around New Year's.


Week 4 (1,006 – #007xK): September 30-October 4


Week 5 (1,007 – #008xK): October 7-11

  • On Thursday, a contestant plays Dice Game perfectly, rolling all of the last four numbers in the price correctly and winning without having to make any decisions.


Week 6 (1,008 – #009xK): October 14-18

  • On Tuesday, Bob decides to award a win when a contestant loses Range Game by literally less than $1.
  • On Wednesday, one of the people Rod calls down attempts to send his wife to Contestants' Row.
  • On Thursday, for reasons unknown, Rod never signs off during the credits.


Week 7 (1,009 – #010xK): October 21-25


Week 8 (1,010 – #011xK): October 28-November 1


Week 9 (1,011 – #012xK): November 4-8


Week 10 (1,012 – #013xK): November 11-15


Week 11 (1,013 – #014xK): November 18-22

  • On Wednesday, for no apparent reason, Double Prices has no logo; the front of the podium is solid blue.
  • On Thursday, during the first Showcase Showdown, contestant Jeanne is buzzed for going over on a spin that had not gone all the way around, and no one notices until the commercial. When the show comes back on, the Big Wheel is still onstage, and Jeanne is brought back up so that she can properly complete her turn.


Week 12 (1,014 – #015xK): November 25-27

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 13 (1,015 – #016xK): December 2-6

  • Beginning around this time, possibly on Tuesday, cues from the 1994 music package beyond the Safe Crackers think cue and what would come to be known as the "Fortune Hunter Cue" begin to be used on the daytime show.


Week 14 (1,016 – #017xK): December 9-12

  • Only four shows; reruns for the Christmas season begin on Friday and air for most of the rest of the month, interrupted only by the short Week 15.


Week 15 (1,017 – #018xK): December 24 & 25

  • Christmas week; only two shows, on Tuesday and Wednesday.
  • The set is decorated for Christmas this week.


Week 16 (1,018 – #019xK): January 2 & 3

  • New Year's week; only two shows.


Week 17 (1,019 – #020xK): January 6-10


Week 18 (1,020 – #021xK): January 13-17

  • Thursday show features the final playing of Split Decision.
  • On Friday, Check-Out is played for a car.


Week 19 (1,021 – #022xK): March 31, January 21-24

  • Originally scheduled for January 20-24.
  • On Monday, Bullseye is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Bob talks briefly about Bill Cullen.


Week 20 (1,022 – #023xK): January 27-31

  • On Monday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 21 (1,023 – #024xK): February 3-7


Week 22 (1,024 – #025xK): February 10-14

  • On Tuesday, Rod signs off differently than usual: "The Price Is Right is a Mark Goodson production; Rod Roddy speaking!"


Week 23 (1,025 – #026xK): February 17-21


Week 24 (1,026 – #027xK): February 24-28


Week 25 (1,027 – #028xK): March 3-7


Week 26 (1,028 – #029xK): March 10-14

  • On Friday, Spelling Bee's electronics are broken; Janice reveals the prices of the small prizes on price tags.


Week 27 (1,029 – #030xK): March 17-21

  • On Tuesday, Rod models with 6th Item up for Bids, a men's watch, at his podium.


Week 28 (1,030 – #031xK): March 24-28


Week 29 (1,031 – #032xK): April 1-April 4

  • Only four shows, on Tuesday-Friday; Monday has the pre-empted January 20 episode.
  • On Wednesday, the commercial outro edit of "Dig We Must" is mistakenly played during the ticket plug.


Week 30 (1,032 – #033xK): April 7-11

  • Friday show has an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.


Week 31 (1,033 – #034xK): April 14-18

  • On Wednesday, the second Take Two board debuts.


Week 32 (1,034 – #035xK): April 21-25

  • Tuesday's show is the final episode to offer a showcase worth under $10,000.
  • In Friday's Pathfinder, the regular bell is used, as the game's special bell sound effect is not working.


Week 33 (1,035 – #036xK): April 28-May 2

  • In Monday's second Showcase Showdown, none of the Big Wheel's electronics are working, and the beeps, which are clearly being controlled from the sound effects booth, are badly out of synch with the wheel. When the third spinner's turn comes, everything suddenly starts working again.


Week 34 (1,036 – #037xK): May 5-9


Week 35 (1,037 – #038xK): May 12-16


Week 36 (1,038 – #039xK): May 19-23


Week 37 (1,039 – #040xK): May 26-30

  • On Thursday, in an extremely rare occurrence, eight of the nine contestants are men.
  • On Friday, Secret "X" is played for a car.


Week 38 (1,040 – #041xK): June 2-6

  • On Thursday, contestant Laura is on crutches; during the Showcase Showdown, her husband Jeffrey is allowed to come out of the audience and spin the Big Wheel for her.


Week 39 (1,041 – #042xK): June 9-13

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.
  • On Tuesday, the show's theme is mistakenly played while going to commercial after the second Showcase Showdown.
  • In Friday's first Showcase Showdown, contestant Keven spins again on 75; when he goes over, he tells Bob that he didn't realize he had to stay under a dollar and does not leave the stage. Bob, after pondering the situation for several seconds, decides that, having fully explained the rules only two minutes earlier, it was the contestant's responsibility to understand them before making any important decisions; he apologizes for the unfortunate outcome and sends Keven to sit down.


Season 26 ('97-'98)

Pricing game calendar for Season 26, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,042 – #043xK): September 8-12

  • The set is decorated for the season premiere on Monday.
  • Monday's opening titles are "More Exciting Than Ever!", "Still Number One!", and "Our 26th Year!".
  • On Monday, Rod's opening spiel includes an extra line: "Here it comes! Television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes! Beginning its 26th year on CBS, The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right!"
  • On Monday, Bob is introduced as "The star of America's longest-running game show, Bob Barker!"
  • On Monday, the text on the Big Doors is changed to say, “26 Years on CBS”.
  • On Monday, three special guests -- Lucy Johnson, Syd Vinnedge, and Marjorie Goodson -- appear at the start of Act 2; Lucy and Marjorie both present Bob with checks for his charity, the DJ&T Foundation.
  • On Monday, Janice wrecks a van in Lucky $even; this subsequently causes Bob to forget to have Rod read the car plug, which eventually results in the contestant getting $3 back after missing the second number without knowing what kind of car he was playing for.
  • On Tuesday, the opening spiel changes back to "Here it comes! Television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes! The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right!"
  • On Tuesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 2 (1,043 – #044xK): September 15-19

  • Tuesday show is the real episode #5,000.
  • On Tuesday show, “Here Comes the Bride” is played instead of “Walking” when Rod calls a bride to come on down.


Week 3 (1,044 – #045xK): September 22-26

  • On Monday, Hi Lo is played for a car.
  • In Monday's Hi Lo, due to Bob's interaction with the contestant, the prize is revealed before the groceries are described.
  • Friday show features the debut of It’s in the Bag.
  • It’s in the Bag’s original intro cue is the full-length version of what would come to be known as the Fortune Hunter intro cue.


Week 4 (1,045 – #046xK): September 29-October 3


Week 5 (1,046 – #047xK): October 6-10

  • Monday show features the famous “Timothy’s Dot” incident, in which contestant Timothy tries to play Check Game by writing on one of the price displays.
  • Wednesday show has the first appearance of It’s in the Bag’s blue lights; on the game’s first playing, the lights were yellow.
  • Wednesday show features a blind contestant named George. The audience remains silent during Rod's prize descriptions so that George can hear them.


Week 6 (1,047 – #048xK): October 13-17

  • On Monday, the red-blue-orange-green audience curtains are briefly replaced with the silver ones seen on the '86 Specials. The regular curtains were removed after someone accidentally burned holes in them by leaving the lights behind them turned on over the weekend.
  • Friday show, which includes the third playing of It’s in the Bag, is also believed to mark the first time the game is introduced with its normal cue. Over the next several years, the normal-length versions of the two intro cues will be used interchangeably, with the one from this episode gradually becoming predominant and eventually being used on every playing.


Week 7 (1,048 – #049xK): October 20-24

  • On Tuesday, the audience curtains change again, this time to a color scheme of gold-blue-blue-silver-silver-blue-blue-gold; unlike the normal curtains and the all-silver curtains, these curtains have no curves running down them.


Week 8 (1,049 – #050xK): October 27-31

  • On Monday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, the red-blue-orange-green audience curtains return.
  • Beginning on Thursday, Buy or Sell winners receive the amount of cash they have in the bank at the end of the game in addition to the three prizes.


Week 9 (1,050 – #051xK): November 3-7


Week 10 (1,051 – #052xK): November 10-14


Week 11 (1,052 – #053xK): November 17-21

  • On Monday, contestant Rodrigo gets a ball stuck in Super Ball!!’s $50 circle, against the back of the $100 circle; Bob declares him to have won $54.78 with it.
  • Friday show features the debut of Fortune Hunter.


Week 12 (1,053 – #054xK): November 24-26

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 13 (1,054 – #055xK): December 1-5

  • On Thursday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 14 (1,055 – #056xK): December 8-12


Week 15 (1,056 – #057xK): December 15 & 16

  • Only two shows, on Monday and Tuesday.
  • No Christmas-themed episodes are done this season.


Week 16 (1,057 – #058xK): January 2

  • New Year’s week; only one show.


Week 17 (1,058 – #059xK): January 5-9


Week 18 (1,059 – #060xK): January 12-16

  • Monday show features the final playing of Super Ball!!.
  • On Monday, Super Ball!! is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, 25-year-old contestant Danitra tells Bob that her name was inspired by Anitra.
  • On Friday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 19 (1,060 – #061xK): January 19-23

  • On Tuesday, Check-Out is played for a car.
  • Wednesday features the well-known contestant “Rosina the Plinko lady.”
  • On Wednesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • By Wednesday, Plinko has begun using its current harps.


Week 20 (1,061 – #062xK): January 26-30

  • On Thursday, Cliff Hangers is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Pick-a-Pair is played for a car.


Week 21 (1,062 – #063xK): February 2-5, April 27

  • Originally scheduled for February 2-6.


Week 22 (1,063 – #064xK): February 9-13

  • On Friday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 23 (1,064 – #065xK): February 16-20

  • On Monday, Grocery Game is played for a car.
  • Monday show features Scott, the well-known contestant who injured his knee before a playing of Dice Game.
  • On Tuesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car; despite this, the game uses the “Second Thoughts” cue.
  • On Thursday, for no apparent reason, Double Prices is played at center stage with the prize behind Door #2.
  • On Friday, 3 Strikes is played under its original rules for the final time.
  • On Friday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 24 (1,065 – #066xK): February 23, 25-27

  • Only four shows; Tuesday has the Pillsbury Bake-Off and a rerun of episode #1025D from August 16, 1974.


Week 25 (1,066 – #067xK): March 2-6


Week 26 (1,067 – #068xK): March 9-13

  • Tuesday show features the debut of Line em Up.
  • On its first several playings, Line em Up uses the think music from Make Your Move.
  • Very early in its life, Line em Up's prize labels had black text on white backgrounds, and the rim around the car's price was white.
  • On Thursday, Secret "X" is played for a car.


Week 27 (1,068 – #069xK): March 16-20

  • Double Prices is played twice this week; Thursday's playing, a substitution for Lucky $even, takes place at Door #3.


Week 28 (1,069 – #070xK): March 23-27


Week 29 (1,070 – #071xK): March 30-April 3

  • By Wednesday, Line em Up's prize labels have changed to white text on black backgrounds, and the rim around the car's price has been painted yellow.


Week 30 (1,071 – #072xK): April 6-10

  • On Wednesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • Thursday show is the ceremonial 5,000th episode; in reality, it is the 5,132nd episode.
  • The set is decorated for the "5,000th show" on Thursday.
  • On Thursday, Rod’s opening spiel is, “Here it comes! Television’s most exciting hour of fantastic prizes! Our 5,000th show! The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right!”
  • All three of Thursday’s opening titles are a special “5,000th SHOW” graphic.
  • On Thursday, the text on the Big Doors is changed from “26 Years on CBS” to “5,000th Show on CBS!”
  • On Thursday, Cliff Hangers and Double Prices are both played for a car.
  • Thursday show is the only episode in history on which all six pricing games are played for cars.
  • Lucy Johnson speaks on Thursday.
  • On Thursday, Studio 33 is renamed “The Bob Barker Studio”.
  • On Thursday, Gena is present with the show’s cast and crew during the credits.
  • On Friday, the opening spiel is permanently changed to, “Here it comes! From the Bob Barker Studio at CBS in Hollywood! Television’s most exciting hour of fantastic prizes! The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right!”
  • On Friday, the Big Doors are changed again to remove the CBS Eye symbol and all text except for the show’s logo; the text is replaced by two additional balloons, and the pattern of the confetti is slightly altered.
  • On Friday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car; despite this, the game uses the "Second Thoughts" cue.


Week 31 (1,072 – #073xK): April 13-17

  • On Tuesday, Pick-a-Pair is played for a car.


Week 32 (1,073 – #074xK): April 20-24


Week 33 (1,074 – #075xK): April 28-May 1

  • Only four shows; Monday has an episode delayed from February 6.
  • Wednesday, Pick-a-Pair is played for a car.


Week 34 (1,075 – #076xK): May 4-8


Week 35 (1,076 – #077xK): May 11-15

  • On Tuesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, 3 Strikes returns to the pricing game rotation with the “one strike in the bag” rule implemented.


Week 36 (1,077 – #078xK): May 18-22


Week 37 (1,078 – #079xK): May 25-29


Week 38 (1,079 – #080xK): June 1-5

  • Tuesday show introduces Line em Up’s normal think music.
  • Wednesday show opens with the infamous "Nicole Thorenson/Barrington/Thornbrough incident," in which the name of contestant #4, Nicole Thornbrough, was mistakenly written down as "Nicole Thorenson," which was the name Rod called during the opening (despite Bob's later claims that what he heard through the Big Doors was "Nicole Barrington"). Obviously, Nicole never got up, and contestant #5 was eventually called in her place. The error was discovered during the first commercial break, and Nicole was finally called successfully before the second Item up for Bids.


Week 39 (1,080 – #081xK): June 8-12

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday.
  • On many of this season’s summer reruns, the replacement copy for the consolation prize plugs is read by Gene Wood.
  • On Thursday, Range Game is played for a car.


Season 27 ('98-'99)

Pricing game calendar for Season 27, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,081 – 082xK): September 22, December 31, September 23-25

  • Originally scheduled for September 21-25.
  • Monday show features the debut of Clearance Sale.
  • On Monday, the set is decorated for the season premiere.
  • All of Monday's opening titles are "It's The 27th Year!".
  • Clearance Sale's price tags and prize labels originally use large, blue numbers on a white background.
  • Clearance Sale's price holders originally have the prices concealed below the shelves for the price tags; the flaps concealing them open downward.
  • On Monday only, Clearance Sale uses the think music from Eazy az 1 2 3.
  • On Monday, the set is decorated for the season premiere.
  • On Monday, the Double Showcase range changes from "less than $100" to "$250 or less."
  • On Monday, Pick-a-Pair is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 2 (1,082 – 083xK): September 28-October 2

  • On Thursday only, Clearance Sale uses a Western-style cue as its think music; the cue is never heard again after this episode.
  • Beginning on Thursday, grocery item and small prize games are played fourth on a somewhat regular basis; prior to this episode, that practice had been essentially unheard of since around 1978.


Week 3 (1,083 – 084xK): October 5-9


Week 4 (1,084 – 085xK): October 12-16

  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • Tuesday show is likely the first appearance of Master Key's second car stand.
  • On Thursday, Plinko's top prize becomes $50,000; the $5,000 slot is now worth $10,000.
  • On Thursday, Rod does not announce Plinko's top prize while introducing the game, nor does the Plinko sign flip around to reveal it.
  • The $10,000 slot on the Plinko board is the same one seen on the 25th Anniversary Special, with an enlarged "10" and a scrunched "000".
  • On Thursday, Hi Lo is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Clearance Sale's price tags are altered to have white text on a red background, and the prize labels are altered to have white text on a blue background; additionally, the tags used by the contestant now have "Sale Price" written over the price.
  • On Friday, Clearance Sale's price holders are redesigned to have the prices concealed above the shelves for the price tags; the flaps concealing the prices now open upward.
  • On Friday, Clearance Sale's first regular think music, a circus-style song, is introduced.


Week 5 (1,085 – 086xK): October 19-23

  • Monday show features an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.
  • On Monday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • Tuesday show has the first appearance of "$50,000" on the Plinko sign.
  • Friday show features the debut of 1 Wrong Price.


Week 6 (1,086 – 087xK): October 26-30

  • Tuesday show features the debut of a slightly altered, more realistic-looking "NO" graphic in 3 Strikes.
  • On Wednesday's show only, the words "The Price Is Right" in the ticket address are colored red and yellow are they are in the logo; additionally, the transition from the address back to Bob on this episode involved a graphic of an envelope sealing up the shot of the audience and flying off the screen.


Week 7 (1,087 – 088xK): November 2-6

  • Monday show has the main theme playing throughout the opening; Walking plays while going to commercial after the first part of the Showcase.


Week 8 (1,088 – 089xK): November 9-13

  • Tuesday show has a contestant who wrote his college thesis on game show hostesses, focusing primarily on Janice.
  • Tuesday show is the first episode produced by Pearson Television instead of All-American Television.
  • Probably on Tuesday, the perfect bid bonus in Contestants' Row is increased to $500; this assumption is based on the facts that a $100 bonus had been awarded the previous week, that a $500 bonus is awarded this Thursday, and that Tuesday's show was the first episode produced after the summer taping break.
  • On Wednesday, Bonus Game is played for a car.


Week 9 (1,089 – 090xK): November 16-20

  • Thursday show did not air on the East Coast until December 30.


Week 10 (1,090 – 091xK): November 23-25

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 11 (1,091 – 092xK): November 30-December 4

  • Monday show debuts black tote board in Buy or Sell.
  • On Tuesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • Wednesday show features debut of baseball "NO" graphics in 3 Strikes.


Week 12 (1,092 – 093xK): December 7-11


Week 13 (1,093 – 094xK): December 14-18

  • Monday show debuts Clock Game's $1,000 bonus, with a graphic whose zeros look like clock faces with their hands rotating; this is replaced fairly quickly by a bulkier, clockless graphic.
  • On Tuesday show, in an extremely rare occurrence, seven of the nine contestants are men.
  • Thursday show features the only known instance of Bob playing a pricing game, when it becomes obvious three and a half minutes into Make Your Move that the contestant is never going to understand the rules.
  • The set is decorated for Christmas starting on Friday.
  • Friday show did not air on the East Coast until December 29.


Week 14 (1,094 – 095xK): December 21-24

  • Christmas week; only four shows.
  • The set is decorated for Christmas all week.


Week 15 (1,095 – 096xK): January 4-8


Week 16 (1,096 – 097xK): January 11-15


Week 17 (1,097 – 098xK): January 18-22


Week 18 (1,098 – 099xK): January 25-29

  • On Monday show, contestant Nancy is disqualified after the staff discovers that she had already been on the show in 1984.


Week 19 (1,099 – 100xK): February 1-5

  • On Monday, for no apparent reason, the first two prices marked in Barker's Marker$ light up as soon as they are chosen, along with their corresponding prizes; this does not appear to have been planned beforehand, as Bob seemed quite surprised later on when he realized the lights were already on.
  • On Monday show, Lucky $even is played in the second half for the last time until Season 36.


Week 20 (1,100 – 101xK): February 8-12

  • On Tuesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 21 (1,101 – 102xK): February 15-19

  • On Monday, Bonus Game is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 22 (1,102 – 103xK): February 22-26


Week 23 (1,103 – 104xK): March 1-4

  • Only four shows; Friday has a rerun from Season 26.
  • Wednesday show features the debut of Push Over.
  • Thursday show features the debut of the flat Turntable walls, which replace the padded ones. Additionally, the "extra" panel of the wall becomes purple and red; it had previously been red and orange.
  • On Thursday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 24 (1,104 – 105xK): March 15-19

  • On this week's shows, the set is decorated all week to celebrate CBS being #1 in Daytime every week for ten years.
  • Monday's opening titles are "CBS Makes Daytime History!", #1 For Ten Years!", and "Congratulations From The Price Is Right!".
  • On Monday, Senior Vice-President of Daytime and Children's Programming for CBS Lucy Johnson gives a speech after the opening; following the speech, Janice presents her with a boquet of roses.
  • On Wednesday, Pick-a-Pair is played for a car.


Week 25 (1,105 – 106xK): March 22-26

  • As of Wednesday, Lucky $even is always played first.


Week 26 (1,106 – 107xK): March 29-April 2

  • Wednesday show has the first appearance of Push Over's yellow box; it had been red on the game's first two playings.
  • Thursday show has an April Fool's showcase that offers Matchbox versions of six very expensive cars; the real showcase is three Chevy Metros.
  • On Friday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 27 (1,107 – 108xK): April 5-9

  • On Thursday, Secret "X" is played for a car.


Week 28 (1,108 – 109xK): April 19-23


Week 29 (1,109 – 110xK): April 26-30

  • On Wednesday, in a rare acknowledgement of a retired game, Bob informs the audience when contestant Benjamin reaches Contestants' Row that he had stated during an earlier commercial break that he wanted to play Hurdles.
  • On Friday, Bullseye is played for a car.


Week 30 (1,110 – 111xK): May 3-7

  • In Monday's One Away, Bob declares that since there is a man helping with the sound effects, the contestant will ask the "folks" how many numbers she has right; this continues on the game's next two or three playings.
  • On Friday, Cliff Hangers is played for a car.


Week 31 (1,111 – 112xK): May 10-14

  • On Friday, Bullseye is played for a car.


Week 32 (1,112 – 113xK): May 17-21

  • On Wednesday, Hi Lo is played for a car.


Week 33 (1,113 – 114xK): May 24-28

  • On Thursday, Pick-a-Pair is played for a car.


Week 34 (1,114 – 115xK): May 31-June 4


Week 35 (1,115 – 116xK): June 7-11

  • On Monday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Friday show, a member of the band Sister Hazel is called as a contestant.


Week 36 (1,116 – 117xK): June 14-17

  • Season finale week; only four shows.
  • Summer reruns begin on Friday.
  • On Tuesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Season 28 ('99-'00)

Pricing game calendar for Season 28, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,117 – 118xK): September 20-24

  • Monday show features the debut of Let em Roll.
  • On Monday, the set is decorated for the season premiere.
  • Beginning with Monday show, season premieres replace the opening's line, "television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes!" with, "the first show of our xxth year (on CBS)!"
  • On Monday, a closed-captioning plug replaces the standard pre-1st-Showcase Showdown plugs; additionally, the show's logo appears in the bottom-left of the screen during the intro to this promo.
  • Monday has the first appearance of CBS's split-screened credits (although real credit rolls are still taped each day); as a result of the change, the Goodson logo no longer scrolls off the screen on days with a full credit roll. Additionally, the "short" credits now include the listings for Executive Producer, Producers, Director, and Associate Producer.
  • Monday show is Chantel's last episode and Nikki's first episode. As a send-off/introduction of sorts, each of them reads the price of one of the showcases.
  • Monday's Double Prices is a substitution for Range Game.


Week 2 (1,118 – 119xK): September 27-October 1

  • Monday show has the first ever wheelchair-bound contestant.
  • Tuesday show debuts the standard appearances of the money amounts on Let em Roll's cubes, as well as the game's regular price covers.
  • On Friday show, the Big Wheel's beeping mechanism gives out partway through the first Showcase Showdown; during the second Showcase Showdown, Bob has the audience do the beeps.


Week 3 (1,119 – 120xK): October 4-8

  • Wednesday show debuts the new Golden Road set. At this time, the colors of the first two price holders are swapped, changing the sequence from blue-green-red to green-blue-red.
  • On Thursday, Let em Roll's grocery portion is played after the first roll; this is the only time this has been done.


Week 4 (1,120 – 121xK): October 11-15

  • Monday show has Double Prices played at Door #3; it was likely a substitution for another game, since it was played twice that week and no grocery item game was played on Monday.


Week 5 (1,121 – 122xK): October 18-22


Week 6 (1,122 – 123xK): October 25-29


Week 7 (1,123 – 124xK): November 1-5

  • On Monday, Check-Out is played for a car.


Week 8 (1,124 – 125xK): November 8-12


Week 9 (1,125 – 126xK): November 15-19

  • Friday show is the first taping after a lengthy break caused by Bob having surgery. As he comes through the Big Doors, the audience can be heard chanting, "we love Bob!"


Week 10 (1,126 – 127xK): November 22-24

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • Monday show has the Showcase podiums set up during the first game for no apparent reason.


Week 11 (1,127 – 128xK): November 29, 30, December 2, 1, 3

  • Originally scheduled for November 29-December 3.
  • On Monday show, the spelling of Let em Roll is changed to "Let 'em Roll".
  • Wednesday show's credits contain a tribute to then-recently deceased former staffer Jill Brandt Ostrove; CBS aired the real credits for this episode.


Week 12 (1,128 – 129xK): December 6-10

  • Friday show has Season 28's only playing of Shell Game.
  • On Friday, Shell Game is played for a car.


Week 13 (1,129 – 130xK): December 13-17


Week 14 (1,130 – 131xK): December 20-24

  • The set is decorated for Christmas this week.


Week 15 (1,131 – 132xK): January 3-7

  • On Wednesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 16 (1,132 – 133xK): January 17-21


Week 17 (1,133 – 134xK): January 24-28

  • Wednesday show has the debut of Clearance Sale's regular think music; the song has never consistently started in the same spot.


Week 18 (1,134 – 135xK): February 7-11


Week 19 (1,135 – 136xK): February 14-18


Week 20 (1,136 – 137xK): February 21-25

  • Friday show features the debut of Flip Flop.


Week 21 (1,137 – 138xK): February 28, March 1-3

  • Only four shows; Tuesday has the Pillsbury Bake-Off and a rerun of episode #0115D from November 17, 1972.
  • Friday features the first playing of 5-digit Push Over.
  • On Friday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 22 (1,138 – 139xK): March 6-10

  • Monday show debuts a new font for "$10,000" portion of Grand Game's winnings display.


Week 23 (1,139 – 140xK): March 27-31

  • Tuesday show has the debut of a new, gold-trimmed, asterisked Big Wheel carpet.
  • On Wednesday, Cliff Hangers is played for a car.


Week 24 (1,140 – 141xK): April 3-7

  • Tuesday show debuts a new font for ".00" portion of Grand Game's winnings display.


Week 25 (1,141 – 142xK): April 17-21


Week 26 (1,142 – 143xK): May 1-5


Week 27 (1,143 – 144xK): May 8-12

  • Thursday show features the final playing of Fortune Hunter.


Week 28 (1,144 – 145xK): May 15-19

  • Tuesday show features the third known instance of Johnny or Rod calling a contestant who was in the bathroom.
  • Wednesday show has the first appearance of the current One Away sign.


Week 29 (1,145 – 146xK): May 22-26


Week 30 (1,146 – 147xK): May 29-June 2

  • Thursday show features the Train's only appearance of the season outside of the Showcase.


Week 31 (1,147 – 148xK): June 5-9


Week 32 (1,148 – 149xK): June 12-14

  • Only three shows; not season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin on Thursday.


Week 33 (1,149 – 150xK): September* 18-22

  • For reasons unknown, some backstage records refer to the last two weeks of Season 28 as being the first two weeks of Season 29.
  • Starting on Monday show, the 2nd Showcase Showdown is preceded by a second closed-captioning plug and only two consolation prize plugs.
  • On Monday show, unbeknownst to the cast, there is only one check on the Check Game board, as opposed to the usual two; this eventually results in Janice tearing the check into two pieces as she attempts to unglue it from the board to give it to the contestant.


Week 34 (1,150 – 151xK): September* 25, 26, Unaired, 27, 28, & 29

  • Originally scheduled for September* 25, 26, 27, 27, 28, & 29.
  • Season finale week.
  • Season 29 begins next Monday.
  • This week consists of six episodes, with two Wednesday shows. The original Wednesday show, taped on June 26 and redesignated at some point as episode #1513X, was never aired, apparently because two contestants ended up in the wrong spots in Contestants' Row at some point during the proceedings; it was replaced with a new episode #1513K, taped on September 11. According to our member MrBill1978, who was at the taping of episode #1513X, the two episodes had identical prizes and pricing game lineups.


Season 29 ('00-'01)

Pricing game calendar for Season 29, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,151 – 152xK): October 2-6

  • Monday show features the debut of Triple Play.
  • On Monday, the set is decorated for the season premiere.
  • On Tuesday, Cliff Hangers is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • In what is probably an unprecedented streak, the first ten shows of this season all have at least one contestant who fails to get the Big Wheel all the way around.


Week 2 (1,152 – 153xK): October 9-13

  • Sometime this week, or possibly next Monday, the font used in the logo for the opening and the mid-show bumper changes slightly.
  • On Monday, Bonus Game is played for a car.


Week 3 (1,153 – 154xK): October 16-17, December 14, October 19-20

  • Originally scheduled for October 16-20.
  • On Monday, Grocery Game is played for a car.
  • Tuesday's Triple Play, the game's second playing, debuts the regular fonts for its prices; it also marks the first time the fanfare used for the car reveals has a different pitch for each car.


Week 4 (1,154 – 155xK): October 23-27

  • On Thursday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 5 (1,155 – 156xK): October 30-November 3

  • On Wednesday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 6 (1,156 – 157xK): November 6-10

  • On Tuesday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, the color schemes of Pathfinder's small prize price labels are unreversed, returning to green text on white for the choices and white text on green for the labels and the right answers.


Week 7 (1,157 – 158xK): November 13-17


Week 8 (1,158 – 159xK): November 20-22

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 9 (1,159 – 160xK): November 27-December 1


Week 10 (1,160 – 161xK): December 4-8

  • On Tuesday, Let 'em Roll's original styrofoam cubes are replaced with wooden ones.


Week 11 (1,161 – 162xK): December 11-13, January 29 (#1681K), December 15

  • Originally scheduled for December 11-15.
  • Episode #1681K was originally planned as episode #1624K; its number was changed before it was taped when October 18's episode was rescheduled, and the game lineups for the rest of week #168xK were created with it in mind.
  • Wednesday is Janice and Kathleen's last show.
  • Thursday show is Bart Eskander's debut as director.
  • On Thursday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 12 (1,162 – 163xK): December 18-22

  • The set is decorated for Christmas all week.
  • Monday show has the debut of Bart's "rolling golf ball" wipe for Hole in One; it is not used in the one subsequent playing of the game directed by Paul Alter.
  • Monday's Hole in One also has a new, experimental camera angle for the right side of the split-screen shot; it is never used again.
  • Beginning on Monday's show, pet adoption segments include a graphic with the name of the animal shelter that the pets came from.
  • Tuesday show debuts the new Check-Out set.
  • Thursday show is Claudia's first appearance.
  • Thursday show marks the start of the temporary, part-time return of Paul Alter as director.
  • On Friday show, Eazy az 1 2 3's buttons are still on the sides of the tables.


Week 13 (1,163 – 164xK): January 2-5

  • New Year's week; only four shows.
  • On Thursday, Plinko's stairs are still multicolored.


Week 14 (1,164 – 165xK): January 8-12


Week 15 (1,165 – 166xK): January 15-19

  • Monday show debuts Golden Road's colored price holders.


Week 16 (1,166 – 167xK): January 22-26

  • Wednesday show debuts Freeze Frame's three-way split-screen camera shot.


Week 17 (1,167 – 168xK): January 30-February 2

  • Only four shows, on Tuesday-Friday.
  • While this week technically has a Monday show for January 29, it was originally planned as episode #1624K and simply had its production number changed to reflect its new airdate when it was rescheduled. For all practical purposes, it should be regarded as the December 14 episode.
  • On Thursday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • Friday is Paul Alter's final show.


Week 18 (1,168 – 169xK): February 5-9

  • On Monday, Claudia becomes a permanent Beauty, and Bart Eskander becomes the sole director.
  • Tuesday's Race Game has a rather unorhtodox ending, when the jukebox mistakenly tells the contestant that she has finished with two prices right instead of just one. Bob allows her to pick any one of the three prizes that she had wrong to win along with the one that she had right.


Week 19 (1,169 – 170xK): February 12-16

  • On Monday, Bonus Game is played for a car.
  • Tuesday's Check-Out is a substitution for Grocery Game.


Week 20 (1,170 – 171xK): February 19-23

  • By Wednesday show, Plinko's stairs have become all pink.
  • Friday show has the first playing of Check-Out without its giant calculator.


Week 21 (1,171 – 172xK): February 26-March 2

  • Thursday show debuts Squeeze Play's current color scheme.


Week 22 (1,172 – 173xK): March 5-9

  • Tuesday show debuts the current Shell Game set.
  • On Tuesday, Rod describes the 3rd IUFB, a trampoline, while bouncing on it.
  • On Tuesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 23 (1,173 – 174xK): March 19-23


Week 24 (1,174 – 175xK): March 26-30

  • Monday show is Heather's first appearance.
  • On Tuesday show, Danny Smith, one of the stars of the TV show Big Wolf on Campus, is called as a contestant.


Week 25 (1,175 – 176xK): April 2-6

  • On Thursday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 26 (1,176 – 177xK): April 16-20

  • Thursday show features the debut of That's Too Much!.
  • Thursday show's rerun during the summer has several seconds of That's Too Much! edited out to remove all references to it being the game's first playing.
  • For no apparent reason, the rerun airing of at least one of the first two playings of That's Too Much! reverses the positions of the two shots in game's split-screen.


Week 27 (1,177 – 178xK): April 23-27


Week 28 (1,178 – 179xK): April 30-May 4

  • Monday show is Brandi's very first appearance.
  • Tuesday show features the first playing of That's Too Much! without the game's car/price split-screen shot.
  • On Thursday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 29 (1,179 – 180xK): May 7-11


Week 30 (1,180 – 181xK): May 14-18

  • On Monday, Heather becomes a permanent Beauty.
  • On Friday show, staffers can be seen removing the yellow placards from the Showcase podiums during the credits.


Week 31 (1,181 – 182xK): May 21-25

  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 32 (1,182 – 183xK): May 28-June 1

  • On Tuesday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 33 (1,183 – 184xK): June 4-8

  • On Tuesday, Make Your Move is played with Line em Up and Push Over's think music for no apparent reason.
  • On Thursday, the font of the "Double Prices" logo is changed.
  • Thursday show also has the first appearance of the larger, dollar sign-less upper display in Check-Out.
  • On Friday show, Card Game's starting bid is increased to $10,000.


Week 34 (1,184 – 185xK): June 11-13

  • Season finale week; only three shows.
  • On Wednesday, Door #2 nearly breaks during Bob's entrance, with some of the panels moving severely out of their proper positions.


Season 30 ('01-'02)

Pricing game calendar for Season 30, hosted by Scorpz.

Note: The production numbers of the episodes of The Price Is Right Salutes are correct; their intended airdates, however, are theoretical.


Week 1 (1,185 – 186xK): September 24-28

  • Originally scheduled for September 17-21.
  • On Monday, the set is decorated for the season premiere.
  • On Monday, Rod introduces Bob as "the star of The Price Is Right, the man who's been entertaining us on television for 45 years, Bob Barker!"
  • On Monday, Claudia and Heather are officially announced as permanent Barker's Beauties.
  • Lucy Johnson and Syd Vinnedge speak on Monday; Lucy announces that the outdoor contestant waiting area will be renamed "The Bob Barker Promenade."
  • Monday show debuts the 3rd-generation, vertical Showcase podiums. The word "SHOWcase" is written on them in a different font, and the interior of the gold rim surrounding the word is now purple or orange (depending upon the podium).
  • On Monday, the spiral wipe previously used in the consolation prize plugs is replaced with a blocky diamond wipe (or a "raining blocks" wipe on reruns) Additionally, the second wipe in the sequence is replaced with a rotating block; the background during this wipe displays cascading TPIR logos. The appearance of the background varies on the subsequent primetime specials.
  • Monday show debuts new graphics for the ticket plug: a postcard-like border flies onto the screen with one of several Bob Barker stamps; the word "TICKETS" then slides onto the screen, and the address wipes into existence beneath it.
  • Monday show sees the opening logo, the mid-show bumper logo, and the logo on the Big Doors replaced with the "30 Years" logo.
  • On Monday, Plinko introduces satiny small prize backdrops from the Davidson version; from this point onward, these are frequently used on season premieres.
  • Monday show is the second of only three episodes of the daytime show on which two cash games are played.
  • On Monday show, Switch? is played for two cars.
  • Tuesday's Range Game is a substitution for Bonkers, which was scheduled to debut on this show.
  • On Tuesday, Bullseye is played for a car.


Week 2 (1,186 – 187xK): October 1-3, January 17, October 5

  • Originally scheduled for September 24-28.
  • Monday show features the debut of Bonkers.
  • On Tuesday show only, the background in the second transition during the consolation prize plugs is shown entirely in hues of blue instead of using the normal colors.
  • On Wednesday, Check-Out is played for a car.


Week 3 (1,187 – 188xK): January 14-16, October 4, January 18

  • Originally scheduled for October 1-5.
  • Wednesday show debuts the blue & yellow audience signs; it also debuts the red & yellow TPIR logos, in a slightly different font than the old white & yellow ones, for the closed-captioning plugs and consolation prize plugs.
  • Thursday show features the debut of Pass the Buck.


Week 4 (1,188 – 189xK): November 26, October 9-12

  • Originally scheduled for October 8-12.
  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • Tuesday show debuts Bonkers's regular price reveal; it had used a Check Game-esque price tag on its first playing.
  • Wednesday show has the first appearance of the current Lucky $even font.
  • Wednesday show likely debuts the red-green-blue-yellow audience curtains.


Week 5 (1,189 – 190xK): October 15-19

  • On Friday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 6 (1,190 – 191xK): October 22-26


Week 7 (1,191 – 192xK): October 29-November 2

  • On Thursday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 8 (1,192 – 193xK): November 5-8, October 8

  • Originally scheduled for November 5-9.


Week 9 (1,193 – 194xK): November 9, December 26, November 13-15

  • Originally scheduled for November 12-16.
  • Monday has the return of the Tugboat.
  • Burton begins filling in on Wednesday.
  • Burton is shown on-camera on Wednesday and Friday.
  • Thursday show has the return of the Train to IUFBs.
  • On Thursday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Friday's Hit Me, with a score of 20-18, Bob has the house hit on a soft 18; this eventually results in a loss.


Week 10 (1,194 – 195xK): November 19-21

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, the "Triple Play" signs behind the game's first two cars are no longer present.


Week 11 (1,195 – 196xK): November 16, 27-30

  • Originally scheduled for November 26-30.
  • On Monday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 12 (1,196 – 197xK): December 3-7


Week 13 (1,197 – 198xK): December 10-12, 27, 14

  • Originally scheduled for December 10-14.
  • Spay/neuter stamps are unveiled on Tuesday show.
  • Burton is shown on-camera on Thursday.
  • Rod returns on Friday.
  • Friday show, which was taped out of order, features the temporary debut of a new calldown window for Rod.


Week 14 (1,198 – 199xK): December 17-21

  • The set is decorated for Christmas starting on Tuesday.
  • Tuesday is the first show taped with Rod back; the old calldown window is used that day and possibly Wednesday.


Week 15 (1,199 – 200xK): December 24

  • Christmas week; only one show.
  • The set is decorated for Christmas on Monday.
  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 16 (1,200 – 201xK): January 2-4

  • New Year's week; only three shows.


Week 17 (1,201 – 202xK): January 7-11

  • Thursday show has the debut of Pass the Buck's regular rules.
  • The following week, January 14-18, has shows delayed from September and October (Weeks 2 and 3).


Week 18 (1,202 – 203xK): January 21-25

  • Monday show debuts an enlarged "NO" graphic in 3 Strikes.
  • On Friday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 19 (1,203 – 204xK): January 28-February 1 + Thursday night

  • 30th Anniversary Special (#0001LV) airs on Thursday night.
Daytime
  • As of Wednesday, the blue Contestants' Row display is a darker shade than before.
Primetime
  • Special's official logo reads, "The Price Is Right 30th Year Anniversary Special."
  • Special is taped in Las Vegas, in the Samba Theatre at Harrah's Rio; it is the only episode of The Price Is Right not taped in Studio 33.
  • Special uses a specially-built, not-quite-duplicate set; all the doors look vaguely like Door #1, green TPIR signs hang from the back of the lowest level of the audience, and there are two Turntables -- one on each side of the stage. Each Turntable also has lights in its walls, and their "game sides" are largely gold-colored. Additionally, the set's walls are pink, and there is no gap between Door #1 and the left-hand Turntable.
  • Special uses a slightly altered version of the "30 Years" logo for its title graphic; the Big Doors use the regular version.
  • Special features the debut of what will become the standard primetime opening music and consolation prize music.
  • Special has a different opening than normal; Rod reads a special spiel over clips of various fans and buildings in Las Vegas.
  • Special establishes that there is no commercial in primetime between the first two games; the theme only plays after the first game if it is won.
  • Special establishes that primetime shows generally uses different graphics for cash amounts than the daytime show.
  • Beginning with this special, primetime shows use a special aerial camera.
  • On this speical, as Rod calls contestants down, their names are displayed on huge video monitors.
  • In special's opening, spotlight search the audience as Rod calls the contestants.
  • On this special, Triple Play does not use its standard car cues.
  • Special's top prize for Plinko is determined by the result of Triple Play; a win means $50,000, while a loss means $100,000 (with a $20,000 slot).
  • On this special, Plinko's standard Door #3 backdrop is not used.
  • Several prize backdrops appear that are not used on any other episode.
  • Special establishes the return in nighttime only of Dig We Must as the outro music for the first Showcase Showdown, since primetime shows have no ticket plug.
  • Special establishes the practice in primetime only of returning from commercial with music playing in all pricing game segments.
  • Special establishes the nighttime mid-show bumper as, "The Price Is Right (insert name of special) will continue here on CBS!"
  • Several clip montages are aired while going to commercial.
  • Las Vegas dancers are featured during Bob's entrance and the credits.
  • The Big Wheel's beeping mechanism does not work on this episode; the sounds are badly out of sync with the wheel and are obviously being controlled manually.


Week 20 (1,204 – 205xK): February 4-8

  • On Monday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • Thursday show features the debut of Step Up.


Week 21 (1,205 – 206xK): February 11-15


Week 22 (1,206 – 207xK): February 18-22

  • On Tuesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • Beginning on Thursday, the "Walking" cue used during the opening is extended so that the first 17 seconds loop once.


Week 23 (1,207 – 208xK): February 25, 26, April 1, February 28, March 1

  • Originally scheduled for February 25-March 1.
  • Instead of its own, delayed episode, Wednesday has the Pillsbury Bake-Off and a rerun of episode #1425D from May 23, 1975.
  • The show originally scheduled to rerun on Wednesday was #0153D from December 13, 1972. It is not known why it was changed, although it could be related to worries that viewers might not understand why the Showcase winner, who was off by $209, did not win both showcases.
  • Thursday show debuts the regular colors for Step Up's lights.


Week 24 (1,208 – 209xK): March 4-8

  • On Monday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • Friday show uses the old, short version of "Walking" during the opening.
  • Friday show debuts a slight color change in the Big Wheel carpet; for several weeks, this version is only used on Friday shows, with the old colors appearing the rest of the week.


Week 25 (1,209 – 210xK): March 18-22

  • Monday show may have the debut of Spelling Bee's hexagon wipe.


Week 26 (1,210 – 211xK): March 25-29

  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • Friday show has the debut of Bob's new microphone; the mics in Contestants' Row and on the Showcase podiums likely change at this time, as well.


Week 27 (1,211 – 212xK): April 2-5

  • Only four shows; Monday has the delayed February 27 episode, which (probably intentionally) has a pricing game lineup which fits seemlessly into this week.
  • Friday show features a rare appearance of the "Every Trip in the House" showcase.


Week 28 (1,212 – 213xK): April 15-19

  • Monday show uses the old, short version of the "Walking" cue during the opening; this is the last time it is heard.
  • On Tuesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 29 (1,213 – 214xK): April 22-26


Week 30 (1,214 – 215xK): April 29-May 3

  • On Wednesday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 31 (1,215 – 216xK): May 6-10

  • On Thursday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 32 (1,216 – 217xK): May 13-17 + Friday night

  • TPIR Salutes #1: U.S. Navy (#001SP) airs on Friday night.
Primetime
  • The series "The Price Is Right Salutes" is designed to honor the country's military, police officers, and firefighters in the wake of 9/11 and the subsequent war in Afghanistan.
  • Special is announced by Burton.
  • Audiences of all episodes of The Price Is Right Salutes are restricted to members of the organization in question and their families.
  • The Price Is Right Salutes have identical red-white-and-blue Big Doors, a patriotic mural on the Turntable (except for the inner panel, which is not changed at all), red-green-blue-yellow curtains surrounding the entire audience, a flag hanging in the back of the audience, and darker, glittery doorframes with a blue backing. Additionally, there are several patriotic set decorations, and the seal of the saluted organization appears on the stage floor in front of Contestants' Row.
  • As of this special, Plinko is played $100,000 in primetime, with the center slot's value increasing to $20,000, and Grand Game is played for $20,000. Also, the standard primetime bonus for a dollar in a bonus spin on the Big Wheel is established as $100,000.
  • The Price Is Right Salutes have reasonably consistent cash graphics.
  • The Price Is Right Salutes open with the branch's band playing a patriotic tune as the announcer reads a speech about them, followed by, "now, here we go with the first four contestants on The Price Is Right!" The bands also play during the credits.
  • The Price Is Right Salutes use patriotic music while coming back from commercial instead of the three standard music stings.
  • As of this special, spotlights pan the audience during all contestant calldowns.
  • On The Price Is Right Salutes, the interiors of Plinko's small prize podiums are lined with glittery silver and backed with patriotic decorations.
  • Special establishes that Plinko's slots are separated by gold glitter in primetime.
  • The Price Is Right Salutes have a special version of the show's logo, which changes on each episode to reflect the group being saluted. Pre-Showcase Showdown plugs use a consistent version of this logo with no mention of who is being saluted.
  • Primetime shows now have speical lighting that displays stars on the Turntable and the Big Doors; during Showcase Showdowns, the stars blink in sync with the Big Wheel's beeps.
  • The Price Is Right Salutes sometimes have a blue border on the opening's star wipe; its use is somewhat inconsistent.
  • The Price Is Right Salutes frequently feature greetings from overseas troops to "the folks back home" while going to commercial after pricing games and Showcase Showdowns; when they occur after Showcase Showdowns, the show's theme is played instead of Dig We Must.
  • Bob states after the Showcase that he has to leave to go to New York City and host the 2002 Daytime Emmy Awards, which were broadcast immediately after this program's initial broadcast; this was edited out when the show reran in 2003.
  • During the reformatted credits on this episode's original broadcast, a video is shown of Bob rushing from CBS Television City to New York City in a cab to host the Daytime Emmy Awards. Upon reaching New York, Bob compliments the cab driver, saying that only a young man like him could have gotten from Los Angeles to New York in only 20 seconds; after Bob enters the theater, the driver is revealed to be Dick Clark.


Week 33 (1,217 – 218xK): May 20-24 + night of Thursday, May 30

  • TPIR Salutes #2: U.S. Air Force (#002SP) airs on the night of Thursday, May 30; originally scheduled for this Friday night.
Primetime
  • Special is announced by Burton.
  • Special establishes that playing regular car games fourth, a practice long ago discontinued in daytime, is acceptable in primetime.
  • Special establishes Punch a Bunch's primetime top prize as $25,000; it also establishes that the game has a very different slip distribution in primetime. Additionally, Punch a Bunch debuts a $25,000 bill with a full-color picture of Bob.


Week 34 (1,218 – 219xK): May 27-31 + night of Friday, July 12

  • TPIR Salutes #3: U.S. Coast Guard (#003SP) airs on the night of Friday, July 12; originally scheduled for this Friday night, and originally rescheduled for the night of Thursday, June 6.
Primetime
  • Special is announced by Burton.
  • Special has the first appearance of "$100,000" on the Plinko sign, in a slightly different font than "$50,000."
  • As of this special, Clock Game abandons its primetime cash bonus format from the '86 Specials in favor of increasing the $1,000 bonus from the daytime show to $5,000.
  • On special, Grocery Game is played for three rooms of furniture, using all three Big Doors.
  • This is Heather's final primetime show -- she does not appear in The Price Is Right Salutes 4-6.


Week 35 (1,219 – 220xK): June 3-7 + night of Thursday, June 20

  • TPIR Salutes #4: U.S. Marines (#004SP) airs on the night of Thursday, June 20; originally scheduled for this Friday night.
Daytime
  • On Wednesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Flip Flop's price reveal refuses to go all the way down; Bob and the contestant eventually end up ripping the cover in half.
Primetime
  • Rod no longer appears on-camera in primetime.
  • As of this episode of The Price Is Right Salutes, red-white-and-blue stripes bracket the stage in the back of the audience, as well as the back audience stairs.
  • The mid-show bumper now uses the same version of the logo as the pre-Showcase Showdown plugs.
  • Music stings are now only used while coming out of commercial before the 3rd and 5th pricing games.
  • The last three episodes of The Price Is Right Salutes use different graphics than the first three for the Showcase winner's total and $5,000 on the Big Wheel; the latter graphic is in the same font as the corresponding $1,000 graphic.


Week 36 (1,220 – 221xK): June 10-14 + Thursday night

  • TPIR Salutes #5: U.S. Army (#005SP) airs on Thursday night; originally scheduled for Friday night.
Daytime
  • Friday show is Heather's last episode.
  • Friday show features the final playing of Penny Ante.
Primetime
  • Rod's opening spiel states that the special is airing on the Army's 227th birthday; this refers to the day the show was supposed to air, not the day on which it was actually broadcast.
  • As of this special, the music sting before the 5th pricing game is moved to before the 6th pricing game.
  • Special establishes that Lucky $even is not restricted to the first slot in primetime.


Week 37 (1,221 – 222xK): June 24-27 + Thursday night

  • Daytime shows originally scheduled for June 17-20.
  • TPIR Salutes #6: Firefighters & Police (#006SP) airs on the night of Thursday, June 27; originally scheduled for the night of Friday, June 21.
Daytime
  • Season finale week; only four shows.
  • On Thursday, the left-hand triangles behind Lucky $even's numbers become a dark blue color.
Primetime
  • Technically, there is no "&" in this episode's title -- the official logo has a star between the two words -- but reading it any other way makes no sense.
  • Special has an extra organizational seal on the stage in the back of the audience, as well as below the show's logo in the mid-show bumper.
  • Special contains no greetings, as the groups being honored have no branches overseas; the three standard music stings are also used instead of the patriotic ones while coming out of commercials.
  • During the credits, Bob announces a donation of $100,000 to the Fire and Police Departments of New York City.


Season 31 ('02-'03)

Pricing game calendar for Season 31, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,222 – 223xK): September 23-27

  • On Monday, the set is decorated for the season premiere.
  • On Monday, the red-green-blue-yellow curtains surrounding the audience permanently carries over to the daytime show.
  • Monday show has a "31 Years" logo in the opening, in the mid-show bumper, and on the Big Doors.
  • As of Monday, Rod no longer appears on-camera calling contestants; he still appears onstage after the Showcase, but usually not early enough to be seen on CBS.
  • Rod introduces Bob on Monday as, "the star of The Price Is Right, the man who's been entertaining us for over forty-five years, Bob Barker!"
  • Tuesday show introduces Price's second major set overhaul. The darker doorframes from The Price Is Right Salutes carry over to daytime, and the Big Doors now have identical patterns except for two stripes that are colored differently on each door. The Hollywood mural replaces the traditional patterns on the Turntable walls; the "interior panel" turns gold and no longer has any pattern at all, and the "game side" has the old patterns in red, blue, and yellow instead of purple, red, and orange. Additionally, the gold parts of the Turntable wall are now brighter and shinier than before.
  • Tuesday show also restores the now star-surrounded regular log to the Big Doors; it is also restored, in its red-and-yellow version and surrounded by stars, to the opening. The "31 Years" logo remains in the mid-show bumper.
  • As of Tuesday, the star wipe in the opening is given blue and yellow borders.
  • Tuesday show is Brandi's first appearance as a semi-permanent Beauty.
  • On Thursday, the second version of the opening logo's star pattern debuts.


Week 2 (1,223 – 224xK): September 30-October 4

  • Monday is Nikki's last episode.
  • On Monday, the third, permanent version of the opening logo's star pattern debuts.
  • On Monday, the spay/neuter stamps are unveiled (again).
  • Beginning on Monday, the ticket plug's "postcard" uses spay/neuter stamps, and the entire address slides onto the screen at once.


Week 3 (1,224 – 225xK): October 7-11

  • Monday show debuts new zoom-less directing and circle-less "NO" graphic for 3 Strikes.
  • Wednesday show has no GP game; the episode's Pick-a-Number was a substitution for a malfunctioning Penny Ante. This is presumably the episode that got Penny Ante removed from the rotation.


Week 4 (1,225 – 226xK): October 14-18

  • Tuesday is Shane's first episode.
  • Tuesday show's rerun on Christmas Day included the real credits, likely due to an error at CBS.


Week 5 (1,226 – 227xK): October 21-25

  • On Friday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 6 (1,227 – 228xK): October 28-November 1

  • Tuesday is Lisa's first episode.


Week 7 (1,228 – 229xK): November 4-8

  • Paul Boland begins filling in as announcer on Tuesday.


Week 8 (1,229 – 230xK): November 11-15

  • Paul Boland appears on-camera on Monday.
  • Burton Richardson begins filling in as announcer on Tuesday.
  • Burton appears on-camera on Tuesday.
  • On Wednesday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • Friday is Jennifer England's first episode.
  • Tuesday's Pick-a-Pair is a substitution for Penny Ante, which was presumably removed from the rotation after the October 9 show was taped.


Week 9 (1,230 – 231xK): November 18-22


Week 10 (1,231 – 232xK): November 25-27

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • On Wednesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • On Wednesday show, contestant Ayodele is disqualified from the first Showcase Showdown for not getting the Big Wheel all the way around in a bonus spin-off; this contradicts precedent, which would call for the bonus spin and the spin-off to be treated as two separate entities and would give the contestant another spin only for the spin-off.


Week 11 (1,232 – 233xK): December 2-6

  • Rod returns on Thursday.
  • Thursday show has the final appearance of the Plinko sign.


Week 12 (1,233 – 234xK): December 9-13

  • On Wednesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, the Plinko sign is done away with; the game is now introduced with a green "$50,000" graphic.


Week 13 (1,234 – 235xK): December 16-20

  • Set is decorated for Christmas all week.
  • All Christmas shows this season have a Christmas pattern replacing the light border; different ones are used on Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday, with a "permanent" one debuting on Thursday.
  • All Christmas shows this season have the same three opening titles, in red text: "Joyeux Noel;" "Feliz Navidad;" and "Merry Christmas!"
  • On all Christmas shows this season, the "31 Years" logo is not used during the mid-show bumper; instead, the regular logo simply appears in the lower-right corner of the screen.
  • Friday's Plinko intro does not use the music sting from The Cats.
  • On Friday, Plinko's $10,000 slot is still the same one from the 25th Anniversary Special.


Week 14 (1,235 – 236xK): December 23-24

  • Christmas week; only two shows.
  • Set is still decorated for Christmas this week.
  • Tuesday's Plinko intro uses the sting from The Cats one final time.
  • On Tuesday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 15 (1,236 – 237xK): January 2-3

  • New Year's week; only two shows.


Week 16 (1,237 – 238xK): January 6-10

  • As of Tuesday, the sting from The Cats is permanently removed from Plinko.
  • On Thursday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 17 (1,238 – 239xK): January 13-17

  • By Tuesday, Plinko has introduced a new $10,000 slot whose digits are all the same size, similar to the appearance of the $5,000 slot.


Week 18 (1,239 – 240xK): January 20-24

  • On Friday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 19 (1,240 – 241xK): January 27-31

  • Monday show features the debut of On the Spot.
  • Monday show's rerun during the summer has several seconds of On the Spot edited out to remove all references to it being the game's first playing.
  • On Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, Bob plugs MDS 1 while returning from commercial for the fifth game.
  • On Friday, the orange Contestants' Row display becomes yellow. Also, the borders of the displays become a marbled silver, and their interior border becomes lined with black. Additionally, the edge of the Giant Price Tag becomes a marbled gold.
  • Friday is also the first show with a small hole in the bottom of the Turntable wall; the hole contains the electrical outlets for the nighttime Showcase podiums that will be seen for the first time next week.


Week 20 (1,241 – 242xK): February 3-4, March 14, February 6-7 + Friday night

  • Originally scheduled for February 3-7.
  • MDS 1 (#007SP) airs on Friday night; originally scheduled for this Wednesday night, and originally rescheduled for the night of Wednesday, February 19.
Daytime
  • Bob plugs MDS 1 while returning from commercial before the fifth game on Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday. He plugs MDS 2 at the same point on Thursday and Friday, but these plugs were edited over on CBS due the specials being rescheduled.
  • Tuesday show features future Golden-Road.net administrator John Sly as a contestant; John wins Clock Game, becoming the only pricing game winner of the day.
  • Wednesday show features the first playing of 5-digit Squeeze Play; on this episode, the game is played for a car.
  • Beginning on Thursday, Lucky $even is occasionally played second again.
Primetime
  • MDS set features dollar signed Big Doors, gold-rimmed Contestants' Row displays and base, a flashing "$1,000,000" sign in the back of the audience, and a nighttime version of the Hollywood mural on the Turntable. Also, a dollar sign border is used in the opening and the mid-show bumper. Additionally, special six-digit Showcase podiums are used; unlike the daytime podiums, they are identical and have an MDS logo on the front.
  • Each MDS has a different opening, but they generally begin with Bob standing front of the Big Wheel on the daytime set, saying, "It's The Price Is Right $1,000,000 Spectacular. Come on down!" followed by Rod doing a voice-over as people rush from their homes and jobs to Television City, Bob throws money up in the air in front of the Big Wheel, and Claudia models a convertible.
  • On MDSs, Bob is introduced as "the star of The Million Dollar Price Is Right."
  • MDSs have a silver knot and dollar sign on the Giant Price Tag; the tag also has a slightly shinier gold border than it does in daytime.
  • MDSs 1-3 have audience entrances regardless of the first game.
  • As of this special, the light-projected stars are replaced with dollar signs during Showcase Showdowns.
  • MDSs have a special version of the show's logo in front of a green star.
  • MDSs display TPIR logos within the opening's start wipe.
  • MDS establishes new standard nighttime cash graphics, with some having more consistent color schemes than others.
  • The value of a dollar in a nighttime bonus spin is increased from $100,000 to $1,000,000.
  • MDS establishes the practice at night of playing suspenseful music during bonus spins.
  • MDS establishes the use of different cues for closed-captioning plugs than on the daytime show.
  • MDSs have a $1000 bonus for perfect bids in Contestants' Row; it is not known whether or not this bonus was in place during the 30th Anniversary Special or The Price Is Right Salutes.
  • MDS establishes the use of gold trip surrounds and IUFB covers in primetime.
  • The opening music from the 30th Anniversary Special is now established as the standard nighttime opening; the same applies to the music in the consolation prize plugs.
  • Race Game is played for four trips.
  • Push Over is played for a car.
  • MDS features an appearance by the long-absent "Price Is Right Cheerleaders" showcase.
  • This MDS is the first show taped with the set changes that made their daytime debuts on the January 31 episode.


Week 21 (1,242 – 243xK): February 10-14 + night of Wednesday, February 5

  • MDS 2 (#008SP) airs on the night of February 5; originally intended for this Wednesday night.
Daytime
  • Bob plugs MDS 2 while returning from commercial before the fifth game on Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday; the Thursday and Friday shows likely contained plugs for MDS 3 at the same spot, edited out on the CBS airings due to the specials being rescheduled.
  • Tuesday show debuts On the Spot's regular price circles.
Primetime
  • On MDSs 2 and 3, Rod introduces Bob as, "the star of the $1,000,000 Spectacular, The Price Is Right's Bob Barker!"
  • Grocery Game is played for three trips.
  • MDS adds TPIR logos to the interiors of consolation prize wipes.


Week 22 (1,243 – 244xK): February 17-21 + night of Wednesday, February 12

  • MDS 3 (#009SP) airs on the night of February 12; originally intended for this Wednesday night.
Daytime
  • Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday shows likely contained plugs for MDS 3 while coming out of commercial before the fifth game; if they were there, they were edited out of the CBS airings due to the reschedulings.
  • Tuesday show likely has the first appearance of the newly polished-up Train.
  • On Wednesday, Shell Game is played for a car.
Primetime
  • Range Game is played for a car.


Week 23 (1,244 – 245xK): February 24-28

  • Friday show has Lanisha's very first appearance, as a substitute for Claudia.


Week 24 (1,245 – 246xK): March 3-6, 10

  • Originally scheduled for March 3-7.
  • On Wednesday, Grocery Game is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday show, Bob mishears one of the bids on the fifth IUFB, resulting in contestant Lisa bidding one dollar over the wrong amount and thus not winning a prize that she otherwise would have. During the credits, Rod announced that due to the confusion, Lisa was "awarded the prizes;" exactly which prizes she was awarded is unclear.
  • On Friday, the regular patterns are restored to the Turntable walls in sparkly pink, light purple, and blue -- except for the interior panel, which remains solid gold. The "extra" panel of the wall is now pink and blue, which does not correspond to either of its previous color schemes. Also, the light matrix is repainted to reflect the new walls, and the carpet is now blue.
  • Also on Friday, the Showcase podiums become a sparkly blue and purple; additionally, they appear to have had a base added beneath them, making them slightly taller than before.


Week 25 (1,246 – 247xK): March 17-19, 21, June 20

  • Originally scheduled for March 17-21.
  • Thursday show was both delayed a day and pre-empted; it did not air in full anywhere until June 19.
  • CBS's airing of the Friday show, which was delayed to late June, has the ticket plug replaced with Bob plugging reruns of the primetime specials.
  • Thursday show features the famous contestant "Buy or Sell Michael."


Week 26 (1,247 – 248xK): April 7-8, September* 2, April 10-11

  • Originally scheduled for March 24-28.
  • On Monday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 27 (1,248 – 249xK): June 23-27

  • Originally scheduled for March 31-April 4.
  • Thursday show is the last appearance of both Lisa and Jennifer England.
  • CBS's airing of the Friday show, which was delayed to late June, has the ticket plug replaced with Bob plugging reruns of the primetime specials.


Week 28 (1,249 – 250xK): April 14-18

  • On Wednesday, Bonus Game is played for a car.


Week 29 (1,250 – 251xK): April 21-25

  • On Wednesday, a giant, yellow circle is placed behind the Clock Game board to block the blue parts of the Turntable wall, which were being chroma-keyed out of the picture; this solution proved awkward and was only used twice.


Week 30 (1,251 – 252xK): April 28-May 2 + night of Saturday, May 3

  • MDS 4 (#010SP) airs on Saturday night.
Daytime
  • Beginning on Monday, Bob plugs the week's MDS while returning from commercial before the fifth game; this continues through Friday of Week 32.
  • On Friday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Pathfinder offers a $30,000 car.
Primetime
  • MDSs' openings drop the shot of Claudia modeling a convertible and add one of Bob counting money in front of the Big Wheel.
  • Despite the return of the regular Turntable walls, MDSs 4-6 still use the nighttime Hollywood mural.
  • MDSs no longer have gold glitter on Contestants' Row or silver and extra-shiny gold on the Giant Price Tag.
  • As of this MDS, all wipes have TPIR dollar signs in them.
  • Several new cues debut on this special; they are used on MDSs 4-6 and are never heard again.
  • MDS establishes return of daytime cues to nighttime closed-captioning plugs.
  • This is the first MDS to guarantee at least one million dollar spin. The spin is awarded to the Showcase winner if no one hits a dollar during the Showcase Showdowns; if there are no dollars and there is a double overbid, a random person is called from the audience to spin. The "random person" in the double overbid scenario does not lose his eligibility to be a regular contestant.
  • When it is used after the Showcase, the Big Wheel is set up right in front of Door #1.
  • Post-Showcase million dollar spins do not award any money for landing on a green section.
  • The Big Wheel's space separators now have gold glitter on them at night.
  • 1 Right Price is played for two cars.
  • On the Canadian TV station Omni1, MDSs 4-6 were aired with their real credit rolls.


Week 31 (1,252 – 253xK): May 5-9 + night of 10

  • MDS 5 (#011SP) airs on Saturday night.
Daytime
  • Assuming that show #1513X is not included in the episode count, this week's Tuesday show is the real episode #6,000.
Primetime
  • Bob counting money is absent from this special's opening.
  • MDS features the debut of the enlarged Let 'em Roll set, which carries over to daytime in Week 34. The game is now concealed by the Race Game Curtain instead of the Giant Price Tag.
  • Make Your Move is played with Push Over's think music on this episode.
  • MDS introduces dimmed lights for nighttime bonus spins.


Week 32 (1,253 – 254xK): May 12-16 + night of 17

  • MDS 6 (#012SP) airs on Saturday night.
Daytime
  • On Thursday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • On Friday, Shell Game is played for a car.
  • Burton Richardson begins filling in as announcer on Friday. (The MDS, which was not taped at the same time as this week's daytime shows, is announced by Rod.)


Week 33 (1,254 – 255xK): May 19-23

  • Beginning this week, every Friday show through the end of the season has Bob plugging reruns of the primetime specials while coming out of commercial before the fifth game.


Week 34 (1,255 – 256xK): May 26-30

  • Friday show has the debut of the yellow Clock Game board; additionally, the game's price graphics are now a much more noticeable shade of yellow.
  • Friday show also has the daytime debut of the enlarged Let 'em Roll set.


Week 35 (1,256 – 257xK): June 2-6

  • Friday is Rachel's first episode.
  • Wednesday show marks the last known use of the Fortune Hunter intro cue for It's in the Bag until Season 35.
  • Randy West begins filling in as announcer on Friday and remains through the end of the season.


Week 36 (1,257 – 258xK): June 9-13

  • Monday show features the start of the part-time return of Double Prices to the Giant Price Tag. The camera now cuts to a straight-on shot of the Tag as it rises; previously, it had simply zoomed out from Bob and shot the Tag at an angle.
  • On Thursday, Grocery Game's sign is absent for no apparent reason.


Week 37 (1,258 – 259xK): June 16-18

  • Season finale week; only three shows.
  • Thursday begins seven episodes delayed from March and April (Weeks 26 and 27).
  • Summer reruns begin on June 30; they are interrupted on September 2 by the episode delayed from March 26.


Season 32 ('03-'04)

Pricing game calendar for Season 32, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,259 – 260xK): September 22-24, 26, 25

  • Originally scheduled for September 22-26.
  • The set is decorated all week for the start of the season.
  • Monday show features the debut of Time Is Money.
  • On Monday, a Season 32 logo in shown in place of the show's logo in the pre-Showcase Showdown plugs and the mid-show bumper.
  • As of Monday, the gold glitter on the Big Wheel's space separators from the MDSs carries over to daytime.
  • On Tuesday, the regular logo, now in the red-and-yellow version and surrounded by stars, is restored to the mid-show bumper; it now spins around as it appears on the screen.
  • On Tuesday, a new, bubbly version of the Pricedown font is introduced for the logo in the pre-Showcase Showdown plugs and the mid-show bumper.
  • Rod returns this week for the final time, announcing on days when he feels healthy enough to do so; he announces on Monday, Thursday, and Friday. Randy West announces on Tuesday and Wednesday.
  • On Monday, Rod is shown on-camera.
  • Barbara Bloom and Syd Vinnedge give speeches on Monday.
  • On Monday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • This week's Thursday and Friday shows were intentionally aired out of order to avoid having to edit out Bob's mistaken reference to "the end of the week" on the Thursday show.
  • The 2003 music package debuts on Thursday; at this point, most of the grocery/small prize cues from the 1994 package are retired.


Week 2 (1,260 – 261xK): September 29-October 3

  • On Monday, there is a tie in winnings between the first two spinners in the second Showcase Showdown; a coin toss is held during the commercial to determine which one will spin first.
  • On Wednesday, Golden Road is played for a boat.
  • Thursday show features the debut of Coming or Going.
  • Thursday's Switcheroo is played by a wheelchair-bound contestant; he is given 45 seconds per turn, and Claudia places the blocks for him.
  • On Thursday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • Randy West announces Monday-Wednesday; Rod announces Thursday and Friday.


Week 3 (1,261 – 262xK): October 6-10

  • Rod announces Monday, Thursday, and Friday; Randy West announces Tuesday and Wednesday.


Week 4 (1,262 – 263xK): October 13-17

  • Rod announces all of this week's shows.
  • On Monday, Check-Out's win range is increased to $2.00.
  • Sometime this week, probably on Thursday, the logo in the pre-2nd Showcase Showdown plugs reverts to the old version.


Week 5 (1,263 – 264xK): October 20-24

  • Monday is Rod's final show; Burton Richardson begins filling in as announcer on Tuesday.
  • On Thursday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • Friday show introduces Time Is Money's regular rules; the original rules were only used twice.


Week 6 (1,264 – 265xK): October 27-31

  • On Monday, Rod Roddy passes away.
  • Tuesday's Money Game is a substitution for Triple Play. The original version of the first act, in which Triple Play actually got played and was lost at the first car, had to be scrapped because it was discovered during the commercial that the wrong contestant had gotten onstage. Everything in the aired version of the first act except for the opening is from the reshoot; a new IUFB was used, and Money Game was played for Triple Play's second car.
  • In addition to the above, Wednesday's Cover Up is a substitution for Money Game.
  • Thursday show opens with Bob giving a tribute to Rod.
  • Thursday show's rerun later in the season restores the ticket plug that was edited out on the original airing to make room for the tribute.
  • On Thursday show, the font of the logo in the first closed-captioning plug and the mid-show bumper changes to the 3D version used on the Big Doors; the mid-show bumper logo now also has considerably fewer stars.


Week 7 (1,265 – 266xK): November 3-7

  • Randy West begins filling in as announcer on Thursday.


Week 8 (1,266 – 267xK): November 10-14

  • On Tuesday, Switcheroo's clock is "broken" when it is played by an elderly, less-than-spry contestant.
  • Thursday is Gabrielle's first episode.


Week 9 (1,267 – 268xK): November 17-21

  • On Wednesday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 10 (1,268 – 269xK): November 24-26

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • On Tuesday, Time Is Money's grocery placards are moved below the trilons; the trilons now show white, non-G-T asterisks on a red background.


Week 11 (1,269 – 270xK): December 1-5

  • Burton Richardson begins filling in as announcer on Monday.
  • Monday is Teri's first episode.
  • On Tuesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Jacquie Amacher, a woman who won a contest on The Oprah Winfrey Show, appears as a Barker's Beauty and calls down one of the day's contestants.


Week 12 (1,270 – 271xK): December 8-12 + night of 13

  • MDS 7: "Bob's Birthday Party" (#013SP) airs on Saturday night.
  • Friday show and MDS both celebrate Bob's 80th birthday.
Daytime
  • Burton Richardson announces Monday-Thursday; Randy West announces the Friday show, which was taped out of order.
  • The CBS airings of the Monday through Thursday shows replace the ticket plug with Bob plugging MDS 7; on Friday, this plug takes place when returning from commercial before the fourth game.
  • During six commercial transitions on Friday's show, birthday greetings sent in by fans are played.
  • In Friday show's opening, "The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right!" is replaced with, "It's a celebration of Bob Barker's 80th birthday on The Price Is Right!"
  • On Friday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • Friday's Showcase Showdowns have the camera tilting downward during close-ups of the Big Wheel; this shot debuts permanently in January.
Primetime
  • MDS is announced by Randy West.
  • MDSs no longer use the opening format from Season 31.
  • MDS's opening is preceded by Celine Dion singing "Happy Birthday to You" to Bob; the opening shows people celebrating Bob's birthday, along with pictures of him through the years, as a remix of the above song plays.
  • MDS has a birthday balloon mural on the Turntable, with "Happy Birthday!!!" written on the rotating panel.
  • Set is decorated for Bob's birthday.
  • MDSs no longer introduce Bob as the star of "The Million Dollar Price Is Right."
  • Several commercial transitions on MDS include birthday wishes from CBS celebrities.
  • MDS features walk-ons by Larry King and Chuck Norris; they each appear during a pricing game and help the on-stage contestant play the game.
  • All audience members wear buttons that say, "Happy 80th Birthday Bob!" in the shape of the TPIR logo.
  • Dollar signs are absent from this MDS's wipes.
  • This MDS does not use daytime cues in the closed-captioning plugs.
  • 1 Wrong Price is played for three cars, using all three Big Doors.
  • Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • As of this episode, the MDS logo has a sign on it describing what is being celebrated or honored.


Week 13 (1,271 – 272xK): December 15-19 + Thursday night

  • MDS 8: "Saluting Armed Forces & Veterans" (#014SP) airs on Thursday night.
Daytime
  • Burton Richardson resumes his fill-in announcing duties on Monday.
  • CBS's airings of the Monday through Thursday shows replace the ticket plug with Bob plugging MDS 8.
  • The set is decorated for Christmas starting on Tuesday.
  • On Tuesday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Bob accidentally explains Eazy az 1 2 3 backwards; the game goes forward without incident.
Primetime
  • MDS is announced by Randy West.
  • MDS's opening shows soldiers rushing to Television City.
  • MDS has a blue-tinted version of the mural from The Price Is Right Salutes on the Turntable and the flag from the said specials hanging behind the "$1,000,000" sign; the set is also decorated with balloons, bunting, and other props from the Salutes.
  • MDS's audience is restricted to members and veterans of the military.
  • Special does not use Dig We Must for Showcase Showdown outros.
  • MDS features the first playing of 6-digit Golden Road; the game has yet to use a 6-figure prize in daytime.
  • Switch? is played for two cars.
  • Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 14 (1,272 – 273xK): December 22-24

  • Christmas week; only three shows.
  • The set is again decorated for Christmas this week.
  • Monday is Claudia's final daytime show.
  • Tuesday is Lanisha's first show as a semi-permanent Beauty.
  • Randy West begins filling in as announcer on Tuesday.
  • On Tuesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 15 (1,273 – 274xK): January 2

  • New Year's week; only one show.
  • Friday show has the permanent debut of the tilting Big Wheel camera shot; it seems to develop out of nowhere partway through the second Showcase Showdown.


Week 16 (1,274 – 275xK): January 5-9


Week 17 (1,275 – 276xK): January 12-16

  • Tuesday is Rebecca's first episode.
  • Daniel Rosen begins filling in as announcer on Tuesday.
  • On Wednesday, Golden Road is played for a boat.
  • On Friday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 18 (1,276 – 277xK): January 19-23

  • Burton Richardson begins filling in as announcer on Tuesday.
  • Tuesday and Wednesday shows were rerun in Canada on June 9 & 11; these reairings included the real credits.


Week 19 (1,277 – 278xK): January 26-30

  • Randy West fills in as announcer on Monday show; Burton Richardson announces the rest of the week.
  • On Tuesday, new buttons are introduced in Ten Chances after the original ones cease to function. The numbers are displayed below the buttons, which are identical to the one on the Split Decision board.


Week 20 (1,278 – 279xK): February 2-6

  • On Tuesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • Art Sanders begins filling in as announcer on Friday.
  • Thursday show is possibly Phil's last episode; if so, Friday is the first show with Roger as the sole producer.


Week 21 (1,279 – 280xK): February 9-13

  • Daniel Rosen begins filling in as announcer on Friday.


Week 22 (1,280 – 281xK): February 16-20

  • On Wednesday, Dayna Devon of Extra, who is doing a story about Price for that show, appears as a Barker's Beauty during the first two games.
  • Art Sanders begins filling in as announcer on Friday.
  • In Monday's 3 Strikes, the plus sign from 3 Strikes + can be seen laying atop the board.
  • On Thursday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • On Friday, the Showcase podiums are redone to have the displays on the top instead of in the middle; additionally, the showcase descriptions on the yellow placards are now written in a different font.


Week 23 (1,281 – 282xK): February 23-27

  • On Monday, Bonus Game is played for a car.
  • Roger Rose begins filling in as announcer on Friday.


Week 24 (1,282 – 283xK): March 9, 2-5

  • Originally scheduled for March 1-5.
  • Rich begins filling in as announcer for the first time on Thursday.
  • On Thursday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 25 (1,283 – 284xK): March 8, 1, 10-12

  • Originally scheduled for March 8-12.
  • Rich announces on Monday, Wednesday, and Thursday; Roger Rose announces on Tuesday; Don Bishop begins filling in as announcer on Friday.
  • Tuesday show is the ceremonial 6,000th episode; in reality, it is the 6,145th episode.
  • Tuesday show sets new all-time winnings record.
  • The set is decorated for the "6,000th show" on Tuesday.
  • A special "6,000 Shows!" logo is used on Tuesday in place of the standard logo for the pre-Showcase Showdown plugs, the mid-show bumper, and the background during the screen flip in the consolation prize plugs.
  • On Tuesday, a wipe moving left and right from the center of the screen is used in place of the standard smooth diamond wipe during the consolation prize plugs.
  • A cake in the shape of the number "6000" (actually four smaller cakes, with each one forming one digit) is brought out during the credits on Tuesday.


Week 26 (1,284 – 285xK): March 22-26 + night of 27

  • MDS 9: "Saluting Colleges & Universites" (#015SP) airs on Saturday night.
Daytime
  • Jim Thornton begins filling in as announcer on Friday.
  • On Tuesday, Bob plugs MDS 9 while coming out of commercial before the 5th game; I am awaiting confirmation on whether or not this was done on the other episodes this week.
  • Thursday show debuts product labels in Check-Out.
Primetime
  • MDS is announced by Randy West.
  • MDS's opening shows students rushing from their college campuses to Television City.
  • MDS 9 was taped at the same time as 7 & 8; its opening with the March Madness references, which replaced the original one, was taped much closer to the airdate. Also, Claudia and Phil are still on the staff, and changes instituted in December or later are not present.
  • MDS is Claudia's final show, and her only appearance on the program in 2004.
  • MDS has a mural of a college campus on the Turntable; the set is decorated with various college paraphernalia, as are Plinko's small prize podiums.
  • MDS's audience is restricted to college students.
  • MDS does not use Dig We Must for Showcase Showdown outros.
  • MDSs now use music while returning from commercial in all pricing game segments.


Week 27 (1,285 – 286xK): March 29-April 2

  • Rich begins filling in as announcer again on Friday.


Week 28 (1,286 – 287xK): April 5-7, 15, 9

  • Originally scheduled for April 5-9.
  • Thanks to an error on the Thursday show, one contestant plays two pricing games, and another wins a car without doing anything.
  • Jim Thornton begins filling in as announcer on Friday.


Week 29 (1,287 – 288xK): April 19-23

  • Originally scheduled for April 12-16.
  • On Tuesday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • On at least Tuesday's CBS airing, a promo with Bob plugging MDS 10 is edited in as the show comes out of commercial before the fifth game; I am awaiting confirmation on whether or not this was done with the other episodes this week.
  • Friday is Rich's first show as the permanent announcer.
  • Friday show features the debut of the "Port o' Price" showcase, a parallel of "The Price Is Right Train Depot" that utilizes the Tugboat.


Week 30 (1,288 – 289xK): April 26-30 + night of Saturday, April 24

  • Originally scheduled for April 19-23.
  • MDS 10: "Salute to Teachers" (#016SP) airs on Saturday night of originally-scheduled week.
Daytime
  • Rich, appearing on-camera, is officially introduced as the new announcer on Tuesday.
  • On Friday show, the audience signs return to a variation on the old white ones, with a black outline around the logo.
  • On Friday, Rachel wrecks a car during Lucky $even.
  • Friday show features the final playing of Time Is Money.
  • Friday's show has different backgrounds than usual on the small prize podiums in Five Price Tags; they are an anomaly for now but will resurface partway through Season 33.
Primetime
  • MDSs no longer use the dollar sign border for openings and mid-show bumpers.
  • Half of MDS's audience is reserved for teachers and possibly their families.
  • Opening has a drawing of a schoolhouse; its doors open to reveal the audience.
  • Standard nighttime opening music is not used on this episode; in its place is a jazzy remix of "School Days."
  • As of this MDS, the Turntable has a dollar sign pattern on it similar to the one on the Big Doors; the rotating wall panel contains an MDS-like logo with the episode's theme graphic in place of the star. The dollar sign pattern is present on the game side of the wall, but the logo is not.
  • MDS debuts the revamped nighttime Showcase podiums with their displays at the top.
  • MDSs now use solid blue audience curtains.
  • Drawings of school supplies surround the "$1,000,000" sign.
  • Special has debut of a slightly altered MDS logo for all graphics; the star looks less real, and it uses the version of the TPIR logo that was briefly used in the closed-captioning plugs and mid-show bumper at the start of the season. All physical MDS logos maintain the original look. The theme ID signs are not present on the altered MDS logos, but they remain on the regular ones.
  • The sides of the audience contain signs showing the special's theme on this episode.
  • MDSs 10-12 use audience entrances regardless of the first game.
  • The nighttime mid-show bumper spiel changes to, "More of The Price Is Right $1,000,000 Spectacular will be coming up right here on CBS!"
  • As of this MDS, the end of the opening uses a dissolve from the breaking-apart MDS logo to Bob's entrance in place of the usual star wipe.
  • The Big Doors' frames and various other set pieces throughout the show are decorated with letters and numbers, and the Big Doors are flanked by lockers and desks.
  • As of this episode, the appearance of dollar signs in wipes changes.
  • Beginning on this MDS, the blue wall from Triple Play and On the Spot is present between the Turntable and Door #1 when the Big Wheel is spun after the Showcase.
  • 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • When "OVER" lights up on the nighttime Showcase podiums, it is now right-justified; previously, it had been centered.


Week 30.5: Night of Saturday, May 1

  • MDS 11: "Vote" (#017SP) airs on night of Saturday, May 1.
  • During MDS's opening, as a patriotic song plays, the people in the audience hold silly "political" signs that relate to the show.
  • Presumably to fit with the patriotic theme, the star in the altered MDS logo is blue in this episode; additionally, the dollars signs in wipes are red and blue.
  • MDS's audience is restricted to college students "who will be voting for the first time this fall."
  • The "$1,000,000" sign is surrounded by bunting, and flags and red-white-and-blue balloons adorn the Big Doors.


Week 31 (1,289 – 290xK): May 3-7

  • On Tuesday, Tad Hilgenbrink, who would later star in American Pie Presents Band Camp, is called as a contestant.
  • Friday show is likely the first episode on which the prize music begins to play earlier than it is supposed to during car reveals; this continues to occur through the first several weeks of Season 33.


Week 32 (1,290 – 291xK): May 10-14


Week 33 (1,291 – 292xK): May 17-21 + night of 22

  • MDS 12: "Hall of Fame" (#018SP) airs on Saturday night.
Daytime
  • On at least Monday and Tuesday, Bob plugs MDS 12 while coming out of commercial before the fifth game; I am currently awaiting confirmation on whether or not this occurred on the other episodes this week.
  • Rich appears on-camera on Wednesday.
  • Friday is Starr's first episode.
Primetime
  • Opening shows clips of Bob and other famous CBS stars.
  • "$1,000,000" sign is surrounded by Emmy statues and red curtains; curtains and statues are also present at the Big Doors.
  • Logo on Turntable has an extra, big, silver star behind it.
  • Dick Askin and Les Moonves both speak during the episode; a bust of Bob made for his induction into the Academy of Television Arts & Sciences Hall of Fame is unveiled during Askin's speech.
  • Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • Safe Crackers is played without its usual "safe interior" prize backdrop.
  • Music is not used in this episode when coming back from commercial before the third game.
  • "Early music" is not present in MDS's car reveals, as it was taped well before this week's daytime shows.


Week 34 (1,292 – 293xK): May 24-28

  • On Tuesday, a zoom-in is added to the Big Wheel's camera tilt; it is only used on this episode.
  • Friday show features the debut of 1/2 Off.
  • 1/2 Off continues for some time to use different "$10,000" graphics for wins; a single graphic was settled on several weeks or months into Season 33.


Week 35 (1,293 – 294xK): May 31-June 4

  • Wednesday show features a rare appearance of the "Every Trip in the House" showcase.
  • Due to an editing mistake, Rich's introduction of Bob is missing on Friday's show. The episode's rerun on September 17 has a new intro edited in.
  • Rich starts joining the cast on-stage with the Showcase winner on Friday; due to the split-screened credits, he is not seen on CBS until next Thursday.
  • On Friday, On the Spot is played with its normal price patterns on its paths for the last time.


Week 36 (1,294 – 295xK): June 7, 8, 17, 10, 18

  • Originally scheduled for June 7-11.
  • On Monday, the font for 1/2 Off's small prize labels changes.
  • As of Friday, Magic # no longer uses a sound effect to indicate that the number has been stopped; the sound is reinstated several years later, during Season 36.
  • On September 8, 2005, this week's Friday show was rerun in the Pacific Time Zone only; likely due to it being thrown on the air at the last minute, this broadcast included the real credits.


Week 37 (1,295 – 296xK): June 14-16

  • Season finale week; only three shows.
  • Thursday and Friday feature the shows delayed from last Wednesday and Friday.
  • Summer reruns begin on next Monday.
  • At some point during the summer reruns, the "falling blocks" wipe that is edited into the consolation prize plugs in reruns is scrapped in favor of the standard diamond wipe; for whatever reason, the wipe appears to move slightly faster on reruns than on new episodes.


Season 33 ('04-'05)

Pricing game calendar for Season 33, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,296 – 297xK): September 20-24

  • Tuesday show has first appearance of lights around 1/2 Off's price tag.
  • Tuesday show features the return of the "The Price Is Right Department Store" showcase (a.k.a. "The Elevator Showcase") with a new set, no elevator operator, and the cue from the "Our Girls Hit the Mall" showcase replacing The Big Banana.
  • Starting around the beginning of Season 33, Bonus Game is no longer shown coming around on the Turntable; however, the board is still always shown before the prize is revealed.


Week 2 (1,297 – 298xK): September 27-October 1

  • As of Thursday show, On the Spot no longer uses its regular patterns for its paths.


Week 3 (1,298 – 299xK): October 4-8

  • On Monday, a light bulb in Five Price Tags's third car backdrop from the left is replaced; this is noteworthy only because the bulb had been burnt out for at least the entire three previous seasons.
  • Monday show debuts a new camera angle for Buy or Sell's prize reveal.
  • Wednesday show debuts a new price tag and price font for Check Game.
  • Thursday show debuts new prize reveal for Line em Up, with the prizes swapping doors and order of reveal. The game's board is also angled slightly differently now.
  • As of Friday, both panels in Flip Flop turn in the same direction.


Week 4 (1,299 – 300xK): October 11-15

  • As of Thursday, Switcheroo does not have a consistent method of showing the small prizes; the traditional camera pan is no longer used.


Week 5 (1,300 – 301xK): October 18-22

  • Possibly beginning on Monday show, Credit Card's ATM prop is set up at a slightly different angle.
  • On Tuesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, a contestant overbids on a showcase by only $1.
  • Beginning on Friday, Magic #'s sound effects are considerably more "tinkly" than before.


Week 6 (1,301 – 302xK): October 25-29

  • On Tuesday, the bases of Clearance Sale's price stands are painted yellow; they had previously been pink.
  • Tuesday show has a rare appearance of the "Every Trip in the House" showcase.


Week 7 (1,302 – 303xK): November 1-5

  • Thursday show has first use of new "board and car" camera shot in Line em Up.
  • Thursday show also has first playing of Secret "X" without the black lines in the board's red border. It is likely also the debut of the black-backed Xs.
  • Second half of Thursday show was never seen on the East Coast; it was pre-empted on both its original and rerun airings.
  • Friday show features the final playing of On the Spot.


Week 8 (1,303 – 304xK): November 8-12

  • In Wednesday show's first Showcase Showdown, contestant Michael spins the Big Wheel, proposes to his girlfriend in the audience, and ends up with both a "yes" and the dollar.


Week 9 (1,304 – 305xK): November 15-19

  • Barker's Bargain Bar's neon lights begin working again on Monday. (We are currently trying to figure out when they stopped working to begin with.)
  • On Tuesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • Friday show debuts revamped Card Game table and logo.


Week 10 (1,305 – 306xK): November 22-24

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 11 (1,306 – 307xK): November 29-December 3

  • On Monday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • Rich appears on-camera on Tuesday.
  • Thursday show has the infamous "Rapping Zubaydah" showcase.


Week 12 (1,307 – 308xK): December 6-10

  • Price staffer Jeff Thisted proposes to Rebecca on Wednesday show; sadly, the marriage never came to pass.
  • On Wednesday's Pick-a-Number, the colors of the choices and the right answer are reversed; this is only done on this episode.
  • On Thursday, the color schemes of the small prize prices in Pathfinder are reversed for a single playing.


Week 13 (1,308 – 309xK): December 13-17

  • On Wednesday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 14 (1,309 – 310xK): December 20-24

  • The set is decorated for Christmas all week.
  • All trip borders this week are red, white, and green.
  • On Monday show only, It's in the Bag's "$16,000" graphic is green.
  • On Tuesday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • On Wednesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Secret "X" is played for a car.
  • Friday show's opening titles, in red and green, are "Ho! Ho! Ho!" "Santa's on his way!" and "Merry Christmas!"


Week 15 (1,310 – 311xK): January 3-7

  • On Thursday show, Make Your Move is played with Push Over's think music for no apparent reason.


Week 16 (1,311 – 312xK): January 10-14

  • Monday show features the debut of Pocket ¢hange.
  • Tuesday show has the first use of the "card suit" wipe in Card Game.
  • On Wednesday, Cliff Hangers is played for a car.


Week 17 (1,312 – 313xK): January 17-19, March 14, January 21

  • Originally scheduled for January 17-21.
  • Monday show debuts Pocket ¢hange's regular rules and second money distribution.
  • Beginning on Thursday, the PA booth is covered with a red curtain.
  • On Thursday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 18 (1,313 – 314xK): January 24-28

  • On Monday show, the "different" small prize backings in Five Price Tags reappear; they are now permanent.
  • Thursday show was set up to get an accurate timing for Pocket ¢hange; Most Expensive and Double Prices were substitutions for Swap Meet and another unidentified game.
  • The theme of Friday's second showcase was originally planned for December 2, but was bumped from that episode in favor of "Rapping Zubaydah." The two showcases feature the same types of prizes.


Week 19 (1,314 – 315xK): January 31-February 4


Week 20 (1,315 – 316xK): February 7-11


Week 21 (1,316 – 317xK): February 14-18

  • Tuesday's Cover Up was a substitution for Master Key, whose keys were not working properly.
  • On Wednesday, Bonus Game is played for a car.
  • Wednesday is Starr's last show.


Week 22 (1,317 – 318xK): February 21-25

  • On Thursday, Cliff Hangers is played for a car.


Week 23 (1,318 – 319xK): February 28-March 4

  • As of Thursday, Bob's microphone is altered very slightly.
  • As of Friday, the tops are cut off of Pocket ¢hange's slips; they now fit completely within their envelopes.


Week 24 (1,319 – 320xK): March 7-11

  • Wednesday show debuts a plastic barrier in Let 'em Roll to keep cubes from flying off the table.
  • On Thursday show, the PA booth's curtain is black instead of red.


Week 25 (1,320 – 321xK): March 21-25

  • Beginning on Thursday, the bell dings to confirm price guesses in Pass the Buck.


Week 26 (1,321 – 322xK): March 28-April 1

  • Monday show features an extremely rare appearance of a regular car game fourth.
  • Monday show features an appearance by the long-absent "Compass" showcase.
  • On Monday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • Thursday is Gwendolyn's first episode.
  • Friday show has an April Fool's showcase where Teri plays pranks with Rachel's bed and Rich's motorcycle. The final prize is a pair of roller skates...which are then revealed to be the fake prize before a Lincoln Town Car Signature. The showcase ends with a bucket of water falling on Teri as she leaves her "dressing room."


Week 27 (1,322 – 323xK): April 4-8 + night of Saturday, April 16

  • MDS 13 (#019SP) airs on night of Saturday, April 16; originally intended for night of Saturday, April 9.
Daytime
  • On all shows this week, Bob plugs MDS 13 while returning from commercial before the fifth game.
  • Monday show's first three games were never seen in most East Coast markets, as the show was pre-empted on both its original and rerun airings.
  • Monday show's original airing did not include the ticket plug; it was presumably removed to allow enough time for the MDS plug. It was reinserted, and the MDS plug removed, when the episode reran on August 15.
Primetime
  • MDSs are once again themeless, although 13-15 are intended to celebrate Price's history.
  • Normal audience curtains return to primetime.
  • MDSs now use the daytime Turntable walls.
  • Openings of MDSs 13-15 show clips from over the years as Rich talks about the show's history; the clips are displayed in a "scrapbook" entitled A Price Is Right Moment, which eventually turns to a "page" displaying the audience. Clips are also shown in the "scrapbook" at the end of each pricing game segment, including between the fourth game and the mid-show bumper.
  • MDS logo no longer breaks apart at the end of the opening, but the star wipe is not reinstated.
  • This set of MDSs uses six Barker's Beauties.
  • Dollar signs are no longer present in wipes.
  • Star lights are now shut off during segments in which a pricing game is played on the Turntable; they also fade out during Plinko as the contestant climbs the stairs and turn back on at the end of the game.
  • The primetime mid-show bumper spiel is now, "Stay tuned for more memorable moments, along with exciting pricing games and the fabulous showcases, which are coming up on the second half of The Price Is Right $1,000,000 Spectacular!"
  • New primary trip surrounds debut, replacing the previous ones; the pictures are now contained within much smaller octagons, and their colored borders are much slimmer. They carry over to daytime when the tapedates catch up.
  • Several new, nighttime-only music cues debut on this episode.
  • The theme now plays after the first game in primetime even if the game is lost.
  • 1/2 Off's primetime prize is established as $25,000. The two sides of the game's opening price tag -- "$25," and "000" -- are written in different fonts, with the "000" side likely being the same prop that is used in daytime.
  • Grocery Game is played for a car.
  • In the "How Some of Our Games Were Created" showcase, the song heard while Rich describes a trip to Switzerland -- the prize associated with Cliff Hangers -- is in fact the full version of On the Franches Mountains, the yodeling music that plays during Cliff Hangers.
  • In the "How Some of Our Games Were Created" showcase, Clock Game is depicted with its 1975-2003 color scheme. Oddly, Master Key is depicted with a yellowish color scheme that does not actually exist.


Week 28 (1,323 – 324xK): April 11-15 + night of Saturday, April 9

  • MDS 14 (#020SP) airs on night of Saturday, April 9; originally intended for night of Saturday, April 16.
Daytime
  • On all shows this week, Bob plugs MDS 14 while returning from commercial before the 5th game.
  • On Thursday, the new trip surrounds make their daytime debut.
  • On Thursday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • Rich appears on-camera on Thursday.
Primetime
  • The star wipe is used in this episode's opening, but only in the first of its two usual spots.
  • Golden Road is played for a boat.
  • It's in the Bag's primetime prize is raised to $24,000; only the final bag's value is increased.
  • Push Over is played for a car.
  • During the first showcase, Rich states that Price has done 6,197 shows. This refers to an inaccurate count of the number of daytime shows that had been taped prior to the tapings for this set of MDSs; at that time, they had done up through this week's Wednesday show, which in reality was the 6,342nd show.


Week 29 (1,324 – 325xK): April 25-29


Week 30 (1,325 – 326xK): May 2-6 + night of Tuesday, February 14, 2006

  • MDS 15 (#021SP) airs on night of Tuesday, February 14, 2006; originally scheduled for this Friday night.
Daytime
  • On all shows this week, Bob plugs MDS 15 while returning from commercial before the 5th game; these promos are edited out of the CBS airings due to the special being rescheduled.
  • On Tuesday, 1 Wrong Price is played for three trips.
  • Thursday's Golden Road is the last playing in which the rainbow behind the car uses its original color scheme.
Primetime
  • Bob announces on this MDS that the procedure for handling a million dollar bonus spin after a double overbid has changed; instead of calling a random audience member, the spin will go to the contestant whose overbid was closer to his own showcase's actual retail price. It is not known at this time whether or not this rule was in place on MDSs 13 and 14.
  • Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • Range Game is played for a car.


Week 31 (1,326 – 327xK): May 9-13

  • On Wednesday show, Card Game's starting bid is increased to $12,000. Additionally, the special deck is cut down to seven cards; it now contains two $1,000s, two $2,000s, two $3,000s, and one $5,000.


Week 32 (1,327 – 328xK): May 16-20

  • In Monday's Switch?, three of the four prices are in a different font than usual.
  • In Monday's Hit Me, with a score of 16-17, Bob has the house hit on a soft 17; this eventually results in a win.
  • On Wednesday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 33 (1,328 – 329xK): May 23-27

  • Wednesday show debuts the Dom Casual font, best known as the font for the numbers in Add 'em Up and Pathfinder, for the numbers and prize labels in Switcheroo. The font is added to several more games early next season.
  • On Wednesday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 34 (1,329 – 330xK): May 30-June 3

  • By Tuesday show, the font for 1/2 Off's prize labels has changed again. The change occurred either on this playing or one of the previous four.
  • By Wednesday show, the bell dings in Poker Game when the prices for the first hand are revealed; based on the time at which this practice began in Pass the Buck, this is probably the first show on which this was done.


Week 35 (1,330 – 331xK): June 6-10

  • Wednesday is Teri's last show.


Week 36 (1,331 – 332xK): June 13-14

  • Season finale week; only two shows.


Season 34 ('05-'06)

Pricing game calendar for Season 34, hosted by Scorpz.

Note: The September 27 and October 17 episodes (#3342K and #3371K) were pulled from the schedule at their original airdates because they offered trips to the then-recently flooded city of New Orleans; they were not aired until near the end of the season. Details are given below in the appropriate weeks.


Week 1 (1,332 – 333xK): September 19-23

  • On Monday, the set is decorated for the season premiere.
  • On Monday only, the logo in the pre-Showcase Showdown plugs and the mid-show bumper is replaced by a "34th Year" logo.
  • The version of the TPIR logo seen in the 34th Year logo is the same one seen in the computerized MDS logo.
  • On Monday show, the mid-show bumper spiel is, "stay tuned for more pricing games and the fabulous showcases as we continue to celebrate the start of our 34th year on CBS!"
  • In Monday's Golden Road, the rainbow normally seen behind the car is replaced with an arch of different-colored balloons to better fit in with the season premiere decorations.
  • On Monday, Switch? is played for two cars.
  • Monday show debuts the Dom Casual font for Pick-a-Pair's grocery labels.
  • Beginning on Tuesday show, there is a plexiglass cover over the slots at the bottom of the Plinko board.
  • On Friday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • On Friday, at the beginning of Act 6, Bob points out a group of deaf audience members and their signer. When the next contestant gets onstage, the signer is briefly shown in action in the lower-left corner of the screen in Rod's calldown window.


Week 2 (1,333 – 334xK): September 26, June 12, September 28-30

  • Originally scheduled for September 26-30.
  • Tuesday show's CBS airing is preceded by a PSA for New Orleans tourism by Louisiana Senator David Vitter. To accomodate this, the airing did not include the ticket plug.
  • Rich appears on-camera on Tuesday.
  • On Tuesday, Hi Lo is played for a car.
  • Wednesday show debuts the Dom Casual font for the prize labels in Credit Card.
  • Thursday show debuts the Dom Casual font for the prize labels in Ten Chances.
  • Friday show debuts the Dom Casual font for the prize labels in Danger Price.
  • On Friday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 3 (1,334 – 335xK): October 3-7

  • Beginning on Tuesday show, there are lights behind the curtains around the right-hand audience sign.


Week 4 (1,335 – 336xK): October 10-14

  • Monday show debuts the Dom Casual font for the prize labels in Magic #.
  • Beginning on Monday, Magic #'s "tinkle" sound effect reverts to a lower-pitched version of the original sound.
  • On Wednesday only, Pocket ¢hange's table has an envelope holder on it, presumably to make it easier to keep the envelopes lined up in the order they were selected.
  • On Thursday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Golden Road is played for a boat.
  • Beginning on Friday, the second half's car game is occasionally the fourth game; prior to this episode, this had not occurred on any sort of regular basis since approximately 1977.


Week 5 (1,336 – 337xK): May 29, October 18-21

  • Originally scheduled for October 17-21.
  • Monday show's CBS airing is preceded by a PSA for New Orleans tourism by Louisiana Senator Mary Landrieu. To accomodate this, the airing did not include the ticket plug.
  • Beginning on Monday, Now....or Then's price labels have horizontal stripes at the top and bottom in the same color as their corresponding "pie" wedges.
  • Monday show features the first appearance of the "The First Bank of Price" showcase.
  • Monday show's real credits were aired on CBS.
  • On Tuesday, the black railing around the stage in the back of the audience is repainted red.
  • Tuesday show debuts a new $10,000 bill for Punch a Bunch. Bob's picture on this bill is a monochrome version of the one from the $25,000 bill.
  • On Thursday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 6 (1,337 – 338xK): October 24-28


Week 7 (1,338 – 339xK): October 31, November 1-2, September 27, November 3 (#3424K), October 17, November 4 (#3425K)

  • Originally scheduled for October 31-November 2, November 3 x2, November 4 x2.
  • This week consists of seven episodes; its original Thursday and Friday shows were aired out of order earlier in the season, and alternate episodes were created to replace them.
  • The alternate Thursday and Friday shows feature exactly the same pricing game lineups as the original ones, many similar or identical prizes (including in the Showcase), and at least one obviously recycled Showcase theme. They were given production numbers #3424K and #3425K only for the sake of convenience; those numbers would otherwise have gone unused, as week #342xK is the week of Thanksgiving. They could reasonably be regarded as episodes #3394K(R) and #3395K(R) (although those numbers are by no means official).
  • On Monday show, the prize labels in Clearance Sale are written in much thinner text than usual.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, the red and green stripes on the rainbow behind Golden Road's car switch places.
  • Alternate Thursday show is Phire's first episode, although not the first episode that she taped.
  • Beginning on alternate Thursday show, the closed-captioning intros are shortened to about half of their original length, and the TPIR logo is already onscreen when the first closed-captioning plug begins.
  • Beginning on original Friday show, the three contestants who didn't make it onstage are shown all at once at the beginning of the consolation prize plugs.
  • On original Friday show, Temptation Cue 1 is played during the second closed-captioning intro.
  • The alternate Thursday and Friday shows were taped fairly far out of order and thus contain a number of differences from this week's other episodes, as such:
    • On the alternate Thursday show, there is no ticket plug; more details on this can be found below in Week 9.
    • On the alternate Friday show, a new "e-ticket plug" that explains how to order tickets from CBS.com airs in place of the regular ticket plug.
    • On the alternate Thursday and Friday shows, the words "on The Price Is Right" are missing from the first closed-captioning intro.
    • On the alternate Thursday and Friday shows, the mid-show bumper is absent; more details on this can be found below in Week 9.
    • On the alternate Thursday and Friday shows, the standard camera pan is used for the "contestants not appearing onstage" shot, although it is executed more quickly than usual.


Week 8 (1,339 – 340xK): November 7-11

  • Tuesday show features a rare appearance of the long-absent "Price Is Right Cheerleaders" showcase.
  • By Wednesday show, and beginning last Monday at the earliest, the card suit wipe is no longer used while revealing Card Game.
  • Beginning on Thursday show, the words "on The Price Is Right" are permanently removed from the first closed-captioning intro.
  • On Thursday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 9 (1,340 – 341xK): November 14-18

  • As of this week, the ticket plug is no longer done on Tuesdays and Thursdays; Bob generally throws to commercial after the first Showcase Showdown on these days with the phrase, "lots more fun after this announcement!"
  • On Tuesday, the mid-show bumper that has been in place for just over 30 years is permanently done away with. In its place, Bob throws to commercial by saying, "more pricing games coming up on the second half of The Price Is Right!"
  • On Wednesday, 1 Wrong Price is played for three trips.
  • Friday show has the first of two parts of a reveal change for Safe Crackers; Door #2 is already open as the game begins, and the game's music begins playing when Bob asks the Beauty on duty to open the safe.
  • On Friday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 10 (1,341 – 342xK): November 21-23

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • While episodes #3424K and #3425K do exist, they were created solely as alternate Thursday and Friday shows for Week 7 and should not be considered part of Week 10.
  • By Monday show, the frequency chart in Pocket ¢hange has been redone to better stand out; it now appears on a "patch" on the jeans-like board. While I can't prove it, this may also be when the game's current money distribution was introduced.
  • Wednesday show debuts the Clock Game board's blue & yellow color scheme.


Week 11 (1,342 – 343xK): November 28-December 2

  • On October 11, 2006, this week's Monday show was rerun in the Mountain and Pacific Time Zones; on January 2, 2007, the Wednesday show was rerun in the same areas. Due to the circumstances that caused the episodes to be reaired, these airings had no CBS bug on the screen and included the real credits.
  • On Wednesday, the camera pan returns permanently to the "contestants not appearing on stage" shot, although it is now executed more quickly than before.
  • On Thursday, hearkening back to the September 9, 1986, episode, Fingers again dances the Gator before the second Showcase Showdown.
  • On Friday, Master Key replaces its previous car platform with a turntable platfrom that the show had recently begun using; it does not turn when used for Master Key.
  • On Friday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 12 (1,343 – 344xK): December 5-9

  • On Tuesday, the show briefly adopts a close-up camera shot for use when Bob and contestants walk onto the Turntable.
  • On Tuesday, Range Game is still being shown before its prize is revealed on at least some playings.
  • On Wednesday, Shell Game is played for a car.
  • Wednesday show completes the reveal change for Safe Crackers; the game now begins with a wide shot of the safe.
  • On Wednesday show, the consolation prize music is used during the second closed-captioning intro.
  • As of this week, the e-ticket plug permanently replaces the regular ticket plug on Friday shows.


Week 13 (1,344 – 345xK): December 12-16

  • On Tuesday, the normal Turntable camera shots are reinstated.
  • As of Wednesday, the blue wall behind Pick-a-Pair's groceries is a darker shade than before.
  • On Thursday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • As of Friday show, the Train/Tugboat pulling into the depot/docks has been dropped from the "Train Depot" and "Port o' Price" showcases.


Week 14 (1,345 – 346xK): December 19-23

  • The set is decorated for Christmas all week. In an unorthodox move, a permanent set piece was altered for this week -- the "knot" on the Giant Price Tag was painted to look like a candy cane with holly around it. For whatever reason -- possibly because it was the first show of the week to be taped -- the Showcase podiums' decorations are absent on Tuesday.
  • All Christmas shows this season have a Christmas pattern replacing the light border; it is similar to what was done in Season 31, although this year's actually has some lights in it.
  • All Christmas shows this season have opening titles of "Merry Christmas" followed by the same phrase in two foreign lanuages (not all of which use the Roman alphabet). The titles are in white text with a red outline.
  • On Monday and Tuesday only, the third line of the opening is extended to, "Christmas week on television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes!"
  • Starting on Tuesday, the beginning of On the Franches Mountains, the song that the Cliff Hangers yodel is taken from, is occasionally used as prize music for trips to Switzerland.
  • As of Tuesday, the dimmed lights have been dropped from the intro to the Every Room in the House showcase.
  • On Thursday, 2 for the Price of 1 goes back to not revealing the total value of the prize package; the change lasts for only two playings.
  • On Thursday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 15 (1,346 – 347xK): January 2-6

  • Wednesday show features another appearance of the long-absent "Price Is Right Cheerleaders" showcase.
  • Wednesday is Rebecca's last show.


Week 16 (1,347 – 348xK): January 9-13

  • On Monday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • Beginning on Tuesday, there is a red strip on the floor at the tops of the staircases flanking Contestants' Row.
  • Due to a production mistake, Thursday's show has an e-ticket plug after the first Showcase Showdown.
  • On Friday show, Rich is shown on-camera.


Week 17 (1,348 – 349xK): January 16-20

  • In Tuesday's Squeeze Play, the prize is presented on center stage, concealed by the Giant Price Tag.
  • Beginning with Tuesday's second Showcase Showdown, the camera shooting the close-up of the Big Wheel zooms in on it as it comes to a stop.
  • On Wednesday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 18 (1,349 – 350xK): January 23-27

  • As of Monday, 1/2 Off's prize labels are still using the same font as at the end of Season 33.
  • On Monday show, the ticket plug graphics are changed slightly to reflect the recently increased price of postage stamps.
  • By Wednesday, Range Game seems to have stopped being revealed before its prize.
  • On Thursday show, Five Price Tags again switches back to its previous small prize backdrops.
  • On Thursday show only, Magic # gets a new, rectangular carpet.


Week 19 (1,350 – 351xK): January 30-February 3

  • As of Tuesday, the camera no longer zooms in on the Big Wheel as it comes to a stop.


Week 20 (1,351 – 352xK): February 6-10

  • Monday show features the debut of Balance Game '06.
  • On Monday show, Rich is shown on-camera.
  • On Tuesday through Friday shows, Bob plugs the rescheduled MDS 15 while returning from commercial before the 5th game.


Week 21 (1,352 – 353xK): February 13-17

  • MDS 15, which airs this Tuesday night, is actually part of Season 33; its original intended airdate was the night of Friday, May 6, 2005.
  • On Monday and Tuesday shows, Bob plugs the rescheduled MDS 15 while returning from commercial before the 5th game.
  • In Wednesday's Credit Card, the game is not revealed before the prizes descriptions.
  • On Wednesday show, the blue background behind Magic #'s lights takes on a more purplish tone.
  • On Friday, Tyra Banks guests as a Barker's Beauty during the second and third games.


Week 22 (1,353 – 354xK): February 20-24

  • Starting on Monday, the red floor strips that flank Contestants' Row are no longer in place.
  • Wednesday's Punch a Bunch is introduced with the harps normally used for Plinko.
  • Friday's Golden Road uses the harps that were used in Plinko during the mid-'90s.


Week 23 (1,354 – 355xK): February 27-March 3

  • On Tuesday, the Big Wheel gets a new carpet; aside from Bob saying that it's new, there is no way to distinguish it from the old one.
  • On Wednesday, 2 for the Price of 1 again begins giving the contestant the total value of the prize package.
  • By Thursday, the font on 1/2 Off's small prize labels has changed yet again.


Week 24 (1,355 – 356xK): March 20-24

  • Originally scheduled for March 6-10.
  • The reruns that aired during the week for which these episodes were originally scheduled had their ticket plugs edited out, and their mid-show bumpers were cut off shortly after Rich finished talking. This was not done with the reruns that aired the following week.


Week 25 (1,356 – 357xK): March 27-31

  • On Tuesday, the second showcase is "Prizes Revealed as We Learn Which Games Our Models Would Like to Play;" during this showcase, Clock Game, Side by Side, and the Hole in One sign are all present on the stage. The numbers on Side by Side do not appear to correspond to any prize associated with it on this episode, its last playing, or its next playing.
  • In Thursday's Hit Me, with a score of 16-20, Bob has the house stay on a soft 20, resulting in a loss.


Week 26 (1,357 – 358xK): April 3-7

  • On Wednesday, Five Price Tags switches yet again to its new small prize backdrops.


Week 27 (1,358 – 359xK): April 24-28

  • A CBS.com schedule exists that lists this week's shows as airing on April 10-14 and every show from next Monday through the end of the season airing one week earlier than it actually did. I have chosen to note this here instead of listing these as reschedulings because I believe the staff knew about the changes far enough in advance to adjust anything date-sensitive in the episodes.
  • On Tuesday, Cliff Hangers is played for a car.


Week 28 (1,359 – 360xK): May 1-5

  • Tuesday show introduces a new, flashier graphic for the featured animal shelter in pet adoption segments.
  • Beginning on Tuesday, the show again adopts a close-up camera shot for use when Bob and contestants walk onto the Turntable.
  • On Friday show, the first letters in the names of the day's six pricing games spell "The Dob", Golden-Road.net's nickname for Roger; this is known to have been done intentionally.


Week 29 (1,360 – 361xK): May 8-12

  • On Monday show, contestant Michelle is disqualified after the staff discovers that she had already been on the show in 2001. Rich's announcement during the credits mistakenly states that contestant Megan was disqualified; she was in fact eligible and received all of her prizes.
  • Beginning this week, Monday's ticket plug becomes an e-ticket plug.
  • By Monday show, Safe Crackers has settled on beginning its new reveal with a close-up shot of the word "Safe", with the camera then zooming out and moving downward to show Bob and the contestant.
  • On Tuesday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 30 (1,361 – 362xK): May 15-19

  • Beginning on Thursday, Balance Game's price display has five digits; prior to this, it could only show four digits.
  • After Friday, the practice of occasionally playing Double Prices behind the Giant Price Tag ceases.


Week 31 (1,362 – 363xK): May 22-26

  • Beginning on Monday, Range Game is again shown before its prize is revealed for the remainder of the season.
  • On Monday, 1 Wrong Price is played for three trips; on this episode, it uses the same trip staging as Most Expensive, with its prize backdrops absent.
  • On Tuesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • Beginning on Thursday, the camera again begins to zoom in on the Big Wheel as it slows down.


Week 32 (1,363 – 364xK): June 26, May 30-June 2

  • Originally scheduled for May 29-June 2.
  • In an unusual turn of events, presumably resulting from a taping having to be cancelled after the staff already knew that Monday's show was being rescheduled, the May 29 episode was not actually taped until June 20.
  • As of Thursday, the camera again stops zooming in on the Big Wheel as it comes to a stop; additionally, this camera technique is not present on Monday, as that episode was taped out of order.


Week 33 (1,364 – 365xK): June 5-9

  • Thursday show features a rare appearance of the "Every Trip in the House" showcase.
  • On Friday show, Lucky $even is played third on the daytime show for the first time since Season 27.


Week 34 (1,365 – 366xK): June 27, June 13-16

  • Originally scheduled for June 12-16.


Week 35 (1,366 – 367xK): June 19-23

  • Season finale week.
  • Next Monday and Tuesday have episodes delayed from May 29 and June 12.
  • Summer reruns begin next Wednesday.
  • As of Tuesday, the previously white parts of the Hit Me sign are shaded orange.
  • On Wednesday, Bullseye is played for a car.


Season 35 ('06-'07)

Pricing game calendar for Season 35, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,367 – 368xK): September 18-22

  • On Monday show, the logo in the opening and on the Big Doors is replaced by a "35 Years" logo. While clearly modeled after the "30 Years" logo, there are differences: this logo has a second, green streamer; there are no drawings of confetti; and the "35" is yellow and in a different font.
  • On Monday show, the Big Doors receive a new paint job. They now have a sunburst pattern with every color of the rainbow, covered with five-pointed stars and Goodson-Todman asterisks that surround the "35 Years" logo. All three doors are now identical.
  • In Monday's opening, "Television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes!" is replaced with, "The first show of our record-breaking 35th year on CBS!"
  • On Tuesday through Friday this week, the opening spiel's line, "Television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes!" is replaced with, "Celebrating 35 years on television." On Wednesday, Rich mistakenly says both lines.
  • On Monday, Bob is introduced as, "the star of The Price Is Right, a man who's celebrating his 50th year in television, Bob Barker!"
  • The confetti seen being thrown at various times on Monday's show was not a planned event; it was brought in by a member of the audience.
  • The set is decorated for the season premiere on Monday; the lighted props between the Big Doors remain all week.
  • Monday show has six Barker's Beauties.
  • On Monday and Tuesday, the logo in the first closed-captioning intro slides onto the screen, as it did prior to the original November 4, 2005 show.
  • Monday show uses a different font than usual for Plinko's "$50,000" graphic and the graphic used to display a Showcase winner's total of at least $35,000.
  • On Monday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • On Monday, Most Expensive is played for three cars.
  • On Monday show, for possibly the first time ever, the show's theme is used as a prize cue.
  • On Monday, contestant VickyAnn sets a new winnings record of $147,517.
  • Balloons are dropped on the stage during Monday show's credits.
  • Beginning on Tuesday, a pattern of 5-pointed stars and Goodson-Todman asterisks appears around the "35 Years" graphic, much like the 7-pointed stars had during Seasons 31-34.
  • On Tuesday show, the light border fades out at the end of the opening instead of sliding off of the screen.
  • Monday show originally had Grand Game scheduled instead of Plinko.
  • Tuesday show's pricing game lineup was originally scheduled as Plinko, One Away, Race Game, Squeeze Play, Money Game, Pick-a-Pair.
  • On Wednesday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 2 (1,368 – 369xK): September 25-29

  • On Wednesday show, Rich is shown on-camera while calling the eighth contestant.
  • On Wednesday show, the ticket plug graphics simply fade onto the screen, as they had done before the middle of Season 29.


Week 3 (1,369 – 370xK): October 2-6

  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 4 (1,370 – 371xK): October 9-10, February 5, October 12-13

  • Originally scheduled for October 9-13.
  • Monday show features the debut of Stack the Deck.
  • On Wednesday, for no apparent reason, It's in the Bag is opened with the extended version of Fortune Hunter's intro cue.
  • On Thursday, Balance Game is played for a car.
  • Friday show features the final playing of Hit Me.
  • Rich appears on-camera on Friday.


Week 5 (1,371 – 372xK): October 16-20

  • On Wednesday, Bonus Game is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, the logo in the first closed-captioning intro slides onto the screen, as it did prior to the original November 4, 2005 show.
  • On Friday show, the text on Stack the Deck's grocery labels takes on its normal size; it had been much smaller on the game's first playing.


Week 6 (1,372 – 373xK): October 23-27

  • On Monday show, Bob allows elderly contestant Susan's grandson to come onstage and spin the Big Wheel for her.
  • Beginning on Friday, there is a white glaze on the top of the Dice Game table's rim.


Week 7 (1,373 – 374xK): October 30-November 3

  • On the afternoon of Tuesday, October 31, Bob announces to the media that he will retire at the end of Season 35.
  • On Friday show, due to a staff error, the second and third contestants in the second Showcase Showdown spin the Big Wheel in the wrong order.


Week 8 (1,374 – 375xK): November 6-10

  • On Tuesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Plinko adopts the season premiere's "$50,000" graphic permanently.


Week 9 (1,375 – 376xK): November 13-17

  • Monday show's ninth contestant is from the day's "back-up" contestant list. The original ninth contestant, whose calldown was not aired, did not get up when his or her name was called and was never found.


Week 10 (1,376 – 377xK): November 20-22

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.


Week 11 (1,377 – 378xK): November 27-December 1

  • On Tuesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Plinko's second and fourth small prize cues, which had been reversed sometime in the late '90s, briefly return to their original order.
  • As of Thursday's Stack the Deck, the spot a contestant has asked to have filled in and the number that belongs in it light up at the same time; previously, the spot had lit up alone, and Bob had then asked for the number.


Week 12 (1,378 – 379xK): December 4-8


Week 13 (1,379 – 380xK): December 11-15

  • On Tuesday show, Clearance Sale's old circus-style think cue is used during the first showcase.
  • Wednesday show features an extremely rare appearance of the "Every Trip in the House" showcase.


Week 14 (1,380 – 381xK): December 18-22

  • The set is decorated for Christmas this week.
  • The garland border used on Season 34's Christmas shows again replaces the light border on this week's episodes.
  • For this week's shows, the third line of the opening is extended to, "Christmas week on television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes!".
  • The opening titles on this week's shows are "Merry Christmas", first in English and then in two other, varying languages. The first title is yellow, the second is green, and the third is red. The titles do not use any of the usual fonts.
  • Tuesday show features a Train Depot showcase set at the north pole. The Depot's standard set is embellished with snow-covered props.
  • Friday show is announced by Burton Richardson while Rich recovers from a bad case of laryngitis.


Week 15 (1,381 – 382xK): April 9, January 3-5

  • Originally scheduled for January 2-5.
  • New Year's week; only four shows.
  • Thursday show introduces new prize labels with blue borders and the Dom Casual font for Eazy az 1 2 3.


Week 16 (1,382 – 383xK): January 8-12

  • Monday show introduces new prize/grocery labels with the Dom Casual font for Step Up and Let 'em Roll; Step Up's labels also have a blue border added to them.
  • As of Tuesday, Plinko Cues 2 and 4 are again reversed.
  • Wednesday show introduces new grocery labels with the Dom Casual font for Check-Out.
  • On Thursday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • Friday show introduces new yellow prize labels with blue borders and the Dom Casual font for Shopping Spree.


Week 17 (1,383 – 384xK): January 15-19

  • In Thursday show's opening, the fourth contestant called, Jon Simpson, is not in the studio because of an unspecified delay with processing the day's audience; contestant Laura, the fifth name on Rich's list, is eventually called in his place. Jon is successfully called down before the second Item up for Bids.
  • Thursday show introduces new yellow prize labels with blue borders and the Dom Casual font for Swap Meet.
  • On Friday, Shell Game is played for a car.


Week 18 (1,384 – 385xK): January 22-26

  • On Tuesday show, Rich appears on-camera.
  • Thursday show's second showcase includes footage of the Clock Game board that appears to have been shot specifically for this episode.
  • On Friday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 19 (1,385 – 386xK): January 29-February 2

  • On Tuesday show, Bob states that they are taping Price's 6,500th episode; this refers to an inaccurate episode count that dates back to at least 1998. In reality, it is the 6,645th show.
  • On Thursday show, Rich appears on-camera.
  • On Wednesday's show only, the second and fourth Plinko cues are again unreversed.
  • On Friday's show only, Let 'em Roll uses its original grocery labels.


Week 20 (1,386 – 387xK): February 6-9

  • Only four shows; Monday has the delayed October 11 episode.
  • Tuesday show is directed by Associate Director Fred Witten.
  • Wednesday show introduces new yellow prize labels with blue borders and the Dom Casual font for Buy or Sell.
  • On Friday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 21 (1,387 – 388xK): February 12-13, April 10, February 15-16

  • Originally scheduled for February 12-16.
  • Friday show features the debut of More or Less.
  • Monday show introduces new yellow prize labels with blue borders and the Dom Casual font for Barker's Marker$.
  • On Tuesday, Bonus Game is played for a car.
  • Due to its airing during a severe ticket shortage, CBS's broadcast of Wednesday's episode has the ticket plug edited out. Unlike episodes from later in the season, this plug was not restored during the summer reruns.
  • In Friday's Flip Flop, Bob mistakenly tells contestant Scott that flip-flopping is wrong; it turns out to be the correct answer. CBS later offers Scott the prize or a check for its value as compensation; Scott has said in our forums that he accepted the check at the network's insistence, although he knows Flip Flop's rules and never actually noticed Bob's mistake.


Week 22 (1,388 – 389xK): February 19-23


Week 23 (1,389 – 390xK): February 26-March 2

  • On Wednesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.


Week 24 (1,390 – 391xK): March 5-9

  • Monday show features the final playing of Joker.
  • For reasons unknown, Friday's show has no ticket plug.


Week 25 (1,391 – 392xK): March 19-23

  • Monday show has the first appearance of the fifth Race Game Curtain. This curtain contains a collage of stylized renderings of props from the show, including an image of either Professor Price or Finish Line.
  • Monday show features a rare appearance of the "Every Trip in the House" showcase.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, due to there being no tickets left for any tapings in March or April, CBS temporarily stops broadcasting the ticket plug. The plugs for this week and next week's episodes were restored later in the year during the summer reruns.


Week 26 (1,392 – 393xK): March 26-30

  • On Wednesday, Grocery Game is played for a car.
  • After Monday, Shane goes on maternity leave.
  • For reasons unknown, Friday's show has no ticket plug.


Week 27 (1,393 – 394xK): April 2-6

  • On Wednesday, Rich accidentally forgets to sign off during the credits; additionally, the episode has no Mark Goodson Productions logo, although one was inserted when the episode reran on September* 25. A sign-off was recorded after the taping ended but was evidently never edited into the episode.
  • On Wednesday, after nearly 35 years, the regular ticket plug is used for the final time.


Week 28 (1,394 – 395xK): April 16-20

  • After Monday's show, the ticket plug is discontinued for the remainder of the season.
  • On Tuesday, for no apparent reason, Line em Up is played with no think music.
  • Beginning on Thursday, the pink and purple marbling on Barker's Marker$ is replaced with solid pink and sky blue surfaces; additionally, the two yellow stripes on the game's prize podium are replaced with a single blue stripe.


Week 29 (1,395 – 396xK): April 23-27

  • Beginning on Thursday, the logo in the first closed-captioning intro sometimes slides onto the screen, as it did prior to the original November 4, 2005 show. There does not appear to be any pattern as to which days this does or does not occur on.


Week 30 (1,396 – 397xK): April 30-May 4

  • On Monday, Dice Game gets a new dice table; aside from that facts that its top is clear again and that a panel with three dice drawn on the its side and a Goodson-Todman asterisk on the top has been added the side, there is no way to distinguish it from the old one.
  • On Tuesday, the Train appears in a non-Train Depot showcase.
  • In Friday's Plinko, the cue used for the second small prize is a different arrangement of the normal cue.


Week 31 (1,397 – 398xK): May 7-11

  • From this Monday through next Thursday, Bob plugs the upcoming primetime specials while coming out of the midbreak.
  • In Tuesday's first Showcase Showdown and Wednesday's second Showcase Showdown, the beeping mechanism on the Big Wheel does not work; Bob has the audience perform the beeps in its stead.
  • On Wednesday, Five Price Tags's old small prize backdrops return yet again.
  • Thursday show features the final playing of Poker Game.
  • On Thursday, Secret "X" is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, for the first time since Janice was still with the show, the "Fortune Teller Machine" showcase is used.
  • On Friday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.


Week 32 (1,398 – 399xK): May 14-18 + Wednesday and Thursday nights

  • MDS 16 (#022SP) airs on Wednesday night.
  • A Celebration of Bob Barker's 50 Years in Television (#023SP) airs on Thursday night.
Daytime
  • By this Monday, and starting on May 4 at the earliest, the metal frames around the prices in Plinko become considerably more pronounced.
Primetime Wednesday
  • The MDS's commercial structure has changed; the commercial between the first and second games has been restored, but the second and third games are in a single act, as are the fourth, fifth, and sixth games.
  • On MDS, the dollar sign pattern from MDSs 10-12 returns to the Turntable walls.
  • On MDS, for no apparent reason, the panels for Door #1 and Door #3 are in the wrong doors.
  • On MDS, bursts of light, somewhat resembling snowflakes or fireworks, are projected against the curtains behind the audience.
  • The theme goes back to being absent after losses that are not followed by a commercial break.
  • MDS uses the same style of opening as MDSs 13-15.
  • On MDS, Bob enters through Door #2 despite Golden Road being the first game; to keep the game from being given away, the dots that form the road are not used.
  • MDS retains the mid-show bumper, which occurs during the break between the first Showcase Showdown and the Act 4-5-6; it consists of Rich saying, "The Price Is Right $1,000,000 Spectacular will continue!" over a shot of the audience as the primetime opening cue plays and the graphical MDS logo flies into the corner of the screen.
  • As of this MDS, primetime specials no longer have closed-captioning plugs.
  • On this MDS, scoring $1.00 in the Showcase Showdown is worth $10,000 and a bonus spin, and hitting a green section in a bonus spin is worth $20,000.
  • MDS's first showcase includes clips of Bob hosting Truth or Consequences.
Primetime Thursday
  • 50 Years special is an hour long but consists of only six segments, features numerous clips, and uses the half-hour gameplay format; the third segment of the show contains no gameplay.
  • 50 Years special's logo is a red-and-white-marbled star with the phrase "A Celebration of Bob Barker's 50 Years in Television" over it; "Celebration" is on a golden streamer, and "in" is inside of a television set. For this episode, this logo supplants the "The Price Is Right" logo in the opening, on the Big Doors, on the Turntable, during the mid-show bumper, and during the consolation prize plugs; it is also present behind the audience, as well as in place of the MDS logo on the 6-digit Showcase podiums.
  • On 50 Years special, the Big Doors are reminiscent of MDS Door #3, but with emmy statues instead of dollar signs; the same is true of the Turntable walls, although the far-left "extra" panel looks the same as it does on the daytime show.
  • On 50 Years special, the 50 Years logo is accompanied by six pictures of Bob throughout the years on the Big Doors and behind the audience; a different set of picture appears in each of the four locations. Pictures are also shown inside of "televisions" that are "stacked" between the Big Doors.
  • On 50 Years special, bursts of light, somewhat resembling snowflakes or fireworks, are projected against the curtains behind the audience.
  • On 50 Years special, Bob wears a tuxedo.
  • 50 Years special begins with Bob standing in front of the plaque presented on the ceremonial 5,000th episode, saying, "From the Bob Barker Studio, CBS is celebrating my 50 years in television. Come on down; let's party!" The picture then cuts to a montage of photos, with the beginning of the show's theme, a portion of "Walking", "The Bean Stalker", "The Cats", and the end of the theme playing in the background; the light border is present on the screen while "Walking" plays. As the montage ends, the picture wipes to a shot of the audience for the traditional opening.
  • Rich's opening speil on the 50 Years special is as follows: "Tonight, from the Bob Barker Studio at CBS Television City in Hollywood: a special show celebrating Bob Barker's 50 years in television!"
  • 50 Years specials's opening ends with, "You are the first four contestants to celebrate Bob Barker's 50 years in television! And now, here is the man who's been entertaining America for 50 wonderful years, Bob Barker!"
  • The bulk of the 50 Years special is comprised of clips not only from The Price Is Right, but also of Bob hosting Truth or Consequences and appearing in a bit part on Bonanza. An interview with Bob is also shown during the third segment.
  • For no apparent reason, the clip of the tube top incident from the September 14, 1977 episode is edited to show the current light border instead of the original one.
  • On 50 Years special, Les Moonves speaks during the third segment.
  • 50 Years special retains the mid-show bumper, which occurs during the third commercial break. It consists of Rich saying, "Bob Barker: A Celebration of 50 Years in Television will continue!" over a shot of the audience as the 50 Years logo flies into the corner of the screen and one of the primetime "return from commercial" music stings plays in the background.
  • After Plinko, the fight scene from Happy Gilmore is aired in its entirety, uncensored; after the clip ends, Adam Sandler appears and reads a rather unique poem that he has written for Bob.
  • 50 Years special's consolation prize plugs occur at the beginning of the fifth segment; as there is no gameplay immediately following them, Rich throws to Bob with, "And now, here's Bob Barker!"
  • On Canada's SunTV, 50 Years special was aired with its real credit roll.
  • By the time of this special, and since the game's previous win on the daytime show, Triple Play stops using the "clang/whoop" sound effects during wins.


Week 33 (1,399 – 400xK): May 21-25

  • Thursday show is not aired on the East Coast until May 28.


Week 34 (1,400 – 401xK): May 29-June 1

  • Only four shows; no Monday episode.
  • On Friday, Grocery Game is accidentally played without its sign present.


Week 35 (1,401 – 402xK): June 4-8

  • On Friday, 1 Wrong Price is played for three trips.


Week 36 (1,402 – 403xK): June 11-15

  • Season finale week.
  • Summer reruns begin next Monday; Season 36 begins on October 15.
  • Friday show is Bob's last episode.
  • On Friday, the show airs twice -- once in its normal timeslot, and once in primetime at 8:00 PM Eastern/7:00 PM Central.
  • Monday show has the first daytime appearance of 6-digit Golden Road.
  • The motorhome in Monday's Golden Road is the most expensive prize ever offered on the daytime show.
  • After Monday's first Showcase Showdown, CBS airs a 15-second "goodbye" video sent in by one of Bob's fans; this video had won a contest that was announced earlier in the spring.
  • On Wednesday, More or Less is played for three trips.
  • Thursday features the final pet adoption segment in an Item up for Bids.
  • Thursday show features an "Every Trip in the House" showcase that ends with a Lincoln Towncar.
  • On Friday, the daytime show begins using a jib camera during the opening and "come on downs."
  • On Friday, the opening begins with a close-up of the right-hand "The Price Is Right" sign behind the audience.
  • The confetti seen being thrown at various times on Friday's show was not a planned event; it was brought in by a member of the audience.
  • On Friday, Double Prices is played for a car.
  • The primetime reairing of Friday's show does not include the closed-captioning plugs.
  • The primetime reairing of Friday's show includes a slightly extended version of the credits, done in the same style as on MDSs, before cutting away to the split-screen ads; this was created specifically for this broadcast and is not the show's real credit roll, which, as can be seen on the DVD set released in 2008, was done completely normally.
  • The primetime reairing of Friday's show includes an extra segment after the credits which serves as a segue to the subsequently-airing Daytime Emmy Awards. In the segment, Bob leaves the stage and walks into a staff party in his dressing room, only to be reminded by Rachel, Gabrielle, and Lanisha that he has to leave to attend the Awards show.


Season 36 ('07-'08)

Pricing game calendar for Season 36, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,403 – 404xK): October 16 & 29, November 13, January 2, November 20

  • Originally scheduled for October 15-19.
  • On Monday, Drew becomes the show's host.
  • As of Monday, Syd Vinnedge assumes the role of executive producer, and Kathy "Fingers" Greco, Stan Blits, and Sue MacIntyre are promoted to the new position of co-producer.
  • Drew's microphone is cordless; other than that, it is basically identical to Bob's.
  • On Monday, a new version of the show's logo debuts, with an orange pattern appearing behind most of the dollar sign and a larger, red pattern appearing behind the words and the right edge of the dolllar sign; they fit together to form a mushroom-like shape when viewed sideways. This logo, which has the dollar sign and "Price" in yellow and the other words in white, is placed on the Big Doors, the signs behind the audience, the end of the opening, the closed captioning plugs, and the consolation prize plugs. The yellow and red version of the logo is no longer displayed anywhere on the permanent set, although it remains in place at the end of the credits.
  • The new logo appears on the screen at the end of the opening by flying in from all directions: The border of the orange section flies in from the left; the border of the red section from the right; the dollar sign from the top; and the words from the bottom. This version of the logo has no background.
  • The star wipe at the end of the opening no longer spins; instead, the star shape, with an orange trail, simply zooms toward the center at the first transition and out from the center at the second. Over the course of the first several taping sessions, the second transition is altered to show a spinning star and is subsequently replaced with a simple cut.
  • On Monday, for the first time in its history outside of the Davidson version, The Price Is Right introduces an entirely new set, although one with the same basic structure and an identical layout. The changes are as follows:
    • The Big Doors are again distinguishable from one another via their color schemes, with each one having an identical pattern of "hypocycloids," a combination of diamonds and circles; the patterns are orange on Door #1, blue on Door #2, and green on Door #3. The new doors have wider panels, with each door being eight panels long as opposed to 12 in the old set. Additionally, the doorframes, which are noticeably thinner than before, no longer curve around the bottoms of the doors; instead, they end on each side in a box with a yellow Goodson-Todman asterisk on it. The boxes are purple on the front and the same shade of green as the doorframes on the sides. The doors now have two layers of chase lights on them instead of one, and between each frame and set of lights, there is a strip of LED lighting which is capable of changing colors, although it remains static during most of the show, changing between acts and always being red during the Showcase Showdowns. The frames no longer have gold strips on them, and the area around the doorframes is now a grayish white; a pattern of stars is projected onto the white area above the doors. The show's modified logo is not centered on the doors; instead, it is positioned so that the orange part is on the left-hand panels and the red part is on the right-hand panels. Additionally, in the version of the logo seen on the doors, the dollar sign is entirely within the orange segment.
    • The Turntable walls have been squared off, except for the upper-left corner of the "extra" panel, and the gold wall borders have been replaced with much thinker green ones similar to the doorframes; the border extends across the bottom only on the turning panel. The wall patterns are now a purple version of the hypocycloid pattern seen on the Big Doors; the front side of the turning panel also contains the classic version of the show's logo, using the same color scheme as the new version. The interior wall panel once again has a pattern on it; it now shows the same hypocycloid pattern as the other walls. The lights last seen in 1982 are restored to the interior borders of the turning and center wall panels, although they no longer chase. The carpet is still mostly blue, although the middle step in the staircase has been changed back to green.
    • The curtains behind the audience are now pastel blue, yellow, and red, with strings of lights adorned with Goodson-Todman asterisks and hypocycloid diamonds visible between them; they now extend behind the show's logo on the signs in the back. The curtain covering the PA booth is now yellow, and a blue curtain has been draped around Rich's podium.
    • The glittery, silver border around the Contestants' Row displays is now much thinner, with most of the border having been restored to green. The words "The", "Price", Is", and "Right" no longer appear on the seat covers in Contestants' Row; instead, each cover is sky blue with a Barker Wall hexagon on it in red and yellow.
    • The Barker Wall is redone in blue, green, yellow, and purple; the light matrix behind the Turntable is also redesigned, now sporting diamonds of these same colors.
    • The fourth Giant Price Tag debuts. The tag displays the show's updated logo with the same background as Door #3. The knot from the third tag is replaced with an eight-pointed, red-bordered yellow starburst covered with yellow lights; on the second day of the season's third week of tapings, the starburst becomes orange, although the lights remain yellow. The border of the tag is white with a strip of blue neon lighting.
    • The Clam is repainted. It now features a Pricedown dollar sign on a blue hypocycloid background; the darker diamonds are replaced by alternating light and dark Pricedown dollar signs. The entire pattern is place on a yellow background.
    • The Showcase podiums are painted green. The Goodson-Todman asterisks on the are removed, replaced with three hypocycloid-ish diamonds; the diamonds increase in size from left to right on the Runner-Up's podium, whereas they increase in size from right to left on the Top Winner's podium. The bases of the podiums are now the same blue as the carpet, and the borders have been painted a gray-silver, with the portions above the legs designed to appear studded. The "SHOWcase" text has been painted yellow, and the descriptive placards have been changed to green text on a yellow background; additionally, the text has been redone with the font from More or Less.
    • The Race Game Curtain is modified to have the name tag say "Drew" instead of "Bob" and to reflect the changes made to the Showcase podiums.
  • Beginning on Monday, new, jazzier remixes of the show's theme, "Walking," and "Dig We Must" are introduced.
  • Beginning on Monday, the "money win" graphics in the Showcase Showdown, Grand Game, Punch a Bunch, Plinko, and Clock Game are changed to the Pricedown font; this also applies to the graphics used to display the winnings of a Showcase winner who has won at least $35,000.
  • On Monday, the end of the show's theme and a sped up version of the end of the theme are added to the rotation of cues played during the closed-captioning plugs; at the same time, three of the existing cues are removed.
  • On Monday, the ticket plug is restored, with a modified version of the e-ticket plug airing every day.
  • Beginning on Monday, the music during the consolation prizes is replaced with a rock-ish remix of the show's theme.
  • Beginning on Monday, the transitions during the consolation prize plugs are changed; the first and last transitions are similar to a vertical version of the Plinko sign, while the second transition retains the "spinning block" but now has it spinning only horizontally. The background for the second transition is also changed to show nine instances of the new logo against the pattern from Door #2.
  • Beginning on Monday, the show is credited as "a FremantleMedia production" instead of "a Mark Goodson television production."
  • Beginning on October 15, episodes of The Price Is Right become available on CBS.com's InnerTube feature for one week after their television broadcast. These online "airings" include the real credit roll.
  • Beginning on Monday, the opening titles are black with yellow borders.
  • Beginning on Monday, the light border in the opening is inserted into each episode using a recording of the border from earlier in the run; due to an error, the border does not cover the very edge of the picture, although this is generally only apparent on InnerTube.
  • For the first six weeks of the season, the show uses a limited rotation of only 35 pricing games. At each of the first five taping sessions, Drew records one show for each week that draws from a single pool of seven games. The pools are as follows:
    • Session 1: Any Number, Double Prices, Grocery Game, Clock Game, Lucky $even, Golden Road, and Plinko.
    • Session 2: Money Game, Cliff Hangers, Barker's Bargain Bar, One Away, Eazy az 1 2 3, It's in the Bag, and Triple Play.
    • Session 3: Range Game, Race Game, 3 Strikes, Safe Crackers, Dice Game, Grand Game, and Cover Up.
    • Session 4: Hi Lo, Shell Game, Card Game, Ten Chances, Squeeze Play, Punch a Bunch, and Switch?.
    • Session 5: Temptation, 1 Right Price, Pick-a-Pair, Line em Up, Push Over, That's Too Much!, and 1/2 Off.
  • Monday's first opening title is "Our 36th Year"; this also appears on the other five episodes from Drew's first taping session.
  • Beginning with the last taping of the season's second session, the pan of the front row of the audience at the top of the show is restored; however, the remainder of the opening still uses the jib camera.
  • At least for the time being, Drew does not use audience entrances; he enters through Door #2 for Golden Road, and other games that would require audience entrances are simply not scheduled first.
  • On Monday, Golden Road temporarily does away with the dots that make up the physical road, as well as the coves sometimes used to conceal the first and second prizes; these changes are undone later in the season, although they were originally intended to be permanent.
  • On Tuesday, Drew changes One Away's traditional "Ladies, do I have X numbers right?" routine to involve begging the person in charge of the sound effects for numbers, usually in the form of, "Oh, mighty sound effects lady, do I have X numbers right?".
  • On the second day of the fourth week of tapings, a holographic cover is applied to the Hi Lo logo.
  • On Thursday, a new, more authentic-looking $10,000 bill with a full-color portrait of Drew is added to Punch a Bunch.
  • On Friday, a rule is added to 1/2 Off awarding a $500 bonus every time a contestant correctly picks a half-priced item.


Week 2 (1,404 – 405xK): December 6, November 1, October 23, January 3, October 18

  • Originally scheduled for October 22-26.
  • On Monday, the camera angles used at the beginning of Triple Play are changed; instead of shooting Drew and the contestant with the Turntable in the backgroud, the camera shots from Super Ball!! and three-trip Most Expensive are used.
  • On Monday, the blue wall placed by the Turntable during Triple Play is done away with.
  • On Tuesday, for the first time on the daytime show since February 1, 1999, Lucky $even is played in the second half.


Week 3 (1,405 – 406xK): December 13, October 15, 31, 24, & 30

  • Originally scheduled for October 29-November 2.
  • On Tuesday, the opening titles are blue.
  • On Tuesday, the light strips around the Big Doors are blue instead of red during the Showcase Showdowns.
  • Wednesday's show is a Halloween-themed episode. The set is decorated; the prize covers in front of Door #1 and Door #3 have special graphics; Drew and the Beauties all appear in costume, as does Roger during the Showcase; Rich announces a large portion of the show as a vampire; most of the camera transitions are replaced with wavy, orange-and-black wipes; all of the "money win" graphics are orange; the light border is replaced with a border depicting a Halloween-ish scene; spooky music replaces all of the car cues and supplants the "Walking" cue during the opening until the first contestant is called; and the opening titles, which are orange and in a different font, read "Boo-tiful Prizes!", "Frightfully Fun!", and "A Spook-tacular Show!".
  • For Wednesday's show, the third line of the opening is extended to, "A special Halloween edition of television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes!".


Week 4 (1,406 – 407xK): November 28, October 17, November 8, January 22, November 6

  • Originally scheduled for November 5-9.
  • On Monday, contestant Christopher is disqualified after it is discovered that he works at a CBS affiliate.
  • On Tuesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, Safe Crackers does not use its "safe interior" prize backdrop.
  • On Tuesday, Drew starts to do Bob's "37 hours" joke in Range Game but, in his own words, "butchers it;" he has not attempted to do the joke on any other episodes.


Week 5 (1,407 – 408xK): November 14, 15, 27, 7, & 21

  • Originally scheduled for November 12-16.
  • Tuesday show features a rare appearance of the "Every Trip in the House" showcase.
  • Wednesday show is the first episode taped with Drew hosting.


Week 6 (1,408 – 409xK): December 11, October 25, 22, 19, & 26

  • Originally scheduled for November 19-23.
  • On Thursday, November 22, CBS airs three episodes of The Price Is Right on the East Coast, at 12:30, 1:30, and 2:30 EST.


Week 7 (1,409 – 410xK): November 26, 5, 9, 29, & 30

  • Originally scheduled for November 26-30.
  • As the show moves into Drew's sixth through tenth taping sessions, more pricing games begin to return to the rotation; the 9th taping session overflows into the 10th, as does the 10th into the 11th, due to four tapings being cancelled on account of Drew being sick. The tapings follow the same basic pattern as the first group, with all six shows in a given set drawing from a pool of the same several "new" games and the same few "old" games. The episodes from these sessions comprise the season's 7th through 12th weeks. The "new" games from this period are as follows:
    • Session 6: Danger Price, Now....or Then, Pathfinder, and Magic #, along with Any Number, Double Prices, and Golden Road.
    • Session 7: Hole in One, Secret "X", Make Your Move, and Coming or Going, along with 3 Strikes, Dice Game, and Barker's Bargain Bar.
    • Session 8: Most Expensive, Check Game, 2 for the Price of 1, and Let 'em Roll, along with Money Game, Cliff Hangers, and Triple Play.
    • Session 9/10: Swap Meet, 1 Wrong Price, Flip Flop, Pass the Buck, and Balance Game, along with Lucky $even and Plinko; on the final episode of the group, Lucky $even is replaced by Push Over.
    • Session 10/11: Five Price Tags, Buy or Sell, and Shopping Spree, along with Squeeze Play, Grand Game, Switch?, and Cover Up.
  • On the second show of the sixth taping session, the "money win" graphics that adopted the Pricedown font on the season premiere, as well as the ones in It's in the Bag and 1/2 Off, are changed again, this time to a more free-flowing font; after the first two tapings of the seventh session, they are changed to a more condensed version of this font, and the dollar sign is replaced with the Pricedown dollar sign.
  • At either the sixth or seventh taping session, the 2007 music package debuts.
  • At the seventh taping session, the new TPIR logo is added to some of the lights hanging from the ceiling; these logos are sometimes visible in shots from the jib camera.
  • At the ninth taping session, a TPIR logo is painted on the floor of the raised stage in the back of the audience.
  • Beginning at the ninth taping session, the LED lights around the Big Doors flash different colors on the left and right during the opening.
  • At the second taping of the tenth session, the Showcase Showdown split-screen shot is reinstated, although the full left side of the screen is now used to display Drew and the contestant instead of the traditional arrow shot.
  • On Monday, Golden Road's prize coves and gold dots return.
  • Starting on Monday, the Magic # prop is positioned at a different angle, making its depth more obvious to the viewer.
  • On Monday, Wayne Newton appears to help present a trip to Las Vegas in Double Prices.
  • Tuesday show is Tamiko's first episode.
  • On Tuesday, the prices and prize labels in Secret "X" are redone with the More or Less font.
  • On Wednesday, the Check Game checks are redone. Most notable among the changes: The new TPIR logo is pasted in the upper-left corner; the check number changes from 4620 to 1133; and the non-numerical portions of "TODAY, 20NOW" are printed in Dom Casual.
  • On Wednesday, the grocery prices in Let 'em Roll are changed to the Dom Casual font.
  • On Wednesday, the white lights in the "2 for the Price of 1" sign are changed to pink.
  • On Thursday, the Barker Silver Dollars in Balance Game are replaced with "Drew Dollars;" these are actually metal slugs with decals on them.
  • On Friday, the car prices in Five Price Tags are redone in a slightly bulkier font.


Week 8 (1,410 – 411xK): November 12, December 4, 5, 3, & 7

  • Originally scheduled for December 3-7.
  • On Tuesday, the small prize labels and prices in Pathfinder are redone in the More or Less font.
  • Beginning on Tuesday, the jib camera is used to shoot the main gameplay of Pathfinder.
  • On Thursday, the Big Wheel appears in a showcase centered around a wild west showdown.


Week 9 (1,411 – 412xK): November 19, December 10, 12, & 14, November 2

  • Originally scheduled for December 10-14.
  • On Monday, 1 Wrong Price is played for three trips; on this episode, it uses the same trip staging as Most Expensive, with its prize backdrops absent.
  • On Wednesday, the second showcase is centered around Match Game.


Week 10 (1,412 – 413xK): January 9, 8, 7, 10, & 11

  • Originally scheduled for January 7-11.
  • At this point, due to the unusual nature of this season's schedule, the episode order skips over two weeks comprised mostly of Christmas shows to early January, when the last three weeks of shows from the second set of taping sessions air. Despite airing after episodes that they technically come before, the airdates given here for these shows are correct. It is not entirely unreasonable to disregard any sort of dating for these three weeks, as they were originally planned without taking into account the schedule interruptions that occur at and after Christmas.


Week 11 (1,413 – 414xK): January 17, 15, 16, 14, & 18

  • Originally scheduled for January 14-18.


Week 12 (1,414 – 415xK): November 16, January 29, 23-25

  • Originally scheduled for January 21-25.
  • On Friday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 13 (1,415 – 416xK): December 17-21

  • At this point, the episode order skips back to December for two weeks comprised mostly of Christmas shows, along with non-Christmas-themed episodes #4161K and #4175K.
  • Beginning on Monday, the creation of pricing game lineups goes back to normal, with each show drawing from the full active rotation minus games Drew has not learned yet and the remaining 18 pricing games gradually trickling back in.
  • On Monday, Pocket ¢hange, Side by Side, and Bullseye return to the pricing game rotation.
  • On Monday, the envelope holder previously seen on the October 12, 2005, episode returns to Pocket ¢hange.
  • The set is decorated for Christmas beginning on Tuesday.
  • The garland border used on Season 34's Christmas shows again replaces the light border in the opening this Tuesday through next Tuesday.
  • On this Tuesday through next Monday, the third line of the opening is extended to, "It's Christmas week on television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes!".
  • The opening titles on this Tuesday through next Monday are "Merry Christmas", first in English and then in two other, varying languages.
  • On Tuesday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, Safe Crackers does not use its "safe interior" prize backdrop.
  • From this Wednesday through next Tuesday, the opening titles are red with green borders.
  • On Wednesday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 14 (1,416 – 417xK): December 24 & 25, January 4

  • Despite airing over the course of twelve days, these three episodes are considered to be a single week with shows for Monday, Tuesday, and Friday; however, they were created with the knowledge that they would not all air at once, so no attempt was made to keep games from Monday and Tuesday from repeating on Friday.
  • The set is decorated for Christmas through Tuesday.
  • On Monday, Freeze Frame returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • On Tuesday only, the first line of the opening is extended to, "It's Christmas Day, and here it comes!"
  • Tuesday's opening titles are "Christmas Day is here", "Merry Christmas to all!", and "Let the merriment begin!".
  • Rich is shown on-camera on Tuesday.
  • The presence on Friday of the same "new" games from Week 13's Monday show is intentional; the two episodes were taped on the same day.


Week 15 (1,417 – 418xK): January 28, 21, 30, 31, February 1

  • Originally scheduled for January 28-February 1.
  • At this point, the episode order jumps ahead again, this time to January 28.
  • Around this time, the show's logo begins to always slide onto the screen again during the first closed-captioning intro.
  • On Tuesday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • In Wednesday's opening, Drew comes through Door #2 carrying his future stepson, Connor.
  • On Thursday, Bonus Game returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • On Thursday, Bonus Game is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Credit Card and Switcheroo return to the pricing game rotation.


Week 16 (1,418 – 419xK): February 4-8

  • On Monday, a telephone ticket plug is introduced; it rotates with the e-ticket plug, appearing on shows that were late Wednesday tapings (under normal circumstances, this translates to once every six episodes).
  • On Tuesday, More or Less returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • As of Tuesday, the car in More or Less is revealed immediately after the first three prizes.
  • On Thursday, the light border recording is fixed so that it reaches the edge of the picture.
  • On Thursday's show only, the "$1,000" graphic in Clock Game reverts to the Pricedown version seen earlier in the season.
  • On Thursday, Pick-a-Number returns to the pricing game rotation.


Week 17 (1,419 – 420xK): February 11-15

  • On Monday, Master Key returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • As of Wednesday, Adam Sandler is promoted to the position of associate producer.
  • On Wednesday, Check-Out returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, the opening titles are altered so that they appear to have orange light shimmering off of them.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, all three opening titles spin back to the center of the screen.
  • On Wednesday, the price tag graphics in Clock Game are redone with all white text and a more two-dimensional appearance.
  • On Wednesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, the prices in Check-Out are redone in the Dom Casual font.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, a thick, black outline is placed around the TPIR logo at the end of the credits on most episodes; the previous version of the logo continues to appear sporadically.
  • On Thursday, a new, literally flashier "$50,000" graphic is introduced for the Plinko intro.
  • On Thursday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Clearance Sale returns to the pricing game rotation.


Week 18 (1,420 – 421xK): February 18-22 + Friday night

  • MDS 17 (#024SP) airs on Friday night.
Daytime
  • On Monday, Spelling Bee returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • As of Monday, the cards in Spelling Bee are each worth $1,000.
  • On Tuesday, Bonkers returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • On Wednesday, Stack the Deck returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • On Wednesday, the second cue used during the intro of 1/2 Off is replaced with a harp/drum sting.
  • On Wednesday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Magic #'s "stopping" sound effect is reinstated.
  • On Thursday, Barker's Marker$ returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • As of Thursday, Barker's Marker$'s name is changed to "Make Your Mark."
  • To reflect the new name, Make Your Mark contestants now place the markers on the board themselves; additionally, the markers are now referred to as "marks."
  • On Thursday, Make Your Mark debuts a new logo and a new, yellow color scheme.
  • Beginning on Thursday, the Showcase Showdown and pricing game "money win" graphics are shaded white, and the graphics for the Showcase winner's total are literally flashier than before.
  • As of Thursday, the LED lighting around the Big Doors no longer changes colors during the credits.
  • One of this week's two playings of Bonus Game -- probably Friday's -- is a substitution for Shell Game.
Primetime
  • MDSs are now shot in HD.
  • The format of the MDSs changes beginning with this episode. The Big Wheel no longer offers $1,000,000; instead, the cash prizes are five times those offered in daytime ($5,000 for the initial dollar, $25,000 for a green section in a bonus spin, and $50,000 for a dollar in a bonus spin). The $1,000,000 is now offered in the Showcase, where it is awarded as a bonus for achieving a Double Showcase Win; to facilitate this, the Double Showcase range for MDSs is increased to $1,000 or less. Additionally, one pricing game in each MDS is designated as a "$1,000,000 game;" fulfilling a specified requirement in this game will cause the contestant to win $1,000,000 along with its regular prize.
  • A music sting and a spinning "$1,000,000" graphic are used when the $1,000,000 game is announced; the sting and graphic are also used when Drew explains how to win the million dollars in the Showcase. Additionally, the graphic appears if the million dollars is won; in the Showcase, it appears in lieu of the "Double $howcase Winner" graphic.
  • A million dollar win prompts the firing of a confetti cannon.
  • The MDS logo is altered to simply feature the "$1,000,000 Spectacular" banner under the "new" logo introduced on the season premiere. Two versions of this logo exist -- one using the hollow version of the logo from the daytime opening, and one using the filled-in version. The hollow version appears in the opening and the end of the credits, and the filled-in version appears in the corner of the screen during the consolation prize plugs.
  • The commercial structure of the MDSs changes again with this episode. The first Showcase Showdown and fourth game occur within the same act, as do the fifth and sixth games; additionally, depending upon the episode, the second game occurs in the same act as either the first game or the third game. On this episode, the first and second games are in the same act.
  • Music stings are used when returning from commercial before the second/third game and the fifth game.
  • The show's theme plays briefly at the end of the first Showcase Showdown before Drew throws to Rich to begin Act 4.
  • On MDSs, the Big Doors have a pattern of alternating light and dark squares that each contain, respectively, dark and light squares; their color schemes are the same as those of the daytime doors. The asterisk blocks on each door have their purple backgrounds replaced with the main color from that door; this carries over to the daytime show when the tapedates catch up.
  • The logo on the Big Doors is the daytime logo with black borders and "light bulbs" drawn around its edges; "$1,000,000 Spectacular" is no longer present on the doors.
  • On MDSs, the Turntable walls have a dark blue color scheme instead of the purples found on the daytime show; the classic logo found on the turning panel is replaced with a marbled, silver Pricedown dollar sign.
  • On MDSs, the stage floor is now covered with a reflective black surface; this flooring conceals the Goodson-Todman asterisks in front of Contestants' Row.
  • On MDSs, a strip of chase lights is placed along the floor at the edge of the stage.
  • On MDSs, the audience curtains, minus the lights and shapes, are extended all the way to the Turntable to conceal the producers' table.
  • This set of MDSs, which runs through #029SP, uses five Barker's Beauties.
  • On MDSs, Drew wears a tuxedo.
  • The opening of the MDSs now includes a new light border that is sprinkled with Goodson-Todman asterisks and hypocycloid diamonds; this carries over to the daytime show when the tapedates catch up.
  • The stars that are shone on the Big Doors are no longer replaced with dollar signs during Showcase Showdowns; additionally, the stars are now shone only on the white area surrounding the doors.
  • The opening spiel for the MDSs is now, "Tonight, from the Bob Barker Studio at CBS in Hollywood, a very special primetime edition of America's longest-running game show! Fabulous cars, amazing prizes, and millions of dollars can all be won tonight on The Price Is Right $1,000,000 Spectacular!"
  • On MDSs, Drew is introduced as "The star of The Price Is Right $1,000,000 Spectacular."
  • On MDSs, the separator in the Big Wheel split-screen shot is a shiny gold instead of a plain yellow.
  • MDSs no longer have mid-show bumpers.
  • The first and third wipes during the consolation prize plugs has vertical portions of the screen flipping over one by one from left to right, similar to the Plinko sign; the second wipe has the entire screen flipping over, a la the price panels in That's Too Much!. The background seen during the second wipe is the same one used on the daytime show, albeit purple instead of blue. The first and third wipes were changed prior to this taping on the daytime show; they make their first appearance there next Monday when the tapedates catch up.
  • The third wipe in the consolation prize plugs goes to a wide shot of the audience as Rich announces, "Remember, there's another chance at a million dollars coming up...but first, here's Drew Carey with our Showcase Showdown!" After this, the screen wipes to the Big Wheel.
  • The nighttime Showcase podiums have had their edges redone the same way as the daytime podiums, except for the portion around the word "Showcase." The main part of the podiums now has the new MDS logo on a solid light blue background.
  • Unlike their daytime counterparts, the nighttime showcase description cards have not had their font changed.
  • During this MDS's opening only, confetti cannons are fired as Drew greets the audience.
  • This MDS's $1,000,000 game is One Away. The requirement for winning the million dollars is getting the car's price right on the first turn.
  • On MDS, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 19 (1,421 – 422xK): February 25-29 + night of April 11

  • MDS 18 (#025SP) airs on the night of Friday, April 11; originally scheduled for this Friday night.
Daytime
  • On Monday, Take Two returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • On Monday, the first and third consolation plug wipes first seen on MDS 17 become permanent.
  • On Thursday, the hypocycloid background that appeared behind the phone number on the first three appearances of the telephone ticket plug is done away with.
  • On Friday, for no apparent reason, Check Game's think cue is used in Push Over.
  • On Friday, Joker was scheduled to re-enter the pricing game rotation; however, after the lineup was made, Roger decided to retire it, and Bonus Game was played in its place.
Primetime
  • On MDS, Triple Play does not use its standard car cues or its logo wipe.
  • On MDS, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On this MDS, the second game is in the same act as the third game.
  • On MDS, the prices and grocery labels in It's in the Bag are redone in the Dom Casual font; this carries over to the daytime show when the tapedates catch up.
  • On MDS, the "$150 Range" text on Range Game's rangefinder is redone in the More or Less font; this carries over to the daytime show when the tapedates catch up.
  • This MDS's $1,000,000 game is Safe Crackers. The requirement for winning the million dollars is to win the game and then risk the prizes by playing the game again with the price of the car, with the stipulation that numbers can repeat (although as it turned out, none did). For this format, the total value of the prize package is not revealed, and a second set of dials is added to the upper part of the door; the dials are revealed if the contestant succeeds in opening the safe the first time.


Week 20 (1,422 – 423xK): March 3-7 + night of Friday, April 4

  • MDS 19 (#026SP) airs on the night of Friday, April 4; originally scheduled for this Friday night.
Daytime
  • On Tuesday, Step Up returns to the pricing game rotation; all 73 active games are now being played again.
  • During Tuesday's Step Up, Drew states that he has now learned "all 75 games;" this now-incorrect count was given to him before Poker Game and Joker were retired.
Primetime
  • On MDS, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • On this MDS, the second game is in the same act as the third game.
  • This MDS's $1,000,000 game is Clock Game. The requirement for winning the million dollars is winning the game within ten seconds; such a win occurs in addition to the awarding of the standard $5,000 bonus.


Week 21 (1,423 – 424xK): March 10-14 + night of Friday, February 29

  • MDS 20 (#027SP) airs on the night of Friday, February 29; originally scheduled for this Friday night.
Daytime
  • Tuesday show is Drew's 100th episode.
  • On Tuesday, Wednesday, and Friday, Drew plugs Friday night's MDS at the start of Act 5.
  • For six episodes beginning this Wednesday, four Beauties appear on each show.
  • On Wednesday, the MDS light border and the color-coordinated G-T asterisk boxes on the Big Doors are adopted on the daytime show.
  • On Wednesday only, the orange portions of the opening titles become a "hot" shade of white.
  • On Thursday, the opening title graphics last seen on February 12 return; their color now changes from day to day.
  • On Thursday, for no apparent reason, That's Too Much! uses Line em Up's think music.
Primetime
  • On MDS, Range Game and Grocery Game are both played for cars.
  • On this MDS, the second game is in the same act as the third game.
  • This MDS's $1,000,000 game is Range Game. The requirement for winning the million dollars is guessing the prize's price exactly; the contestant may only choose from the prices covered by the rangefinder after pressing the button.


Week 22 (1,424 – 425xK): March 17-19

  • Only three shows, on Monday through Wednesday.
  • On Monday, Range Game's redone rangefinder with the More or Less font carries over to the daytime show.
  • On Tuesday only, the version of the show's logo displayed at the end of the credits is the one that appeared on the Big Doors in Seasons 25-29.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, the "$10,000" graphic in Grand Game is red instead of green.
  • During the credits on Wednesday, a cake is brought out for Gwendolyn, who goes on maternity leave after this episode.


Week 23 (1,425 – 426xK): March 24-28

  • On Monday, for no apparent reason, the Big Wheel is staged nearly flush against the Big Doors.
  • On Monday, the telephone ticket plug moves to early Monday tapings.
  • Monday show is Amber's first episode.
  • On Thursday, It's in the Bag's new Dom Casual price and grocery labels carry over to the daytime show.


Week 24 (1,426 – 427xK): March 31-April 4 + night of Friday, March 7

  • MDS 21 (#028SP) airs on the night of Friday, March 7; originally scheduled for this Friday night.
Daytime
  • On this week's shows, Drew plugs Friday night's MDS at the start of Act 5 or Act 6.
  • Starting on Tuesday, the LED lights around the Big Doors go back to only flashing one color at a time during the opening.
  • On Tuesday, Bonus Game is played for a car.
  • Tuesday show features an April Fool's showcase "designed to make your life much easier" in which all of the prizes are things that don't really exist. It consists of a stato-intellicator, a high-tech device which will delicate your stordoite cylinder, authenticate as well as organize all of your acetylcolene, and also serve as a beautiful gelatin moulde; a state-of-the-art trans-rebounder, which allows you to apply advanced synticator technology, gives access to the tryptophane right on the exterior housing, and includes an extra-long cord for easy access and reliability; and a trip via baggage class on OCD Air, the airline that gets you there on time even though it's not the cleanest, to exotic Boguslovania, where you can enjoy such tasty national cuisine as tripetarts and view No Way Palace from Shortsight Tower. The real showcase is a Corvette convertible, making this only the third known showcase in history to consist of only one prize.
  • On Tuesday, the version of the credits logo used only sporadically since February 13 returns permanently.
  • On Thursday, the prices, grocery labels, and "$500" flag in Hole in One are redone in the More or Less font.
  • On Thursday, the fronts of the tees in Hole in One are redone in black.
  • On Thursday, three flat golf balls are added to the base of the "Hole in One" sign.
  • On Friday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
Primetime
  • On this MDS, the second game is in the same act as the first game.
  • This MDS's $1,000,000 game is Plinko. The requirement for winning the million dollars is putting at least three Plinko chips in the $20,000 slot to earn an extra "golden Plinko chip," which must then itself be dropped in the $20,000 slot.


Week 25 (1,427 – 428xK): April 7-11

  • MDS 22 (#029SP) airs on the night of Friday, March 14; originally scheduled for this Friday night.
Daytime
  • On this week's shows, Drew plugs Friday night's MDS at the start of Act 5 or Act 6.
  • On Wednesday, the telephone ticket plug moves from early Monday tapings back to late Wednesday tapings.
  • Thursday show features an extremely rare appearance of the "Every Trip in the House" showcase.
Primetime
  • On MDS, Switch? is played for two cars.
  • On this MDS, the second game is in the same act as the first game.
  • This MDS's $1,000,000 game is 1/2 Off. The requirement for winning the million dollars is winning the game, giving up the $25,000, and finding the $1,000,000 check hidden in one of the 15 remaining boxes.
  • MDS is the first show taped with the Hole in One set changes from last Thursday's daytime show.
  • On MDS, Hole in One's nighttime "$1,000" flag is redone with the More or Less font and a darker color scheme similar to that of the original "$500" flag.
  • On MDS, a Jaguar is offered; this is the first foreign car to appear on the show in approximately 15 years.


Week 26 (1,428 – 429xK): April 14-18

  • On Wednesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Grocery Game is played for a car.


Week 27 (1,429 – 430xK): April 21-25

  • On Tuesday, Card Game's starting bid is increased to $15,000.
  • On Thursday and Friday, Drew plugs next week's MDS at the beginning of Act 5.


Week 28 (1,430 – 431xK): April 28-May 2 + night of Wednesday, May 21

  • MDS 23 (#030SP) airs on the night of Wednesday, May 21; originally scheduled for this Wednesday night.
Daytime
  • On this week's shows, Drew plugs this or next week's MDS at the beginning of Act 5.
  • On Monday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
Primetime
  • The dollar signs shown against the Big Doors during primetime Showcase Showdowns up through Season 35 are now displayed against the audience curtains throughout the show; to facilitate this, the lights above the audience are dimmed throughout the show.
  • This set of MDSs, which runs through #033SP, uses seven Barker's Beauties.
  • The end of the opening is altered very slightly, with Rich now saying, "You are the first four contestants tonight on The Price Is Right $1,000,000 Spectacular!"
  • Drew is now introduced on MDSs simply as "The star of The Price Is Right."
  • On this set of MDSs, a spotlight is shone on Drew as he comes through the Big Doors.
  • Starting on this MDS, when Drew comes through the Big Doors, all of the Beauties except for whoever is handing of the microphone join him and accompany him across the stage.
  • The "$1,000,000" graphic now slides onto the screen from the right; it is also accompanied by a different piece of music than before.
  • As of this MDS, the show's theme no longer plays at the end of the first Showcase Showdown.
  • Beginning on this MDS, trip videos formatted for fullscreen display a graphic of the silver dollar sign and dark blue squares from the Turntable wall in the areas of the screen only visible in widescreen; this carries over to the daytime show when it begins broadcasting in HD next season.
  • On this MDS, the second game is in the same act as the third game.
  • On MDS, Double Prices is played for a car.
  • Rich's spiel at the end of the consolation prize plugs is changed to, "Don't forget, somebody could still win a million dollars! And now, here's Drew Carey with our Showcase Showdown!"
  • The primetime Double Showcase range is reduced to $500 or less.
  • This MDS's $1,000,000 game is Cover Up. The requirement for winning the million dollars is winning the game on the first turn.


Week 29 (1,431 – 432xK): May 5-9 + night of Wednesday, May 14

  • MDS 24 (#031SP) airs on the night of Wednesday, May 14; originally scheduled for this Wednesday night.
Daytime
  • On this week's shows, Drew plugs this or next week's MDS at the beginning of Act 5 or 6.
  • On Wednesday, the show begins offering Hondas manufactured in the US on a regular basis again; for the time being, these remain the only foreign cars used.
Primetime
  • On this MDS, the second game is in the same half as the third game.
  • As of this MDS, Punch a Bunch's primetime top prize is increased to $50,000.
  • As of this MDS, Punch a Bunch's nighttime slip distribution is completely redone. There is now one $50,000 slip; three $25,000 slips; 10 $5,000 slips; and 12 slips each of $1,000, $500, and $100. Additionally, four of the slips now have a "Second Chance" on them; which ones is not known.
  • On MDS, the dollar signs on the hole covers in Punch a Bunch are redone in the Pricedown font; this change does not immediately carry over to the daytime show.
  • On MDS, Grocery Game is played for three rooms of furniture, using all three Big Doors.
  • On MDS, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • Rich's spiel at the end of the consolation prize plugs is changed again, this time to, "Don't forget, somebody could still win a million dollars tonight...but first, here's Drew Carey with our Showcase Showdown!"
  • This MDS's $1,000,000 game is Punch a Bunch. The requirement for winning the million dollars is finding the $50,000 slip on the first punch.


Week 30 (1,432 – 433xK): May 12-16 + night of Wednesday, May 7

  • MDS 25 (#032SP) airs on the night of Wednesday, May 7; originally scheduled for this Wednesday night.
Daytime
  • On this week's shows, Drew plugs this or next week's MDS at the beginning of Act 5 or 6.
  • On Tuesday, the prize labels and corresponding prices in Take Two are redone in a smaller font.
  • On Tuesday, the LED lights around the Big Doors begin to change colors during the credits again.
  • On Tuesday, Check-Out is played for a car.
  • As of Thursday, Hi Lo is concealed behind the Giant Price Tag; the game is no longer revealed before its prize.
  • On Friday, Grocery Game is played for a car.
Primetime
  • Starting on this MDS, Drew is not accompanied during the opening by the Beauties who are assigned to model the first Item up for Bids.
  • On MDS, 1 Wrong Price is played for three cars -- specifically, three different models of the Mini Cooper.
  • On this MDS, 1 Wrong Price uses its normal staging, with all three cars behind Door #2.
  • On this MDS, the second game is in the same act as the first game.
  • Rich's spiel at the end of the consolation prize plugs is changed yet again, this time to, "Don't forget, someone could still win $1,000,000...but first, here's Drew Carey with our Showcase Showdown!"
  • This MDS's $1,000,000 game is Plinko.


Week 31 (1,433 – 434xK): May 19-23 + night of Wednesday, April 30

  • MDS 26 (#033SP) airs on the night of Wednesday, April 30; originally scheduled for this Wednesday night.
Daytime
  • On Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday, Drew plugs Wednesday night's MDS at the start of Act 5.
  • On Wednesday, the stars displayed above the Big Doors are changed to Pricedown dollar signs.
  • On Friday, the symbols above the doors change again, this time to Goodson-Todman asterisks.
  • On Friday, the fronts of the tees in Hole in One become yellow again, and the golf balls are removed from the base of the sign.
Primetime
  • This MDS opens with the million dollar winners from MDSs 17, 19, and 21 being shown one at a time, holding giant checks for $1,000,000 and saying, "My name is (insert name), and I won a million dollars on The Price Is Right," as the theme plays. The three are then shown together saying, "We did it; so can you! Come on down!" After this, the show cuts to the standard opening. Logically, this segment should have appeared at the beginning of episode #030SP; it was presumably attached to this program because it was the first show from this set of MDSs to air on CBS.
  • On this MDS, the second game is in the same act as the first game.
  • This MDS's $1,000,000 game is Switcheroo. The requirement for winning the million dollars is getting everything right on the first turn.


Week 32 (1,434 – 435xK): May 26-30

  • Thursday show features the final playing of Buy or Sell.
  • On Thursday, instead of flashing at varying degrees of brightness during the opening and the credits, the lights on the audience curtains flash completely off.
  • Beginning on Thursday, the Goodson-Todman asterisks over the Big Doors are bathed in orange light.
  • On Friday, Bonus Game is played for a car.


Week 33 (1,435 – 436xK): June 2-6

  • On Wednesday, Punch a Bunch's Pricedown dollar signs from MDS 24 are brought to the daytime show; the dollar signs are now purple.
  • On Friday, Shane returns from her maternity leave.


Week 34 (1,436 – 437xK): June 9-13

  • Beginning on Tuesday, the hypocycloid background seen in the consolation prize plugs uses different color schemes on different episodes, although it still appears to be blue the majority of the time.
  • On Friday, the U.S. Women's Soccer Team appears during the Showcase to help present a trip to Greece, where they played in the 2004 Summer Olympics.


Week 35 (1,437 – 438xK): June 16-20

  • On Wednesday, Range Game and Cliff Hangers are both played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Push Over is played with Check Game's think music.


Week 36 (1,438 – 439xK): June 23-27

  • On Monday, Drew enters through the audience for Golden Road.
  • On Tuesday, the e-ticket plug is redone to reflect the new design of CBS.com.
  • On Thursday, Rich is shown on-camera.
  • On Friday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 37 (1,439 – 440xK): June 30-July 4

  • Beginning with Wednesday's episode, the daytime show is taped in HD; however, it is still broadcast in SD for the remainder of the season.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, the graphical logos seen in the opening, the closed-captioning plugs, and the consolation prize plugs are somewhat larger and crisper; this is likely a by-product of the transition to HD.
  • On Wednesday, a new wall panel is added at the far left of the Turntable that can be opened and closed to reveal or block the producers' table.
  • On Wednesday, the Goodson-Todman asterisks displayed above the Big Doors are again changed to Pricedown dollar signs; additionally, the orange lights that previously shone against that area are done away with.
  • On Wednesday, the Goodson-Todman asterisks in front of Contestants' Row are absent.
  • On Wednesday, an extra bracket is added the platform that holds the keys in Master Key, presumably to keep them from swinging.
  • On Wednesday, the transition between the first two consolation prizes is replaced with the version used on the MDSs.
  • On Wednesday, the yellow separator seen in the Big Wheel split-screen shot is replaced with the gold separator from the MDSs.
  • On Thursday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, the "$50,000" graphic in Plinko is changed to the same font as the other "money win" graphics; it remains green.
  • On Friday, the set is decorated for Independence Day; additionally, fireworks are displayed above the Big Doors instead of Pricedown dollar signs.
  • Friday's opening uses a graphic of a flapping American flag in place of the light border; the graphic is outside of a "frame" with chasing streaks of white and blue.
  • Friday's opening speil is, "It's the Fourth of July. Happy birthday, America! Let's celebrate with television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes! The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right!"
  • Friday's show opens to the sounds of "Stars and Stripes Forever;" "Walking" begins playing shortly after Rich calls the first contestant.
  • Friday's opening titles are "Happy Birthday America!", "Light the Fireworks!", and "232 Years and Still Going Strong!"
  • Friday's opening titles are red with white light shimmering off of them.
  • On Friday, presumably as a reference to the American flag, the star wipe seen during Bob's entrance from the late '80s through the start of Season 31 is used as transition a number of times throughout the show.
  • Beginning on Friday, the "extra" panel of the Turntable wall, which as of Wednesday is no longer the leftmost panel, is covered with a yellow audience curtain.
  • On Friday, the flag graphic from the opening, no longer in motion, is also used as a background during the consolation prize plugs.


Week 38 (1,440 – 441xK): July 10, 8, 9, 7, 11.

  • Originally scheduled for July 7-11.
  • This week's Monday and Thursday shows were intentionally aired out of order due to a comment Drew makes on Thursday about "a big party we had over the weekend" after he accidentally explains Credit Card during Shopping Spree.
  • Wednesday show features what is believed to be the 1,000th playing of 1 Right Price.
  • On Wednesday, the graphics for the telephone ticket plug are redesigned.
  • On Friday, Push Over is played with Check Game's think music.
  • On Friday, Bonus Game is played for a car.


Week 39 (1,441 – 442xK): July 14-17

  • Season finale week; only four shows.
  • Summer reruns begin on Friday.
  • On Tuesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • After Thursday's show, the 6,921st episode, FremantleMedia fires Roger; Fingers succeeds him as producer, with Adam Sandler being promoted from associate producer to co-producer.


Season 37 ('08-'09)

Pricing game calendar for Season 37, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,442 – 443xK): September 22-26

  • Beginning on Monday, the daytime show is broadcast in HD.
  • Beginning on Monday, the Big Doors and Turntable walls from the MDSs are also used on the daytime show.
  • On this week's shows, the set is decorated for the start of the new season.
  • On Monday, Mike Richards is added to the staff as Syd's co-executive producer.
  • Monday show features the debut of Gas Money.
  • Roger had originally planned to introduce a new pricing game every day this week; however, budget issues with CBS ended up causing all of them besides Gas Money to be cancelled.
  • Gas Money was originally played by having the contestant guess the car's price first, and then eliminate the remaining prices one at a time.
  • In Monday's opening, "Television's most exciting hour of fantastic prizes!" is replaced with "The first show of our 37th year on CBS!"
  • Monday's opening titles are "37 Years!", "Now In High-Definition", and "Better Than Ever!".
  • As of Monday, the light strips around the Big Doors remain light blue through the entire show except for the Showcase Showdowns, during which they are still red; this lasts until a point in the spring that I have not yet been able to determine.
  • On Monday, Most Expensive is played for three cars; the game's standard prize backdrops are not present on this playing.
  • Beginning on Monday, the logo spins into position as it slides onto the screen during the first closed-captioning intro.
  • On Monday, the Big Wheel is redone, with the lights, space separators, and split-screen separator in silver and the numbers in a slightly different font; additionally, the borders are redone with an orange version of the Turntable wall, complete with a silver dollar sign (albeit studded, not flat) on each side. Also, the scoreboard is now attached to the wall itself instead of being at the top of a post. In addition, a new, rectangular Showcase Showdown carpet is introduced, with red and orange squares around the edges and an orange Goodson-Todman asterisk under the scoreboard.
  • On Monday, the cash awards for bonus spins in the Showcase Showdown are increased; the green sections are now worth $10,000, and the dollar is worth $25,000.
  • Beginning on Monday, the "Turntable wall" graphics shown in the widescreen-only portion of the screen during trip videos carry over to the daytime show; they are also used during the e-ticket plug.
  • On Monday, the first and third transitions during the consolation prize plugs are changed to diagonal wipes.
  • On Tuesday, Check Game's win range is raised to $7,000-$8,000.
  • On Tuesday, the font of the dollar signs below Check Game's price displays is changed, making them noticeably larger than the rest of the text.
  • On Thursday, Golden Road is played for a boat.
  • On Friday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.


Week 2 (1,443 – 444xK): December 1, September 29, December 2-4

  • Originally scheduled for September 29-October 3.
  • On the first five shows taped for this season, which were recorded before Week 1 and include all of this week's shows except for Tuesday, the Big Wheel takes on a vastly different color scheme: All of the black on the wheel itself is painted purple; the black edges of the prop are painted green; and the side panels, which are also painted purple, are covered with small Pricedown dollar signs in a lighter shade of purple, resembling a miniaturized version of the pattern used in that spot for much of the 1980s. The post-less scoreboard, altered numbers, and silver Pricedown dollar signs seen in Week 1 are present; the carpet, however, is the same one used through the end of Season 36. The remaining changes seen in Week 1 were instituted after Drew, who had not been informed of the purple repaint before it happened, reacted to the new color scheme extremely negatively.
  • On the episodes with the purple Big Wheel, the Showcase Showdown's split-screen separator graphic is green.
  • On the episodes with the purple Big Wheel, the "money win" graphics for the Showcase Showdown are purple instead of red.
  • On all shows this week except for Tuesday, the logo in the first closed-captioning intro simply slides onto the screen, as it did during Season 36.
  • On Tuesday's show, which was the last episode taped at the premiere week session, all aspects of the Showcase Showdown are identical to those in Week 1.
  • On Monday only, the first and third transitions during the consolation prize plugs use a wipe in an "X" pattern.
  • Mike Richards is not on staff for any shows this week except for Tuesday's, as most of the week was taped before he was hired; however, his name appears to have been edited into some of their credit rolls despite this.
  • On Tuesday, Grocery Game's prices are redone in the More or Less font.
  • On Tuesday, Bonus Game is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Punch a Bunch's top prize is increased to $25,000; this is accomplished by replacing one of the $10,000 slips with a $25,000 slip.
  • On Wednesday, Balance Game is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • Some of this week's episodes that were rescheduled to December feature "Win at Home" segments after their second Showcase Showdowns; this contest is described in more detail in Week 4. As the segments were added to the episodes well after their intended airdates, they are presented in the form introduced during Week 8.


Week 3 (1,444 – 445xK): December 5, October 2, September 30, October 1, October 3

  • Originally scheduled for October 6-10.
  • Monday show is the last of the episodes with the purple Big Wheel.
  • On Monday, Plinko is accidentally played with a rigged board when a set of guide wires that had been installed to ensure that all the chips dropped during the taping of a commercial would land in $10,000 is not removed before the show; this results in the contestant winning $30,000 before anyone realized what was happening. This portion of the game was edited out of the show and completely redone with the board set up legitimately; the contestant was awarded the $30,000, but none of it was counted toward her official winnings for purposes of placement in the Showcase Showdown or the Showcase.
  • On Tuesday, the last show of the taping session with the purple Big Wheel episodes, the Showcase Showdowns utilize the replica of the Big Wheel from the The Price Is Right LIVE! stage show in Las Vegas while the real Big Wheel is de-purpled and redone with its appearance that debuted in Week 1. The Vegas wheel is best described as a smaller, knock-off-ish duplicate of the real wheel's appearance from the late '80s through the end of Season 36.
  • Like the purple wheel episodes, Tuesday's show utilizes the red and yellow Big Wheel carpet seen through the end of Season 36.
  • On Tuesday, probably due to the absence of the real Big Wheel, the wheel's beeps are badly out of synch and are clearly being controlled from the sound effects booth.
  • On Wednesday, the Big Wheel's appearance and graphics from Week 1 return permanently.
  • Mike Richards is not on staff on this week's Monday or Tuesday shows, which were both taped before he was hired.
  • Beginning on Thursday, the first number in the car's price in 3 Strikes is revealed at the beginning of the game.
  • On Thursday, for the first time since February 20, 1998, 3 Strikes is played with all three strike chips; this was intended to be a permanent change but ended up only happening on one episode.
  • On Thursday, 3 Strikes briefly stops being played for luxury cars.
  • On Friday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • Beginning on Friday, the opening titles having spinning rays of light radiating from their centers.
  • Beginning on Friday, Rich is frequently involved on-camera in the Showcase.


Week 4 (1,445 – 446xK): October 6-10

  • Originally scheduled for October 13-17.
  • Tuesday show has Season 37's only playing of Triple Play.
  • On Tuesday, after the first two games are lost, Drew promises the third onstage contestant, a college student studying the piano, that he'll let him play the piano later in the show if he wins his game; he does win, and Drew indeed lets him play "Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star" as the commercial outro for the first part of the Showcase.
  • Tuesday's show features a showcase that involves Rich reading prize descriptions under ridiculous circumstances; as a followup to this, Rich signs off from the show with his lungs filled with helium.
  • On Wednesday, Bullseye is played for a car.
  • Thursday show features the final playing of the game known for most of its existence as Barker's Marker$.
  • On Thursday, the Showcase Showdown's split-screen separator graphic changes back to gold.
  • On Thursday, Drew explains Barker's Marker$/Make Your Mark incorrectly, stating that the contestant will win the $500 regardless of the game's outcome as long as he does not move the third marker; in lieu of having to inform him of his mistake, the staff declares his faulty description to be the "new rules" in the middle of the taping. This incident was directly responsible for the game's retirement following this episode.
  • Starting on Thursday, the first part of the Showcase opens with a close-up of the right-hand "The Price Is Right" sign behind the audience followed by a pan of the audience, accompanied by music; the pan is followed by a dissolve to the Turntable.
  • On Friday, the above change is also added to the second part of the Showcase, although it is not accompanied by music.
  • On Friday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Monday, October 13, a "Win at Home" contest begins in which a prize is shown for viewers to bid on after Act 3 three days per week; viewers enter the contest via touch-tone phones. The contest is also plugged in an onscreen graphic that appears during the second Showcase Showdown. Due to shows airing out of order, no episodes from this week were actually broadcast the week of October 13, and as such, none of them feature the contest; however, they would have if the reschedulings caused by the purple Big Wheel had not occurred.


Week 5 (1,446 – 447xK): October 20-24

  • This week's shows have four Barker's Beauties; each day, three of the regular Beauties are joined by one of five finalists in a national competition who are vying for the chance to appear for a whole week later in the season, on January 12-16. Viewers are able to vote for their favorite model at PriceIsRight.com and CBS.com.
  • On this week's shows, the second opening title is "Model Search Week" (or, on Thursday and Friday, "Model Search Week!").
  • On this week's shows, the TPIR logo on the raised stage in the back of the audience is surrounded by a black carpet.
  • As this week's shows were taped out of order, several changes appear on them that do not take effect permanently until later in the season:
    • The opening does not utilize the light border.
    • The front of Rich's podium is a green wall with a yellow Goodson-Todman asterisk, similar to the frame of Door #3.
    • The Clam is redone with the square pattern from Door #2 and three silver Pricedown dollar signs; additionally, the inside of the Clam receives its most drastic makeover in the show's history, now sporting light-up Goodson-Todman asterisks and hypocycloid diamonds.
    • The octagonal trip skins are replaced with a trip skin-shaped green screen; this results in the cameras not being able to show Door #3 opening when it conceals a trip. The edges of the octagons are studded in the same manner as the Showcase podiums.
    • The logo no longer appears in the first closed-captioning plug.
    • The logo appears in the upper-right corner during the second closed captioning plug.
    • The background for the second transition in the consolation prize plugs is a large TPIR logo in front of the square pattern from the Turntable wall.
    • 4-digit prices are used in Tuesday's Clock Game.
    • The Pass the Buck board on Wednesday's show is altered to have the numbers resting in grooves.
    • In Thursday's Plinko, the scoreboard displays "$50,000" during the game's introduction.
    • Friday's Let 'em Roll uses a new set of styrofoam cubes.
  • Monday show mark's Manuela's very first appearance on the show; while she does not win the search's voting, she nonetheless becomes a permanent Barker's Beauty later in the season.
  • Wednesday's Any Number was originally scheduled as Golden Road.
  • Thursday's Switch? was originally scheduled as Barker's Bargain Bar.
  • Friday's lineup was originally planned as Swap Meet, Dice Game, Range Game, Safe Crackers, Gas Money, Clearance Sale; various factors caused the lineup to be rewritten, and a new policy detailed in Week 8 allowed Let 'em Roll to be played first.
  • On Friday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 6 (1,447 – 448xK): October 13-16, October 31

  • Originally scheduled for October 27-31.
  • By Monday, a new, square-pattern-themed "Double Showcase Winner!" graphic has been introduced.
  • On Monday only, music is played while returning from commercial during the second part of the Showcase.
  • On Wednesday, 3 Strikes goes back to using only one strike chip.
  • After Wednesday, 3 Strikes is removed from the pricing game rotation for the remainder of the season.
  • On Wednesday, the TPIR logo in the second closed-captioning plug appears in the upper-left-hand corner of the screen.
  • On Thursday, the TPIR logo in the second closed-captioning plug moves permanently to the upper-right-hand corner of the screen.
  • Thursday show is Shane's last episode.
  • Friday's show is a Halloween-themed episode.
  • On Friday, the set is decorated for Halloween, and the Pricedown dollar signs displayed above the Big Doors are replaced with an image of a spooky forest.
  • For Friday's show, the light border is replaced with a pattern of bats and spider webs on an orange background.
  • Friday's opening titles, which are done in a gothic-style font and are bathed in orange light, are "Boo-tiful prizes!", "Frightfully Fun!", and "A Spook-tacular Show!"
  • In Friday's opening, the TPIR logo is recolored in shimmering orange text and silver borders.
  • In Friday's opening, the star wipe is redone to resemble ghost floating into the center of the screen.
  • On Friday, Drew and Rich wear Halloween costumes; additionally, the Beauties shuffle through numerous costumes throughout the episode, with most of the prize presentations themed around what they are currently wearing.
  • On Friday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • On Friday, Rich is shown on-camera while calling the eighth contestant.
  • Friday's Cover Up was originally scheduled as Dice Game; it was likely changed due to the episodes being broadcast out of order, which would have resulted in Dice Game appearing on CBS two weekdays in a row.


Week 7 (1,448 – 449xK): October 27-30, October 17

  • Originally scheduled for November 3-7.
  • On Monday, Rich's redone podium first seen in Week 5 is introduced permanently.
  • On Tuesday, Check-Out and Safe Crackers are both played for a car.
  • On Thursday, the TPIR logo vanishes from the first closed-captioning plug permanently.
  • On Thursday, one of the showcases involves Rachel dating a giant replica of the mountain climber.
  • Friday show is believed to be the only episode in the history of the hour format with neither a small prize game nor a grocery item game.
  • Friday's Lucky $even was originally scheduled as Money Game; it was likely changed due to the episodes being broadcast out of order, which would have resulted in Money Game appearing on CBS three weekdays in a row.
  • Friday show has Season 37's only playing of Step Up.


Week 8 (1,449 – 450xK): November 4, 3, 5-7

  • Originally scheduled for November 10-14.
  • Beginning this week, games whose staging should logically prevent them from being played first without an audience entrance are no longer restricted from that slot; additionally, for approximately the next three months, car games and cash games are played first significantly more frequently than usual.
  • On Monday, the green screens permanently replace the trip skins.
  • On Tuesday, the light border is permanently removed from the opening.
  • On Tuesday, when Switch? is played for two trips, both destinations are displayed on one green screen at the same time, with a divider running down the middle to separate the images; this staging came off as very awkward and was not used again.
  • On Tuesday, contestant Dorothy from the second episode, #0012D, the first person ever to play Grocery Game, is called down again; she makes it onstage and plays Coming or Going.
  • On Wednesday, the LA Kings appear to take part in a hockey-themed showcase.
  • On Thursday, the Win at Home contest's presentation is revamped and moved to the end of the second Showcase Showdown; it is no longer presented by Rich, and, somewhat ironically, a light border is added to it.
  • On Friday, the winner of the model search is announced before the commercial break during the Showcase.
  • Friday's show was taped out of order and features all changes listed in Week 5 that have not appeared permanently yet.
  • On Friday, Secret "X" is directed significantly differently than usual, with the main camera angle being a wide shot that includes both the board and the small prize podiums.
  • Friday's taped-out-of-order show has the first appearance of a second trip green screen; the edges of this screen feature wide, colored borders, reminiscent of the skins used from the mid-'80s through 2005, and its sides are adorned with a string of Goodson-Todman asterisks and hypocycloid-ish diamonds.
  • On Friday's taped-out-of-order show, part of the theme plays as the show returns from commercial before the end of the Showcase; this change becomes permanent later in the season.


Week 9 (1,450 – 451xK): November 10, night of 14, 12-14

  • Originally scheduled for November 17-21.
  • On Monday, Plinko's scoreboard flashing showing "$50,000" during the game's introduction begins permanently.
  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • Tuesday show has an all-military audience; the revised schedule had originally had it airing on Veterans' Day before CBS decided to broadcast it in primetime.
  • Tuesday's opening spiel is, "Here it comes! The Army, the Navy, the Air Force, and the Marines! The Price Is Right salutes our troops!"
  • Tuesday's show only has one opening title, "We Salute Our Troops". Instead of the usual color schemes, this title is displayed with cascading reds and blues.
  • On the first broadcast of Tuesday's episode, which was moved to primetime, the opening is altered; the opening title is edited out, and the opening spiel is again altered to reflect the later timeslot, this time to, "The Army, the Navy, the Air Force, and the Marines! Tonight, The Price Is Right salutes our troops!" Additionally, a montage of moments from Seasons 36 and (mostly) 37 accompanied by a voiceover from Rich is shown at the top of the hour before the program transitions to the actual opening.
  • Tuesday's rerun broadcast in daytime on July 3, 2009, restores the epsiode's original opening.
  • Tuesday show features a Marine Corps band playing throughout the opening, during every commercial outro, while returning from commercial for both segments of the Showcase, and during the credits; "Walking" is not played during the opening, "Dig We Must" does not end the second Showcase Showdown, and the theme is only played briefly after a pricing game or the Showcase is won.
  • The opening logo on Tuesday's show is modified to have a red dollar sign, white words, and blue borders; the logo is also designed to appear to have light shimmering over it.
  • In Tuesday's opening and credits, the colored strips around the Big Doors flash only red, white, and blue.
  • On Tuesday, Door #2 is flanked by stands reading "The Price Is Right Salute to the Military" similar to those seen on The Price Is Right Salutes in Season 30; behind the stands are the flags of the four branches of the military.
  • In Tuesday's opening, members of the Marine Corps colorguard stand in front of Door #2; the provide a rear guard for Drew as he makes his entrance.
  • Tuesday show uses a modified contestant selection process, with six potential contestants being selected from each branch of the military; the first four contestants include one member of each branch, and each is replaced with a member of their own branch after getting onstage.
  • On Tuesday, each contestant who plays a pricing game automatically receives a 1,000-minute phone card and a $1,000 online shopping spree from AAFES.com, the website of the Army & Air Force Exchange Service.
  • On Tuesday, Let 'em Roll permanently goes back to using styrofoam cubes.
  • On the modified primetime version of Tuesday's show, during each commercial outro except the end of the Showcase, a member of the service stationed overseas is shown saying hello to his family back home.
  • The modified primetime version of Tuesday's show does not include the closed-captioning plugs.
  • On Tuesday, probably due to the primetime timeslot, more of the credits than usual are shown on CBS; these credits do not scroll up the screen the way they normally do.
  • Oddly, Tuesday's show's credit roll is not accurate, although it does contain the correct staff for episodes taped near the program's airdate; it is possible that it was tacked onto the episode at the last minute for reasons related to the above note.
  • Presumably due to its primetime broadcast, Tuesday's show appears to not be counted as a daytime show in Price's records; this adds one to the discrepancy between the real and official episode counts, increasing it from 145 to 146.
  • On Thursday, 4-digit prizes return to Clock Game permanently.
  • On Friday, the second showcase involves a pie fight; a Beauty is pied after each prize description, Rich is pied at the end of the showcase, Drew is pied during his signoff, and the Showcase winner is pied during the credits.


Week 10 (1,451 – 452xK): November 17, 18, 20, December 16, November 21

  • Originally scheduled for November 24-28.
  • After Tuesday, Shopping Spree is removed from the game rotation for the remainder of the season.
  • On Thursday, the new Clam design first seen in Week 5 is introduced permanently; however, it is not seen until Friday for the simple reason that the prop is not used on Thursday's episode.
  • Thursday's first showcase is designed to "give the Beauties a break;" the prizes in it are modeled by the three players who did not get out of Contestants' Row.
  • On Thursday, for the second time in the show's history, a contestant bids perfectly in the Showcase.
  • On Friday, the shelves first seen in Week 5 are permanently added to the Pass the Buck board.


Week 11 (1,452 – 453xK): November 24-26

  • Originally scheduled for December 1-3.
  • Planned for the revised schedule as Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • For the first time since the third-last week of shows hosted by Bob, no episode this week includes a playing of Double Prices.
  • On November 26, the wrong episode of The Price Is Right is uploaded to CBS.com's InnerTube service; television viewers see the December 3 episode, #4533K, as planned, while online viewers instead see the December 17 episode, #4553K. The correct episode is eventually uploaded on Monday, December 1.
  • On Monday, the Win at Home game moves back to after the third pricing game.
  • On Wednesday, Cliff Hangers is played for a car.
  • After Wednesday, Take Two is removed from the game rotation for the remainder of the season.
  • On Wednesday, the new background for the consolation prize plugs first seen during Week 5 is introduced permanently.
  • On Wednesday, Greg Rikaart and Emily O'Brien, the portrayers of Kevin Fisher and Jana Hawkes on The Young and the Restless, appear in a showcase written as a spoof of soap operas.


Week 12 (1,453 – 454xK): December 8-12

  • Monday show is Gabrielle and Phire's last episode.
  • On Tuesday, the TPIR logo on the raised stage in the back of the audience is surrounded by a black carpet.
  • Wednesday's show is the first of several episodes which Drew hosts with an injured foot; on the first four of these episodes, he walks with a cane. On these shows, he enters the studio in unorthodox ways, and the Beauties help him operate several pricing games. For reasons unknown, most of Drew's entrances on these episodes have a prize backdrop behind Door #2 instead of the Barker Wall.
  • On Wednesday, Drew enters the studio by driving through Door #2 in a GEM car.
  • On Wednesday, probably due to Drew's foot injury, Tamiko operates the One Away board.
  • In Wednesday's One Away, Drew does the "Do I have X numbers right?" routine by himself in order to make the game go faster so that he could get off of his injured foot.
  • On Wednesday, two members of the LA Galaxy appear to model a set of soccer equipment.
  • In Thursday's opening, Tamiko drives Drew through Door #2 in a team dual trike.
  • On Thursday, Rachel helps Drew run Spelling Bee and Hi Lo.
  • In Friday's opening, Rachel pushes Drew through Door #2 on a recliner.
  • On Friday, Tamiko helps Drew run Bullseye, and Rachel helps him run Dice Game.


Week 13 (1,454 – 455xK): December 15, Novmeber 19, December 17, November 11, December 18

  • Originally scheduled for December 15-19.
  • Wednesday's show was accidentally uploaded to CBS.com's InnerTube service on November 26.
  • Monday show is the last episode that Drew hosts with a cane.
  • In Monday's opening, Rachel and guest Beauty Stephanie push Drew through Door #2 in a canoe.
  • On Monday, Check-Out is played for a car.
  • On Monday, the refurbished trip green screens first seen on Friday of Week 8 have been introduced permanently; the original green screens continue to be used alongside them through this Wednesday.
  • Monday show features a rare appearance of the "Every Trip in the House" showcase.
  • On Monday, a new set that makes use of green screens is introduced for the "Every Trip in the House" showcase.
  • In Tuesday's opening, Tamiko drives Drew onto the stage from behind the Turntable in a go-cart.
  • By Tuesday, Let 'em Roll's cubes have had red borders painted around their edges; additionally, the money amounts have been redone in the More or Less font.
  • On Tuesday, Drew does the "Do I have X numbers right?" routine in One Away by himself in order to make the game go faster so that he could get off of his injured foot.
  • On Tuesday, Tamiko helps Drew operate the One Away board.
  • On Tuesday, Ashley Jones, the portrayer of Bridget Forrester, appears in the second showcase to offer a role as an extra on the November 19, 2008, episode of The Bold and the Beautiful; the contestant is instructed not to include this in her bid.
  • On Tuesday, possibly to save time for the above-mentioned showcase, both segments of the Showcase begin the normal way instead of with shots of the audience.
  • In Wednesday's opening, Drew is pushed through Door #2 on a motorcycle by Rachel; the motorcycle is also the first Item up for Bids.
  • On Wednesday, after being absent for a week, the Barker Wall returns.
  • On Thursday, Drew's entrances go back to normal.
  • On Thursday, Gwendolyn returns from her maternity leave.
  • On Friday's show, which was taped out of order, Drew begins wearing a normal pair of glasses instead of his trademark "geeky" ones; this becomes permanent later in the season.
  • On Friday, part of the theme again plays as the show comes out of commercial before the end of the Showcase.
  • On Friday, the second showcase includes a chance to walk down the red carpet at the premiere of the movie Hotel for Dogs; this is considered a bonus for winning that showcase, and the contestant is instructed not to include it in her bid.


Week 14 (1,455 – 456xK): December 19, 22-24, 26

  • Originally scheduled for December 22-26.
  • On this week's shows, which were taped at the same time as last Friday's, part of the theme plays as the show comes out of commercial before the end of the Showcase.
  • This week's shows introduce a new, abbreviated ticket plug in which Drew simply tells viewers to go to CBS.com to find out how to attend a taping; it is used seemingly at random instead of the full online and telephone ticket plugs, which continue to appear with a reduced frequency for a few weeks before giving way to the abbreviated version permanently.
  • This week introduces a new format for Win at Home; prizes are no longer offered, and the game now involves a chance to win $5,000. This format is also used on the reruns that air the week of December 29-January 2.
  • After next week's reruns, Win at Home is discontinued.
  • On Monday, the black carpet surrounding the TPIR logo on the raised stage in the back of the audience returns permanently.
  • On Tuesday through Friday, the set is decorated for Christmas. In an unusual move, the decorations include an alteration to a permanent part of the set, with the railings on the raised stage in the back of the audience painted to look like candy canes; additionally, snowflakes and ornaments are displayed on the white area above the Big Doors.
  • On Tuesday through Friday, the opening titles are "Merry Christmas" in English and various other languages.
  • On Tuesday through Friday, the opening title appear in various combinations of red, white, and green; these titles only have the shimmery appearance that they took on partway through Season 36 on Friday, and none of them have the spinning lights that were introduced earlier this season.
  • On Tuesday through Friday, a scene of a snow-covered forest serves as a prize backdrop for numerous parts of the show.
  • On Tuesday through Friday, the background for the second transition in the consolation prize plugs is a scene of snowflakes surrounding the logo; these are on a blue backing on Tuesday, Wednesday, and Friday and a red backing on Thursday.
  • On Thursday, "snow" begins falling in the studio as Drew signs off after the Showcase.
  • On Friday, Rich models the first Item up for Bids, a men's watch.
  • On Friday, the TPIR logo on Check Game's price tag is changed from the original version to the Season 36 version.


Week 15 (1,456 – 457xK): January 5-9

  • Tuesday show features the final playing of Clearance Sale.
  • For reasons unknown, the InnerTube "broadcast" of Tuesday's episode omits the credits, instead cutting off at the same point as the TV broadcast.
  • On Monday, Drew's "geeky" glasses return.
  • On Wednesday, for reasons unknown, CBS airs most of the real credits.
  • On Thursday, golf pro Tasha Brower appears to model a set of golf clubs and a golf cart; later in the show, she also performs the inspiration putt in Hole in One.
  • On Thursday, Rich is shown on-camera while calling the ninth contestant after he accidentally reads the name of someone who was already in Contestants' Row.


Week 16 (1,457 – 458xK): January 12-16

  • This week's shows feature Amanda Shiflett, the winner of October's model search, as a Barker's Beauty.
  • On Monday, the theme playing as the show comes back from the commercial before the end of the Showcase is instituted permanently.
  • On Tuesday, the total value of the prize package in 2 for the Price of 1 is not revealed.
  • Friday show is Tamiko's last episode.
  • On Friday, the three players who did not get out of Contestants' Row help the Beauties present the second showcase.


Week 17 (1,458 – 459xK): January 19, February 16 (#4631K), January 21-23

  • Originally scheduled for January 19-23.
  • Episode #4631K was originally planned as episode #4592K; its number was changed before it was taped when it was realized that the show would be pre-empted on January 20 for coverage of the Presidential inauguration.
  • Monday show is episode #7,000.
  • On Monday, Drew begins wearing his normal glasses permanently.
  • On Tuesday, Drew helps the Beauties in presenting the fourth Item up for Bids, four pairs of sunglasses.


Week 18 (1,459 – 460xK): January 26-30

  • On Tuesday, the show begins offering foreign cars besides Hondas again.
  • On Thursday, the Double Prices podium becomes a lighter shade of blue.


Week 19 (1,460 – 461xK): February 2-6


Week 20 (1,461 – 462xK): February 9-13

  • On Monday, a new golf bag with the show's logo on it is introduced in Hole in One.
  • On Monday, Rich models a tuxedo during the Showcase.
  • On Monday, contestant Bridget is discovered after the taping to be ineligible; as such, she did not receive the consolation prizes she would have otherwise won.
  • On Tuesday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Balance Game is played for a car.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, the lights on and around the Big Doors flash when someone wins $11,000 or $26,000 in the Showcase Showdown.
  • On Thursday, a green border is placed around the carpet at the back of the audience.
  • On Thursday, the trip green screens are replaced with a set of plasma screens designed to resemble the Big Doors, complete with graphics designed to look like the doors opening; one of the screens, also known as Door #4, is permanently placed in the back of the audience, displaying the TPIR logo on the background from Door #2 while not in use.
  • Starting partway through Thursday's show, the chairs near the producers' table where contestants sit after playing their pricing games have the same seat covers on them as the ones behind Contestants' Row.
  • Friday show is a Valentines-themed episode, and the set is decorated accordingly.
  • On Friday, instead of individual contestants, dating and married couples are called to Contestants' Row.
  • On Friday, the last line of Rich's opening spiel is, "It's a special Valentine's Day Price Is Right!"
  • On Friday, the opening titles are in red; have no light effects; and read "Happy Valentine's Day", "Love Is In The Air!", and "All Couples".
  • On Friday, the logo on Door #4 is surrounded by hearts on a pink background instead of the pattern from Door #2.
  • Oddly, the eight people called down during Friday's opening are still announced as "the first four contestants on The Price Is Right."
  • On Friday, the star wipe during Drew's entrance is supplanted by a heart wipe.
  • Friday's show establishes that six chairs near Contestants' Row have seat covers on them during "couples" episodes instead of the usual four.


Week 21 (1,462 – 463xK): February 17-20

  • Only four shows; no Monday episode.
  • While an episode #4631K exists, it was originally planned as episode #4592K and should be regarded as the January 20 show.
  • On Tuesday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Rich models a watch during the Showcase.
  • On Wednesday, the square background is removed from the "Double Showcase Winner" graphic.
  • After Thursday, presumably due to budget issues, Dice Game is not played again for the rest of the season.
  • On Friday, the "$16,000" sign in It's in the Bag is redone with a purple background and a border made of the pattern from Door #3.
  • On Friday, Pick-a-Number is played for a car; this is the first playing of the game for a 5-digit car.


Week 22 (1,463 – 464xK): February 23-27

  • On Monday, the opening logo is slightly altered to conform better to the shape of the logo on Door #2.
  • On Wednesday, Lou Ferrigno makes an appearance to model a set of dumbbells.
  • On Friday, Plinko's "$50,000" graphic spins onto the screen and periodically dims and brightens; this version of the graphic ends up only being used once, as the entire intro is overhauled on the game's next playing.
  • On Friday, Check-Out is played for a car.


Week 23 (1,464 – 465xK): March 2-6

  • Monday show is the last episode directed by Bart Eskander.
  • On Tuesday, Rich DiPirro, also known as R. Brian DiPirro, takes over as director.
  • On Tuesday, the various "money win" graphics, including the one for the Showcase winner's total, are redone in a sleek font with animated numbers.
  • On Wednesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Plinko's introductory graphics are completely redone. They now begin with a series of Plinko chips, whose backs contain a "Plinko" logo on a light blue background, flying onto the screen as Rich announces the game. One of the chips, with its logo side showing, briefly freezes in the lower-left on the picture before rolling away to the right, revealing the new, sleek "$50,000" graphic in the process.
  • On Friday, Jack Wagner, the portrayer of Nick Marone on The Bold and the Beautiful, "interrupts" the show several times to complain about the noise level disrupting the taping of his soap opera; he later has a change of heart and helps to present the "loud"-themed second showcase.
  • On Friday, Hi Lo is played for a car.


Week 24 (1,465 – 466xK): March 9-13

  • On Monday and Tuesday only, the background behind the logo in the middle of the consolation prize plugs is redone to have smaller squares that are colored more like Door #2 than the Turntable wall.
  • Tuesday is Brandi's last episode.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, Rich is shown on-camera during the opening when Drew greets him.
  • On Wednesday, the practice of showing the announcer calling down one contestant per day that was discontinued at the end of Season 30 is reinstated; Rich's calldown window is now surrounded by a shimmering, orange border. The calldown shown is now always the final one of the day.
  • On Wednesday, the "Double Showcase Winner" graphic is changed again; the words now pop onto the screen in a plain, left-justified font and are backed by fireworks.


Week 25 (1,466 – 467xK): June 4, March 17-18, June 5, March 16

  • Originally scheduled for March 16-20.
  • On Tuesday, the opening logo is altered; the blank areas are now filled with transparent red and orange. Additionally, the way the logo appears on the screen is changed; the text now flies onto the screen from the left and right, followed by the orange and red backgrounds, which come from the sides a different angle so as to appear to be behind the text.
  • Tuesday's show is slightly themed around St. Patrick's Day: The opening titles are green; the pattern on Door #4 is a field of shamrocks; the border of Rich's calldown window is green; the squares in the second transition during the consolation prize plugs are green instead of blue; the Beauties are dressed in green; and most members of the audience are given either green leis or leprechaun hats to wear.
  • Tuesday's opening titles are "Happy St. Patrick's Day!", "Top O' The Mornin'", and "Lucky Contestants!".
  • On Tuesday, the rainbow from Golden Road is used in the Showcase during the presentation of a trip to Ireland.
  • On Wednesday, the LA Dodgers appear to help present a Dodger-themed Item up for Bids and a Dodger-themed showcase; members of the team also sign autographs in the audience during the first Showcase Showdown.
  • On Wednesday, the second part of the Showcase begins the normal way instead of with shots of the audience.
  • Beginning on Thursday, Switcheroo is revealed between the car description and the small prize plugs.
  • On Friday, after approximately two decades, the "Dig We Must" cue is restored to the end of the first Showcase Showdown.


Week 26 (1,467 – 468xK): March 23-27

  • On Wednesday, much of Act 4 is shot by Gwendolyn and Drew with the fourth Item up for Bids, a hand-held camcorder.
  • On Wednesday, a miniature version of the opening logo flies onto the lower-left corner of the screen during the outro from the fourth pricing game.
  • On Wednesday, Double Prices is played behind the Giant Price Tag.
  • Beginning on Thursday, the e-ticket and telephone ticket plugs are again presented intermittently at the end of the first Showcase Showdown.
  • On Friday, a second Goodson-Todman asterisk is added to the Big Wheel's carpet, this one in front of the wheel itself.
  • Beginning on Friday, the Giant Price Tag is shown being raised to reveal the One Away board on a semi-regular basis.


Week 27 (1,468 – 469xK): March 30-April 3

  • On Tuesday, contestant Michael, who wears a shirt reading, "The Price Is Right's first male model," is allowed to help model the prizes in the second showcase.
  • Wednesday's show is an April Fool's Day episode, and numerous things on it are intentionally done in unusual or flat-out wrong ways:
    • Everyone in the studio is wearing a Grocho Marx mask.
    • The opening titles appear on the screen diagonally.
    • The opening titles are "Dancing Bears!", "Vowels And Consonants Galore!", and "Astonishing Magic Tricks!".
    • Rich's opening spiel is "Here it comes! From the Bill Cullen Studio at CBS in Rancho Coucamonga! Television's most supercalifragilisticexpealidocious hour of fantastic prizes! The fabulous, 185-minute Price Is Right!"
    • The first three contestants called during the opening are told to come on down in foreign languages, and the fourth is not told to come on down at all.
    • The first four contestants are told that they are "the first five contestants on The Price Is Right."
    • The text in the opening logo is backwards and right-justified.
    • Rich introduces Drew with, "And here's the host of The Late Late Show with Craig Ferguson, Drew Carey!"
    • The first Item up for Bids, an inflatable spa, is staged in a scene of the moon landing with spooky music playing during the presentation.
    • The prize for Push Over, a waverunner, is staged in a snowy scene with sleighbell music playing.
    • The opening think cue from Match Game is played during Push Over and Cover Up.
    • Kathy Kinney, reprising her role of Mimi from The Drew Carey Show, appears as one of the Barker's Beauties.
    • Gwendolyn presents the second Item up for Bids, a set of tennis equipment, dressed as a football player.
    • The car in Gas Money is up on cinderblocks, with its tires piled next to it.
    • The prize package for Grocery Game, a living room group, is staged "outside," with a TV hanging on a tree backdrop; additionally, the TV is airing a Showcase Showdown in reverse.
    • The prices in Grocery Game are all written in different fonts.
    • The Big Wheel's beeps are replaced with a different out-of-place sound effect on each spin; most notably, the second spin of the first Showcase Showdown is accompanied by On the Franches Mountains, which slows down right along with the wheel.
    • At the end of the first Showcase Showdown, a crew member is shown wearing a Jeopardy! hat.
    • The Turntable never stops spinning during the fourth Item up for Bids.
    • Most Expensive is played for three grandfather clocks.
    • The fifth Item up for Bids, a set of water inflatables, is presented completely deflated.
    • The car in Cover Up has locks on its wheels and is covered in parking tickets.
    • The prizes in Freeze Frame, a pair of motorscooters, are suspended from the ceiling.
    • The first showcase consists of a bed whose covers cause Gwendolyn to fall on the floor; a range covered with blazing pots; and a cruise of the Meditteranean accompanied by video of a train, tumbledown shacks, a swamp, and a glass of wine.
    • The first two prizes in the first showcase are accompanied by The 1812 Overture.
    • All of the prizes in the second showcase are staged with their backs facing the audience.
    • The Match Game theme is played during the credits.
  • On Wednesday, Manuela becomes a permanent Beauty.
  • On Thursday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, Jim Nantz appears from Detroit to help present the second showcase, which includes a trip to the Final Four.
  • In Thursday's second showcase, Drew and Jim Nantz are shown in a news broadcast-esque split-screen shot; surrounding each of their images is the erstwhile light border.
  • Friday show is a salute to the Academy of Country Music Awards, which air on CBS two days later.
  • On Friday, audience members are invited to dress in country-ish attire.
  • Friday's opening titles are in a large, gold font and use no lighting effects.
  • Friday's opening titles are "Country Music Rocks!", "We're Roundin' Up Prizes!", and "Special Guest Star Reba McEntire!".
  • In Friday's opening, Drew comes through Door #2 accompanied by a horse.
  • On Friday, the Barker's Beauties are dressed as cowgirls.
  • On Friday, Heidi Newfield and Larry Mitchell appear to help present, respectively, the first and sixth Items up for Bids; they also play the music for the day as the show comes out of commercial at the beginning of the Showcase.
  • On Friday, after the last commercial, Reba McEntire appears to announce that the winner of the Showcase will also receive tickets to the ACM Awards.


Week 28 (1,469 – 470xK): April 16, 7-10

  • Originally scheduled for April 6-10.
  • On Monday, Bob appears on the show to plug his book, Priceless Memories. His appearance occurs during the Showcase, and the showcases are built around the book.
  • On Monday, everyone in the audience receives a copy of Priceless Memories.
  • On Monday, Bob does the sign-off after the Showcase instead of Drew.
  • Monday's show is the third of only three episodes of the daytime show on which two cash games are played; the episode is also noteworthy for having two small prize games and a grocery item game.
  • Beginning on Monday, Punch a Bunch's $25,000 has a different picture of Drew on every playing.
  • In Friday's opening, Connor comes through the Big Doors with Drew.
  • On Friday, Mandel Ilagen, the creator of 1/2 Off, makes a guest appearance playing a piano that is being offered in Pick-a-Number.


Week 29 (1,470 – 471xK): April 13-15, 6, 17

  • Originally scheduled for April 13-17.
  • On Monday, the curtains behind the edges of the Turntable become the same colors as the ones in the audience.
  • On Monday, the prize labels in Any Number are altered; they no longer simulate the effect of having a raised center.
  • On Monday, Win at Home returns, still using its second format; the game now always appears on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
  • On Wednesday, two red and yellow zigzag backdrops are added to Most Expensive; they are used in most, but not all, subsequent playings of the game.
  • On Wednesday, after the Showcase, Drew reminds the viewers that Bob will be on the show "tomorrow;" this refers to last week's Monday show, which was aired out of order during this week.
  • On Thursday's show, which was taped out of order, the curtains behind the Turntable are white one last time.
  • On Friday, One Away's car is revealed in a long shot of Door #3 bordered on the left by the Giant Price Tag; this is the first usage of this camera shot since Money Game was moved to the Turntable in 1981. After this episode, this happens semi-regularly with car games played at the Giant Price Tag.


Week 30 (1,471 – 472xK): April 20-24

  • On Tuesday, Make Your Move is played with Push Over's "think" music.
  • On Tuesday, Make Your Move is played with the Turntable not rotated all the way after Drew runs behind it while it is spinning around.
  • On Tuesday, Pick-a-Number is played for a car.
  • Wednesday show is an Earth Day-themed episode; several "green" prizes and groceries are used, and Drew, Rich, and the Beauties all have flowers in their apparel.
  • On Wednesday, Ed Begley, Jr. appears to help present the prizes in Range Game and the second showcase.
  • On Wednesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Paul Alter's Showcase Showdown split-screen arrow, not seen since the mid-'90s, is used during a bonus spin; the shot is now acheived by placing the arrow over a full shot of the wheel instead of by capturing the wheel in the midst of a camera transition. This change does not take effect permanently yet, as the episode was taped out of order.
  • On Wednesday, for what is believed to be the first time ever, the path in Pathfinder ends on the interior of the board.
  • On Wednesday, the second showcase includes the adoption of an animal through the World Wildlife Fund and planting of six trees in Kenya's Great Rift Valley, both on behalf of the contestant; Drew instructs the contestant not to include these in his bid, as a price cannot reasonably be assigned to them.


Week 31 (1,472 – 473xK): April 27-May 1

  • Beginning on Monday, one of the Barker's Beauties turns the numbers in One Away.
  • In Monday's One Away, for what is believed to be the first time ever, all of the right numbers are the same color.
  • On Tuesday, professional golfer Natalie Gulbis appears to make the inspiration putt in Hole in One and to help present the golf-themed second showcase.
  • On Tuesday, the second showcase includes a private golf lesson and round of golf with Natalie Gulbis; Drew instructs the contestant not to include this in her bid, as it cannot reasonably be assigned a price.
  • On Wednesday, the split-screen arrow show is resurrected permanently for use in bonus spins.
  • On Wednesday, presumably as a result of Clock Game being lost every time it was played with 4-digit prices, the second item bid on becomes a 3-digit portion of the full second prize; this can and does result in Clock Game's second price being lower than its first price.
  • Beginning on Thursday, a gold-trimmed version of the Season 36 logo appears at the end of the full credit roll; episodes with the short credits continue to end with the old logo.
  • On Friday, Push Over is played for a car.


Week 32 (1,473 – 474xK): May 4-8

  • As of Wednesday, the practice of using the season number as the top-center choice in Money Game is discontinued.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, the logo at the beginning on the consolation prize plugs appears on the screen the same way the opening logo does.
  • On Thursday, the commercial break between Acts 1 and 2 is eliminated; from this point onward, the theme is usually not played at the end of Act 1 if the first game is not won.
  • On Thursday, Double Prices is played in front of Contestants' Row for a trip displayed on Door #4.
  • Friday's show, in celebration of the Mother's Day holiday during the upcoming weekend, features pairs of contestants consisting of a woman and one of her children.
  • Friday's opening titles are "Happy Mother's Day", "Call Your Mother", and "Moms Rule!".
  • On Friday, the contestants being called down are announced as "the first eight contestants on The Price Is Right" and "the next contestants on The Price Is Right;" on the first "couples" episode on February 13, these slightly altered designations were not present.


Week 33 (1,474 – 475xK): May 11-15

  • On Monday, Squeeze Play and Bonus Game are both played for a car.
  • Monday show is the third of only three known episodes of the daytime show with no real car games.
  • On Monday, Win at Home begins offering prizes instead of cash again; its award now switches between $5,000 and a new television.
  • On Friday, Now....or Then is played without its sign present.


Week 34 (1,475 – 476xK): May 18-22

  • On Monday, That's Too Much! is played without think music.
  • On Tuesday, one of the green screen "trip skins" is used to display a gigantic treehouse in the Showcase.
  • On Thursday, Pass the Buck is played for a restored 1969 Mustang.
  • On Friday's show, which was taped out of order, the commercial break between the first and second games is retained.
  • Friday, Indy Car driver Sarah Fisher appears to help present the Indy 500-themed second showcase.


Week 35 (1,476 – 477xK): May 25-29

  • Beginning on Tuesday, the audience curtains extend all the way behind the Turntable.
  • Beginning on Tuesday, one of the Barker's Beauties helps Drew run Spelling Bee, pulling any cards won from small prizes and turning the cards over during the second part of the game.
  • On Wednesday, Pick-a-Number is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, the price tags and envelopes for Contestants' Row, Card Game, and the Showcase, as well as the envelope for Safe Crackers, are redone with colorful designs that utilize various TPIR insignias, such as the square Big Door patterns and Goodson-Todman asterisks.


Week 36 (1,477 – 478xK): June 1-3

  • Only three shows, on Monday-Wednesday; Thursday and Friday have the delayed March 16 & 19 episodes.
  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Monday, Daniel Goddard and Joshua Morrow, the portrayers of Cane Ashby and Nicholas Newman on The Young and the Restless, appear during the second Item up for Bids to ask for permission to present the Showcase and settle a debate over which one is more romantic; the subsequently present the first and second showcases, respectively.
  • Wednesday's second showcase includes red carpet access to the premiere of the movie Imagine That; the contestant is instructed not to include this in his bid, as it cannot reasonably be assigned a value.
  • This week's third Win at Home segment appears on Thursday's broadcast instead of Friday's; this may be related to those two programs being, respectively, a Monday show and a Thursday show.


Week 37 (1,478 – 479xK): June 8-11, 19

  • Originally scheduled for June 8-12.
  • On Tuesday, Katie Stam, 2009's Miss America, appears to present Cover Up's car and the second showcase.
  • On Wednesday, contestant Nakia asks Drew when she gets onstage if she can "be one of your Beauties;" the staff allows her to model one of the prizes for the game in the next act.
  • Friday's show, billed as "the ultimate wedding shower," purportedly features engaged couples as contestants, although the official rules for the episode state that any couple is eligible; this leads to such oddities as the sixth contestants being a woman whose fiancee is in Iraq and her best friend and the eighth contestants getting engaged in Contestants' Row after being called.
  • Friday's opening titles are "Engaged Couples!", "Come On Down...The Aisle!", and "Get Ready To Say ''I Do!''".
  • On Friday, the last line of Rich's opening spiel is, "The fabulous, 60-minute Price Is Right for engaged couples!"
  • On Friday, the contestants being called down are announced as "the first four couples on The Price Is Right" and "the next contestants on The Price Is Right."
  • In Friday's Plinko, the small prizes are surrounded by lace.
  • On Friday, Jack Wagner and Ashley Jones, the portrayers of the soon-to-be-married characters Dominic Marone and Bridgette Forrester on The Bold and the Beautiful, appear to present the second Item up for Bids, a tuxedo and wedding gown.
  • After Friday, Gas Money is removed from the pricing game rotation.
  • Beginning on Friday, the new logo is sometimes present instead of the original one at the end of the short credits; this does not immediately begin happening consistently due to episodes being taped out of order.


Week 38 (1,479 – 480xK): June 15-18, 12

  • Originally scheduled for June 15-19.


Week 39 (1,480 – 481xK): June 22-26

  • On Monday, Balance Game is played for a car.
  • By Monday, the new logo is always present at the end of the credits.
  • On Tuesday, the first showcase includes adoptions of several African animals through the World Wildlife Fund; Drew instructs the contestants not to include this in their bids, as it cannot reasonably be assigned a price.
  • On Wednesday, Tyler Graham, a member of the Seattle Sounders (of which Drew is part owner), appears to help present a soccer-themed showcase.
  • On Friday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 40 (1,481 – 482xK): September* 18

  • Originally scheduled for June 29.
  • Season finale week; only one show.
  • Monday's show was delayed to the end of summer because the second showcase contains a plug for the Primetime Emmys, which are airing on September* 20.
  • On Monday, the second showcase includes tickets to the Primetime Emmys; Drew instructs the contestants not to include these while bidding, as they have no price.
  • Summer reruns begin on June 29 in lieu of the week's actual Monday show.
  • After Monday's show, Syd Vinnedge is let go from the program; Mike Richards succeeds him as executive producer.
  • During the summer, in the week over July 6-10, Win at Home begins to offer a larger variety of prizes again.
  • During the summer, on July 16 and 17, for no apparent reason, Win at Home is presented at the end of the second Showcase Showdown.
  • During the summer, on July 17, Win at Home uses a drastically revamped appearance, with different graphics and music and an apparent title of "It's Time to Play" instead of "Win at Home." This presentation's music is used again on August 3, and on August 5, the entire new presentation resurfaces for several days; after this point, the two presentations seem to alternate, switching approximately every two weeks.


Season 38 ('09-'10)

Pricing game calendar for Season 38, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,482 – 483xK): September 21-25

  • During this week, in addition to the new episodes aired at the regular time, CBS broadcasts reruns from Season 37 at 3 P.M. Eastern, the timeslot occupied until last Friday by the now-cancelled Guiding Light.
  • Win at Home is not conducted during the afternoon broadcasts.
  • On Monday, after nearly a year's absence, the light border (albeit a new one) is restored to the opening; the new border incorporates the dark blue squares from Season 37's Turntable walls.
  • On Monday, the opening spiel is shortened to, "Here it comes! From the Bob Barker Studio at CBS in Hollywood, it's The Price Is Right!"
  • On Monday, the opening titles are done away with.
  • Beginning on Monday, at the end of the opening, the logo's dollar sign draws itself at the center of the screen, after which smaller dollar signs erupt from behind it. The main dollar sign then settles into its proper spot for the logo, after which the words slide out from behind it and the orange and red backgrounds fly in from the sides of the screen.
  • On Monday, Drew's introduction is shortened to, "And now, here's your host: Drew Carey!"
  • On Monday, the set is decorated for the season premiere.
  • On Monday, the Turntable is completely restructured: the shape of its floor is altered; the carpet becomes all blue, with the stairs becoming a metallic silver; the spinning panel's wall becomes light blue with a dark blue edge, reminiscent of the pattern seen on it from 1975-1982; and the other walls are removed and replaced with a Big Door frame with purple asterisk boxes (but no asterisk on the right side, as the box goes behind the stairs) and a square-patterned backdrop that is capable of changing colors. The dollar sign on the spinning wall panel remains present, and the portion of the blue wall behind it is now lit up.
  • On Monday, the lights around the edge of the stage first seen on Season 36's MDSs are added permanently.
  • On Monday, the Pricedown dollar signs displayed over the Big Doors are replaced with cascading circle designs; unlike the previous patterns, which where shone onto the doors via lights, the circles are painted onto the walls. The patterns are also painted on the back of the Turntable.
  • On Monday, the Contestants' Row displays are replaced with LCD monitors; they are programmed to behave exactly as the old displays did, although the prop itself is built slightly differently. The new displays are capable of displaying 5-digit bids; these are the only circumstances under which the numbers look different than they did on the previous displays.
  • On Monday, new sets of designs are introduced for the Dollar Sign and the Reveal.
  • Beginning on Monday, Plinko is revealed with a wide shot of the Race Game Curtain raising on the jib camera.
  • Beginning on Monday, Goodson-Todman asterisks and hypocycloid diamonds are hung inside Plinko's small prize podiums.
  • Beginning on Monday, the closed-captioning plugs show various shots of the studio taken from the jib camera.
  • Beginning on Monday, the logo appears on the screen during the closed-captioning plugs the same way it did late in the consolation prize plugs late in Season 37; conversely, the logo is now already present at the start of the consolation prize plugs.
  • Beginning on Monday, videos shown in the corner of the screen during prize descriptions appear in a price tag-shaped window.
  • Beginning on Monday, there is a Pricedown dollar sign over the lower-left corner of Rich's calldown window.
  • On Monday, a third portable plasma screen is added to the show's list of props.
  • On Monday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • As of Monday, three-trip Most Expensive is presented entirely behind Door #2.
  • In Monday's Most Expensive, the "and just think!" line at the end of the trip descriptions is omitted.
  • Beginning on Monday, Drew plugs PriceIsRight.com after the sixth game.
  • Monday marks the first appearance of the fourth-generation Showcase podiums, which, for the first time in the history of the daytime show, are identical to one another. Each podium is green with a Pricedown dollar sign on the front, and the descriptive placards and bid displays are replaced with LCD monitors; the bid displays use a blue background, are bordered by the square pattern from the light border, and display the TPIR logo until a bid is placed in them. The bids and differences are not shown in an eggcrate font on the monitors; however, they do now include a dollar sign.
  • Initially, the numbers on the Showcase podiums are a shade of light blue that is very hard to see against the blue background.
  • Initially, the numbers on the Showcase podiums to not appear to be justified with regard to any particular position.
  • As of Monday, during the first part of the Showcase, the podiums display "SHOWCASE" instead of "SHOWcase".
  • On Monday, Craig Ferguson appears to help present the second showcase.
  • For no apparent reason, the online versions of Monday and Tuesday's shows do not include the real credits, despite the episodes themselves running all the way to the end.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, a fake wall panel mimicking Season 37's Turntable walls is placed behind pricing games that are played on the Turntable; a red-orange border runs around the sides and top of the panel. Near each corner of the wall is a yellow Goodson-Todman asterisk, and a yellow asterisk appears at the center.
  • In Wednesday's One Away, despite Drew's urgings to ask the "mighty sound effects lady" for numbers, contestant Sheena insists on doing the "Ladies, do I have at least one number right?" routine.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, the numbers in the Showcase podiums are white and centered.
  • For no apparent reason, Wednesday's real credit roll has not been updated to reflect Mike Richards's promotion and Syd Vinnedge's dismissal.
  • On Friday, Range Game is played for a car.


Week 2 (1,483 – 484xK): September 28-October 2

  • This week only, a second new episode from next week is broadcast each day at 3 P.M. Eastern; details are listed with Week 3.
  • Again, Win at Home is not conducted during the afternoon broadcasts.
  • In Monday's opening, Drew comes through Door #2 with Connor, who proceeds to sing Old MacDonald at his father's urging.
  • Beginning on Monday, the cubes in Let 'em Roll start out stacked on the table instead of piled in the bucket; they are arranged in such a way that two cars and one of each money amount are showing, so Drew no longer has to pick one of them up to explain what is on them.
  • On Tuesday, the design of the Turntable wall changes again; indentations are worked into the purple strip to cause it to display the square pattern, and the game side is completely redone to show a larger version of the Season 37 pattern, with green diamonds in the corners of the squares. The backdrop with the asterisks is no longer used.
  • On Tuesday, the red backing with its cityscape design is removed from the Turntable's "Master Key" sign, presumably because it stuck up far enough to run into Door #5.
  • On Tuesday, a flashier graphic is introduced for the PriceIsRight.com plug.
  • On Wednesday, for no apparent reason, 1/2 Off's second intro cue is never played.
  • On Wednesday, the dimming of the lights at the beginning of the "Every Room in the House" showcase is reinstated.
  • On Wednesday, several NHL mascots appear to help present a hockey-themed showcase.
  • Beginning on Friday, the "Now....or Then" sign is hung lower on the Turntable wall, presumably because it stuck up far enough to run into Door #5.


Week 3 (1,484 – 485xK): October 2, September 30, September 28, September 29, October 1 (all at 3 P.M. Eastern)

  • Originally scheduled for October 5-9.
  • This week's shows were rescheduled to serve as a buildup to the premiere on October 5 of a revival of Let's Make a Deal, the network's replacement for Guiding Light.
  • On Monday, Push Over is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, Double Prices is played in front of Contestants' Row for a trip displayed on Door #4.
  • On Wednesday, a vertical plasma screen with the game's logo on it is added to the center of Switch?.
  • On Wednesday, the Race Game Curtain is updated to reflect the new appearance of the Showcase podiums.
  • On Thursday, one of the green screen "trip skins" is used to display a gigantic treehouse in the Showcase.
  • On Friday, another, even flashier graphic is introduced for the PriceIsRight.com plug; it alternates with the second one on a seemingly inconsistent basis.


Week 4 (1,485 – 486xK): November 19, October 13-16

  • Originally scheduled for October 12-16.
  • On Tuesday, Shopping Spree returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • On Friday, Step Up returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • On Friday, a horizontal plasma screen displaying the game's logo is placed between the prizes in Magic #.


Week 5 (1,486 – 487xK): October 19-23

  • On Monday, a vertical plasma screen displaying the game's logo is added to the center of 1 Right Price.
  • On Tuesday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • On Thursday, Take Two returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • For a brief period beginning on Thursday, the Take Two board is initially positioned behind the Race Game Curtain, where Buy or Sell's tote board resided for most of that game's existence; the board is moved to its normal spot during the prize descriptions.
  • As of Thursday, the telephone ticket plug, now done by Drew, is once again interspersed with the e-ticket plug.
  • On Thursday, Drew accidentally does the ticket plug a second time at the end of the fourth game, this time reciting an e-ticket plug; additionally, as he does this, one of the PriceIsRight.com graphics appears on the screen for no apparent reason.
  • On Friday, 3 Strikes returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • Due to shows early in Season 37 being shuffled around, Friday marks the first broadcast of 3 Strikes in over a year; however, when the proper episode order is taken into account, the game was "only" gone for 359 days.
  • On Friday, 3 Strikes begins offering luxury cars again.
  • On Friday, 3 Strikes's rules change yet again, this time reverting to the original rules that were in place from 1976 through 1998.
  • On Friday, a flashier "NO" graphic is introduced for 3 Strikes.


Week 6 (1,487 – 488xK): October 26-28, 8, & 30

  • Originally scheduled for October 26-30.
  • On Monday, the price and answer cards in Punch a Bunch are changed to yellow text on a green background; additionally, the answer cards are given a new font with much larger lettering.
  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Monday, Lanisha wrecks a remote control skateboard that she is modeling (and riding) into Door #3.
  • On Wednesday, the second showcase includes a backstage tour of CBS Television City and tickets to The Late Show with David Letterman; the contestant is instructed not to include these in his bid, as they have no actual value.
  • On Thursday, a vertical plasma screen displaying the game's logo is added between the prizes in Clock Game.
  • On Thursday, DiPirro begins overlaying a shot of the contestant on the Balance Game board as the scales attempt to balance.
  • On Friday, the set is decorated for Halloween.
  • On Friday, the squares in the light border, Door #4, the trip video screens, and the background for the consolation prize plugs' second transition are a black-tinted orange.
  • On Friday, Rich's opening spiel is "Here it comes! From the Bob Barker Studio at CBS in Scarywood! It's The freaky Price Is Right!"
  • On Friday, Rich reads the opening spiel with a Transylvanian accent.
  • On Friday, audience members are encouraged to come to the show dressed in Halloween costumes.
  • On Friday, thunder and lightning accompany the come on downs.
  • On Friday, everyone in the cast wears Halloween costumes related to the show: Drew dresses as the mountain climber, Rich as the Big Wheel, Rachel as a Plinko chip, Amber as Range Game, and Lanisha as Grocery Game.
  • On Friday, Rich introduces Drew as "the yodely guy!"
  • As Drew comes through Door #2 in Friday's opening, "On the Franches Mountains" begins playing.
  • On Friday, all of the games involved in the cast's costumes are played; this leads to the unusual circumstance of the show having two small prize games and a grocery item game.
  • In Friday's opening, "Walking" and the normal theme are replaced by a "spooky" rendition of the theme; this also replaces the theme during the consolation prize plugs and the credits.
  • On Friday, several prize cues are replaced by "spooky" music, as are the cue for the second closed-captioning plug's intro and the theme at the beginning of the second part of the Showcase.
  • On Friday, for most of the show, the buzzer and the foghorn are supplanted by "scary" noises, such as cats screeching and witches cackling.
  • On Friday, the normally yellow borders of several graphics effects are orange.
  • On Friday, graphics of witches and ghosts are used for some of the camera transitions.
  • On Friday, the dollar sign on Rich's calldown window is purple.
  • On Friday, after more than a year's absence, Triple Play returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • In Friday's Grocery Game, the prices are distorted in such a way that they appear to be dripping slime.
  • On Friday, Drew has Rich stand with the contestants at the Big Wheel's scoreboard during the Showcase Showdowns.
  • On Friday, Cliff Hangers is played for a car.
  • On Friday, the Cliff Hangers board is decorated for Halloween, with tombstones in the foreground, mountains the background, a purple sky, and a witch flying past the cliff.
  • Friday's show is the second daytime episode in the history of the hour format to have two small prize games and a grocery item game.
  • On Friday, a graphics effect is used to show bats flying out of the screen during the intro of the second closed-captioning plug.
  • On Friday, the Showcase podiums are decorated as coffins, with flaps on them that open to reveal the bid displays; the descriptive placard displays are not used on this episode.
  • In Friday's Showcase, the TPIR logos on the trip video screens are distorted to appear as though they are dripping slime; this is also done with the numbers on the Showcase podiums.


Week 7 (1,488 – 489xK): November 2-6

  • On Monday, the PriceIsRight.com plug begins shuffling between the end of the sixth game and the end of the second Showcase Showdown.
  • On Tuesday, That's Too Much! is played for a Mercedes.
  • Thursday show is the ceremonial 7,000th episode; in reality, it is the 7,146th episode.
  • On Thursday, the set is decorated for the "7,000th" episode.
  • On Thursday, a banner reading "7,000th show" added to the bottom of the logos in the opening, on Door #4, and in the second transition of the closed-captioning plugs.
  • On Thursday, the first four contestants are told that they are "the first four contestants on the 7,000th show of The Price Is Right."
  • On Thursday, Most Expensive is played for three trips.
  • On Thursday only, in commemoration of the "7,000th" episode, Lucky $even's $1 bills are replaced with $1,000 stacks of bills, making it possible for the contestant to win as much as $6,000 instead of $6.
  • On Thursday, all of the games in the first half are somehow related to "7" or "7,000:" Most Expensive's trips are all over 7,000 miles away from Television City; Grand Game's target price is $7; and Lucky $even makes the aforementioned rule change involving $7,000.
  • On Thursday, as Drew states at the end of the first Showcase Showdown, the games in the second half -- Any Number, Bonus Game, and Double Prices -- duplicate the lineup from the first episode.
  • On Thursday, Bonus Game does not come around on the Turntable before its prize is revealed.
  • On Thursday, Double Prices is played behind the Giant Price Tag.
  • On Thursday, Drew declares that the "7,000th" show is also Rich's 1,001st episode as announcer; in reality, it is his daytime 979th show as the permanent announcer (one of which was announced by Burton Richardson due to Rich having laryngitis), his 988th daytime show announced overall, and his 1,006th show announced if primetime specials are included.
  • On Thursday, Rich's calldown window begins to shoot Pricedown dollar signs out of its sides, similar to what is seen as the logo forms during the opening.
  • Thursday's showcases are "updated" versions of the showcases from the first episode.
  • On Thursday, during the Showcase, the plasma screens are outfitted with borders to make them look like old-fashioned console television sets.


Week 8 (1,489 – 490xK): November 9, December 15, November 11-13

  • Originally scheduled for November 9-13.
  • On Monday, blue and purple versions of the zigzag backdrops from Most Expensive are added to the edges of the 1/2 Off set.
  • Wednesday show is a Veterans' Day-themed episode.
  • On Wednesday, everyone in the audience is a member of the military; unlike the corresponding episode in Season 37, this includes the Coast Guard.
  • On Wednesday, The Star-Spangled Banner, played by a marine band on the stage in the back of the audience, is heard instead of "Walking" and the theme during the opening; it also supplants the theme at the end of the first part of the Showcase and during the credits. Additionally, various military songs are played during all of the show's commercial outros; Dig We Must is not used at all, and the theme is only heard briefly after the second and fourth games and at the beginning of the second part of the Showcase.
  • Wednesday's opening spiel is "Here it comes! From the Bob Barker Studio at CBS in Hollywood! It's a special Veterans' Day Price Is Right!"
  • On Wednesday, the logo in the opening and on Door #4 is surrounded by a ring with stars and the words "Salute to the Military". Another version of this logo, with stars and stripes filling in the gaps, appears on some of the set decorations and behind Plinko's small prizes; it also spins into existence in the lower-left corner of the screen at the end of Acts 2 and 4, during both closed-captioning plugs, and the ends of both Showcase Showdowns and replaces the usual logo during the consolation prize plugs.
  • On Wednesday, the square pattern on Door #4 is replaced with an image of the American flag.
  • On Wednesady, the audience members' name tags show the insignia of their branch of the military along with their names.
  • On Wednesday, the contestants' ranks are read with their names as they are called to come on down.
  • On Wednesday, the set is decorated for Veterans' Day.
  • On Wednesday, Drew is flanked by a Marine Corps colorguard during his entrance.
  • On Wednesday, during the opening and the credits, the squares on the Turntable wall flash red, white, and blue.
  • On Wednesday, the yellow and green Contestants' Row displays are altered to be a second set of red and blue displays.
  • On Wednesday, the Contestants' Row displays show the insignias of their contestants until the contestant in question makes a bid.
  • On Wednesday, each contestant who gets onstage wins a $1,000 phone card from AAFES and a $1,000 gift certificate for AAFES.com; these are not factored into the contestants' total winnings.
  • On Wednesday, the price cards and holders for the Items up for Bids and the Showcase are adorned with stars and stripes.
  • In Wednesday's Golden Road, the motorhome at the end of the road is flanked by fireworks machines.
  • On Wednesday, Most Expensive's zigzags are red, white, and blue.
  • On Wednesday, Rich's calldown window is red and white, and the dollar signs that fly out of it are blue.
  • On Wednesday, the background for the second transition in the consolation prize plugs is an American flag.
  • On Friday, Double Prices is played in front of Contestants' Row for a trip displayed on Door #4.
  • Beginning on Friday, Drew does a telephone ticket plug instead of an e-ticket plug on late Wednesday tapings.
  • By Friday, a new split-screen shot has been introduced for the final spin of a spin-off with the Big Wheel shown between the two contestants.


Week 9 (1,490 – 491xK): November 16-18, October 12, November 20

  • Originally scheduled for November 16-20.
  • On Monday, a split-screen shot is added to the final Switch? reveal.
  • On Tuesday, Buzz Aldrin appears to help present a showcase celebrating the 40th anniversary of the moon landing.
  • Tuesday's second showcase includes an autographed copy of Buzz Aldrin's book, Magnificent Desolation; the contestant is instructed not to include it in her bid, as it is considered a bonus.
  • On Thursday, Paul Marcarelli, "The Verizon Guy," appears to help present the second showcase, which includes trips to numerous places where Verizon cell phones have good reception.
  • On Thursday, from the second showcase onward, everyone in the audience wears construction hats.
  • On Friday, professional soccer players Jessie Marsch and Alecko Eskandarian appear to help present a soccer-themed showcase.


Week 10 (1,491 – 492xK): November 23-25

  • Thanksgiving week; only three shows.
  • On Monday, Check-Out is played for a car -- specifically, a 1964 Ford Thunderbird.
  • In Monday's Clock Game, the "Clock Game" logo is not displayed on the plasma screen, as said screen is used to present a trip.
  • On Tuesday, Adam Sandler is promoted to producer alongside Kathy.
  • In Tuesday's Cliff Hangers, a wipe is introduced that shows the mountain's scale moving across the screen as the mountain climber climbs it.
  • On Wednesday, the set is decorated for Thanksgiving.
  • On Wednesday, Door #4 is an orangish brown.
  • On Wednesday, a Goodson-Todman asterisk is added beneath the plasma screen "Switch?" logo.


Week 11 (1,492 – 493xK): November 30-December 4

  • On Thursday, the car turntable/Master Key platform is redone with a blue top and dark blue square pattern on the sides.
  • On Thursday, the zigzags in Most Expensive are replaced with the Goodson-Todman asterisk props from the "Season 37/38" displays.
  • On Thursday, health guru Bob Greene appears to help present the second showcase and offers everyone in the audience a copy of one of his books; it is never made clear whether or not this offer is contingent upon the second showcase being won.
  • On Friday, the opening logo appears on the screen differently; the red and orange backgrounds do not fly in until the entire classic logo has appeared, and the logo shimmers after all the pieces are in place.


Week 12 (1,493 – 494xK): October 5-7, 29, & 9

  • Originally scheduled for December 7-11.
  • On Thursday, the second showcase includes a red carpet package for the premiere of the movie A Christmas Carol; the contestant is instructed not to include this in his bid, as it cannot reasonably be assigned a value.


Week 13 (1,494 – 495xK): December 14, November 10, December 16-18

  • Originally scheduled for December 14-18.
  • On Monday, the first commercial break is breifly reinstated.
  • On Tuesday, Carl Edwards appears to help present two NASCAR-themed showcases.
  • On Tuesday, the logo on Door #4 is flanked by checkered flags during the Showcase.
  • On Friday, two members of the Seattle Seahawks' cheerleaders, as well as the team's mascot, appear to help present a football-themed showcase.
  • On Friday, there are four Barker's Beauties; Amber, the "extra" one who did not appear in the session's other five tapings, is a former Seattle Seagal.
  • On Friday, the Barker's Beauties have been added to the full credit roll, appearing just before Rich's credit.


Week 14 (1,495 – 496xK): December 21-24

  • Only four shows; no Friday episode.
  • On this week's shows, the set is decorated for Christmas.
  • On this week's shows, the light border is green with red chasing through the squares.
  • On this week's shows, Door #4's sqaures are red and green.
  • On this week's shows, the opening logo appears the same way it did on December 4, albeit without the extra shimmer.
  • On this week's shows, a wreathe forms around the opening logo and the closed-captioning plug/consolation prize plug logo as they appear; this wreathe is also present on Door #4, the PriceIsRight.com plug (except on Monday), and in the logo for the second transition in the consolation prize plugs, which takes up the entire screen this week.
  • On this week's shows, red and white cascades through the squares on the Turntable wall during the opening and the credits.
  • On this week's shows, the neon strips around the Big Doors and the Turntable behave like chase lights during the opening and the credits.
  • On this week's shows, several new graphics are introduced which do not appear in the immediately following episodes due to the shows being taped out of order: The e-ticket graphic is brought onto and off of the screen by balls of light that appear from the sides; the phone in the telephone ticket graphic vibrates as if ringing; and two additional graphics are introduced for the PriceIsRight.com plug.
  • On this week's shows, Rich's calldown window is green, and its dollar signs are red.
  • In Monday's Magic #, the game's graphical logo uses red and green squares and has a wreathe beneath it.
  • On Monday, Hi Lo is played for a car.
  • On Monday, Wayne Brady appears to help present a Let's Make a Deal-themed showcase.
  • In Tuesday's Switch?, the game's graphical logo, instead of having a Goodson-Todman asterisk beneath it, is surrounded by a wreathe; additionally, the background is the same as the pattern on the prize backdrops.
  • On Tuesday, an "X" transition is introduced for Secret "X"'s small prize transitions.
  • Wednesday, two NHL players appear to help present the second, hockey-themed showcase.
  • On Wednesday, after the second showcase, Drew gives everyone in the audience a special hockey puck with the TPIR logo on it.
  • On Wednesday, the PriceIsRight.com plug occurs during Drew's sign-off.
  • On Thursday, Drew comes through the Big Doors driving the decorated-for-Christmas Train.
  • On Thursday, the Barker Wall is not present during Drew's entrance.
  • On Thursday, the Train is present onstage during the presentation of the second Item up for Bids, a model train set.
  • In Thursday's 1 Right Price, the game's graphical logo has a wreathe beneath it.


Week 15 (1,496 – 497xK): December 7, 8, 11, & 31

  • Originally scheduled for December 28-31.
  • Only four shows; no Friday episode.
  • Thursday's episode was at one point listed on CBS.com with a supposed production number of "7037;" this was, in fact, a typo based on the incorrect official episode count.
  • On this week's shows, the first commercial break is present.
  • On Monday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, 2 for the Price of 1 is played for a car.
  • Thursday's show is a New Year's-themed episode, which offers people's "favorite prizes of 2009" as determined by the show's staff and posters on PriceIsRight.com's forums.
  • Thursday's opening spiel is, "Here it comes! From the Bob Barker Studio at CBS in Hollywood! Your favorite prizes of 2009! It's New Year's Eve on The Price Is Right!"
  • On Thursday, Door #4 has confetti and streamers "painted" on it.
  • On Thursday, Triple Play's reveal changes; the audience is no longer shown behind the contestant, and the car reveals begin with a wide shot of the stage that cuts to the usual close-up while the doors are opening. The car reveal shots are only used for two episodes.
  • On Thursday, the first commercial break is again done away with.
  • On Thursday, Bonus Game is played for a car.
  • On Thursday, confetti is dropped on the Showcase winner during the credits.
  • After this week, Win at Home is discontinued.


Week 16 (1,497 – 498xK): January 4-8

  • On Monday, contestant Cynthia reveals when her game, Any Number, comes around on the Turntable that she had been on the show in 1978 and played the same game; during the first Showcase Showdown, footage of her first episode is shown in a box as she spins the Big Wheel.
  • On Monday, Double Prices is played in front of Contestants' Row.
  • On Tuesday, part of Pick-a-Number's prize is 10 massages at a spa of the contestant's choice, which cannot reasonably be expected to have a specific price.
  • On Friday, the 1992-'95 Safe Crackers theme is used as prize music when Push Over is played for a safe and a bracelet.
  • On Friday, Katie Stam, Miss America 2009, appears to help present a showcase that includes a trip to the 2010 Miss America Pageant.


Week 17 (1,498 – 499xK): January 11-15

  • Beginning on Monday, the car tags in Five Price Tags are pulled off by one of the Beauties.
  • On Monday, Clock Game offers a prize that is essentially a home version of Super Ball!!.
  • On Tuesday, Balance Game is played for a car.
  • On Friday, a band that Drew likes called the Dollyrots appears to sing a song during the first half of the second showcase.


Week 18 (1,499 – 500xK): January 18-22

  • On Tuesday, Stack the Deck's groceries are all played before any numbers are placed in the car's price.
  • On Tuesday, the PriceIsRight.com graphics first seen on the Christmas episodes are added to the rotation permanently.
  • On Tuesday, a flim strip graphic is introduced for Freeze Frame's vertical split-screen separator.
  • On Thursday, Squeeze Play is played for a car.


Week 19 (1,500 – 501xK): January 25-29

  • On Monday, contestant Nancy faints during the Showcase when a car is revealed.
  • On Tuesday, Gas Money returns to the pricing game rotation.
  • On Tuesday, Gas Money's regular rules are introduced; the contestant now attempts to eliminate wrong prices and avoid the actual retail price.
  • On Tuesday, the shelf for what the contestant believes is the actual retail price is removed from the Gas Money board, as it no longer serves any purpose.
  • Beginning on Wednesday, the TPIR logo from the closed-captioning plugs also flies onto the screen while going to commercial after the fourth game.
  • On Wednesday, Take Two goes back to being in place at the end of the Item up for Bids.
  • On Friday, the Season 36-37 light border appears on Door #4 during the opening.
  • On Friday, Grammy nominee Anthony Hamilton appears to help present a Grammy-themed showcase.


Week 20 (1,501 – 502xK): February 1-5

  • On Monday, "Flight Time" and "Big Easy" of the Harlem Globetrotters appear to help present a basketball-themed prize package in Push Over and a set of trips related to their appearance on The Amazing Race during the Showcase.
  • On Wednesday, for no apparent reason, the logo appears after Act 5 instead of Act 4.
  • On Wednesday, Guy Fieri appears to help present the second showcase and to plug his book, More Diners, Drive-Ins, and Dives, of which everyone in the audience receives a copy.
  • On Thursday, Gwendolyn's son appears with her while she models Cover Up's car; afterward, Drew incorrectly points out that he is "our first Price Is Right baby," a distinction which actually belongs to Shane's daughter.
  • On Thursday, Cover Up begins a brief switch to using Line em Up's think music.
  • Friday show is a Super Bowl-themed episode; most of its prizes somehow relate to the Super Bowl or football in general.
  • On Friday, the previous light border again appears on Door #4 during the opening.
  • On Friday, there are four Barker's Beauties.
  • On Friday, the Beauties dress as cheerleaders.
  • On Friday, the Beauties flank Door #2 during Drew's entrance.
  • On Friday, Drew wears a football helmet as he comes through Door #2.
  • On Friday, the e-ticket graphic first seen during the Christmas shows is again present.
  • On Friday, Eric Dickerson appears to help present the first showcase.
  • On Friday, Jim Nantz and Phil Simms appear to help present the second showcase.


Week 21 (1,502 – 503xK): February 8-12

  • Beginning on Tuesday, one of the Beauties pulls off the price tags the contestant picks in Five Price Tags.
  • On Wednesday, Let 'em Roll is played for a restored 1955 Thunderbird.
  • On Thursday, Double Prices is played in front of Contestants' Row.
  • On Thursday, NBA athletes Bill Walton and James Worthy appear to help present a (mostly) basketball-themed showcase.
  • Friday show is a Valentine's Day-themed episode; the set is decorated, and couples play instead of individual contestants.
  • On Friday, the light border is red.
  • On Friday, Door #4 displays raining hearts on a dark pink background.
  • On Friday, the various graphical TPIR logos except for the one in the credits, as well as the logo on Door #4, have a banner across the bottom that reads "Valentine's Day"; additionally, the logo at the end of the opening has an altered color scheme, with red borders and a transparent, pinkish background that displays raining hearts.
  • On Friday, the contestants being called down are announced as "the first four couples on The Price Is Right" and "the next contestants on The Price Is Right."
  • On Friday, Rich introduces Drew as "your very own cupid, Drew Carey!"
  • On Friday, a new "$10,000" wall is introduced for 1/2 Off; it appears to be patterned after the wall behind the boxes.
  • Friday marks the introduction of the fourth Most Expensive set.
  • On Friday, after nearly four decades, Most Expensive receives a logo.
  • As of Friday, the spelling of "Most Expensive" is changed to "Most Expen$ive", with a dollar sign in place of the second S.
  • On Friday, Rich's calldown box is red, and the cascading dollar signs are replaced by raining hearts.
  • On Friday, the first and third transitions in the consolation prize plugs are heart-shaped wipes.
  • On Friday, the background during the second transition of the consolation prize plugs is a still shot of that day's Door #4 graphics.
  • On Friday, Drew announces at the end of the Showcase that everyone in the audience will receive a gift bag from Hershey.


Week 22 (1,503 – 504xK): February 15-19

  • On Wednesday, the previous light border permanently begins appearing on Door #4 during the opening.
  • On Thursday, Drew mentions the new Most Expen$ive set, calling it "brand new" and telling the contestant that he is "the first" to play the game with its new props, apparently forgetting that its actual first appearance on last Friday's episode had not been taped yet.


Week 23 (1,504 – 505xK): February 22-26

  • Monday show, despite airing in February, is a "special spring break episode;" this appears to consist mostly of everyone in the audience being a college student and Rich wearing a college t-shirt instead of a dress shirt.
  • On Monday, there are four Barker's Beauties.
  • On Wednesday, Check-Out is played for a car.


Week 24 (1,505 – 506xK): March 1-5

  • On Wednesday, the TPIR logo stops appearing after the fourth game.
  • On Thursday, the showcase descriptions begin appearing on the Showcase podiums as soon as each showcase is presented; if the Top Winner passes the first showcase, the graphic with its description "slides" into the Runner-Up's podium.
  • On Friday, Cover Up goes back to using its own think music.


Week 25 (1,506 – 507xK): March 8-12

  • In Tuesday's opening, when Drew is introduced, his son Conner comes through the Big Doors in front of him; Conner remains onstage throughout the first Item up for Bids and also takes part in the first showcase.
  • Wednesday is Drew's 500th episode; oddly, this accurate count includes episode #4512K.
  • On Wednesday, every pricing game player gets $500 for getting onstage.
  • In Wednesday's That's Too Much!, every fake price ends with "500."
  • In Wednesday's Push Over, the last three numbers in the string are "500."
  • In Wednesday's Danger Price, the danger price is $500.
  • In Wednesday's Squeeze Play, the fake price ends with "500."
  • On Wednesday, every prize in the second showcase has $500 cash in it.
  • On Friday, the base of the main Five Price Tags podium becomes red.


Week 26 (1,507 – 508xK): March 15-17

  • Only three shows, on Monday-Wednesday.
  • On Tuesday, Double Prices is played in front of Contestants' Row.
  • Wednesday's show is themed around St. Patrick's Day.
  • On Wednesday, most members of the audience are wearing either a green hat or a fake gold crown; Rich is wearing one of the hats, as well.
  • On Wednesday, the light border is green.
  • On Wednesday, Door #4 displays cascading shamrocks on a green square pattern.
  • In Wednesday's opening, Door #4's light border is not used.
  • On Wednesday, the various graphical TPIR logos except for the one in the credits, as well as the logo on Door #4, have an altered color scheme, with green borders and a transparent, greenish background that displays cascading shamrocks.
  • On Wednesday, the Turntable walls are green during all six Items up for Bids.
  • On Wednesday, all of the pricing games either have a name that relates to luck, are green, or have green on them somewhere.
  • On Wednesday, Rich's calldown box is green, and the cascading dollar signs are replaced by shamrocks.
  • On Wednesday, light green Goodson-Todman asterisks are added to Clock Game's chroma key area.
  • On Wednesday, the background during the second transition of the consolation prize plugs is a still shot of the day's Door #4 graphics.


Week 27 (1,508 – 509xK): March 22-26

  • Beginning on Thursday, the Switch? logo on the video screen spins.
  • On Thursday, the picture of a rotary phone in the telephone ticket plug is replaced with one of a cordless phone.
  • Friday show marks the debut of the gold Temptation board; at this time, the displays and price readout are redone as video screens, with rotating Pricedown dollar signs appearing in the upper display before the contestant makes his guesses.
  • On Friday, Double Prices is played in front of Contestants' Row.


Week 28 (1,509 – 510xK): March 29-April 2

  • On Monday, in an unorthodox move, Grocery Game is played for two rooms -- a bedroom and a dining room.
  • On Monday, Safe Crackers is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, the positions of Balance Game's two bag podiums are reversed; the one with the display is now on the left.
  • Beginning on Tuesday, the displays on the Showcase podiums change from blue to red when an overbid occurs.
  • Thursday's show is an April Fool's Day episode, and several things on it are intentionally done in unusual or flat-out wrong ways:
    • A running gag throughout the episode involves Mimi Bobeck, Kathy Kinney's character from The Drew Carey Show, taking over as Price's new executive producer; her "office" is set up on the Turntable, which is not used for any games or prizes during the program. Mimi is also listed as the Executive Producer in the credits, with Mike Richards's title reading "Assistant to the Executive Producer."
    • Everyone in the audience is referred to as "Pat," with Mimi explaining that she thought it would be easier for Drew that way, since he has trouble remembering names. Additionally, everyone in the credits except for Mimi has their first name replaced with "Pat."
    • The light border has all the colors of the rainbow cascading around it.
    • All of the graphical TPIR logos besides the ones on the Showcase podiums and the one at the end of the credits have their backgrounds colored blue-green and pink instead of orange and red; this unusual color scheme is also used for the rest of the text in the PriceIsRight.com, plug, whose logo stomps on the website address.
    • The opening spiel is, "Here it comes! From the Bob Barker Studio at CBS in Hollywood, now under new management! It's The Price Is Right!"
    • All nine contestants are called to Contestants' Row with the phrase, "Pat, move it!" a line frequently used by Mimi on The Drew Carey Show; however, three days before the episode aired, all instances of "move it" were dubbed over with "come on down."
    • Rich is "replaced" with a new announcer (actually Rich disguised as a monkey, complete with a large banana on his podium), although Drew continues to refer to him as "Rich" throughout the episode. Additionally, the "real" Rich can be seen wandering around the prize displays during the fourth and sixth games; this is believed to have been part of a larger subplot most of which either was edited out of the show due to time constraints or was never taped in the first place despite it occurring during the taping due to the director never being told it was going to happen.
    • The Barker's Beauties are replaced with four men in possession of varying degrees of weirdness. The Beauties themselves, Rachel, Gwendolyn, and Manuela, are shown doing various other things during the course of the show: Rachel serves as stagehand "Big Dave," pushing the Big Wheel into place, operating Range Game, and pushing out Lucky $even's car; Gwendolyn serves as a page near Contestants' Row; and Manuela acts as a member of the audience, sitting next to Contestants' Row and continually shouting for people to bid $1. Drew points Manuela out before the fourth Item up for Bids without actually identifying her, thanking her for waiting in the line since 10:30 the previous night.
    • All of the actual retail price cards for Contestants' Row and the Showcase have the wrong designs on them.
    • All of Plinko's small prizes are "As Seen on TV" items.
    • The "model" for the second Item up for Bids, a treadmill, falls off of it.
    • The "model" for One Away, a confused, old man, generally forgets to help Drew; the two times he does remember, he either puts up the wrong number or turns the wrong trilon.
    • Mimi serves as the "mighty sound effects lady" for One Away, supposedly triggering the horn with a steering wheel on her desk.
    • All of Pick-a-Pair's groceries are related to holidays that have nothing to do with April Fool's Day.
    • The ticket plug is edited out due to the show running overtime, something that has not been done since Drew began reading the plug himself.
    • The large dollar sign on Rich's calldown window is replaced with a banana.
    • The sixth Item up for Bids, a grandfather clock, is displayed in Contestants' Row.
    • For probably the only time in the show's run, the consolation prize plugs are edited out due to time constraints.
    • The second showcase is an April Fool's showcase and initially appears to be exactly the same as the first showcase. After it ends, Drew begins to pound on the Turntable wall, yelling to Mimi that they can't do that. Mimi then comes around, trapping Drew backstage, and declares that she isn't done yet; a Mini Cooper that was not part of the first showcase is then revealed.
    • At the end of the show, Drew thanks Kathy Kinney for appearing and plugs her new book, of which everyone in the audience appears to receive a copy.
  • On Friday, the cheerleaders of the Kansas Jayhawks, Butler Bulldogs, Michigan State Spartans, and Duke Blue Devils basketball teams appear via video to help present a Final Four-themed showcase.


Week 29 (1,510 – 511xK): April 5-9

  • On Monday, Switcheroo goes back to being revealed after the small prizes are described.
  • On Friday, Travel Channel host Samantha Brown appears to help present a trip-centric showcase.


Week 30 (1,511 – 512xK): April 15, 13, 14, 16, & 12

  • Originally scheduled for April 12-16.
  • In Monday's Lucky $even, the first number in the price is already revealed when Door #3 opens.
  • On Monday, contestant Sandra, who played 1 Wrong Price, was found after the taping to be ineligible and was not awarded any prizes.
  • Thursday show is slightly country music-themed to promote the Academy of Country Music Awards airing on CBS on Sunday night.
  • On Thursday, Kristy Osmunson and Kelley Shepard of the ACM-nominated group Bomshel appear to help present the first Item up for Bids.
  • On Thursday, ACM nominee Blake Shelton appears to help out as a male Barker's Beauty during 1/2 Off and to help present a country music-themed showcase.
  • On Thursday, a contestant manages to win 1/2 Off despite not eliminating any boxes.
  • On Thursday's show, the dollar sign on Rich's calldown window is replaced with a gold eigth note.
  • On Thursday, after the final commercial, Bomshel returns to announce that the winner of the Showcase will receieve as a bonus two VIP passes to the ACM Awards rehearsals, two tickets to the Brooks & Dunn Last Rodeo Special, and two tickets to the ACM Awards.
  • Friday show is a "wedding shower" episode with engaged couples as contestants.
  • On Friday, the light border is silver.
  • On Friday, all graphical logos except at the end of the credits and on the Showcase podiums have a silver background with the words "Wedding Shower" on a ribbon at the bottom; spinning below the ribbon are interlocking, gold hearts.
  • On Friday, the background on Door #4 is designed to look like a blue audience curtain.
  • On Friday, the end of the opening is, "You are the first four couples in a special wedding shower episode of The Price Is Right!"
  • On Friday, the first Items up for Bids, a wedding gown and a tuxedo, are modeled by Rachel and her husband, David Delucci.
  • On Friday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Friday's show, the dollar sign on Rich's calldown window is replaced with the interlocking hearts from the day's logo.
  • On Friday, the background for the second transition of the consolation prize plugs is a still shot of the pattern from Door #4.


Week 31 (1,512 – 513xK): April 19-23

  • On Monday, Most Expen$ive is played for three trips.
  • On Tuesday, the top of the Card Game table is redone; the edges are now a darker shade of green than the interior.
  • On Wednesday, Hole in One is played for a restored 1964 Bentley S3.
  • On Wednesday, the second showcase includes tickets to the premiere of The Backup Plan; the contestant is instructed not to include this in his bid, as a price cannot reasonably be assigned to it.
  • Thursday show is an Earth Day-themed episode; all of the prizes on the show are in some way eco-friendly.
  • On Thursday, the graphical logos in the various bumpers have a rotating Earth behind them, similar to the design of the various As the World Turns logos. This logo also appears on Door #4, although the door is otherwise unchanged.
  • On Thursday, in honor of Earth Day, Golden Road is temporarily renamed "Green Road," complete with a rewritten logo; additionally, all of the rainbows and the road itself are done in shades of green, and the rainbow behind the car is replaced with a grove of trees.
  • On Thursday, the dollar signs on Rich's calldown window are green, and the one in the corner is in front of the above-mentioned globe.
  • On Thursday's show, the logo in the background for the second transition of the consolation prize plugs is replaced by the above-mentioned globe.
  • On Friday, Rich accidentally introduces Drew with, "And now, here is the host of The Price Is Right: Drew Carey!"
  • On Friday, the background for the second transition of the consolation prize plugs is changed to a pattern of cascading, purple Pricedown dollar signs on a purple background.


Week 32 (1,513 – 514xK): April 26-30

  • In Monday's Punch a Bunch, the purple, Pricedown dollar signs are removed from the hole coverings on the Punchboard, and the original, large, yellow ones are restored.
  • Monday marks the debut of the third Any Number board, which was deliberately designed to be nearly indentical to the second one; the new board has a line of digits used to indicate which ones have and haven't been picked.
  • On Tuesday, Grocery Game is played for a car.
  • On Wednesday, Drew introduces the "Price Look of the Week," a designation he claims will be given to one Item up for Bids featuring designer clothing each week; while designer fashions do indeed begin to appear a bit more regularly in Contestants' Row after this point, the term "Price Look of the Week" is rarely used again.
  • Starting on Thursday, Drew explains how to get extra turns in Cover Up at the beginning of the game.
  • On Friday, Step Up's red and blue base and background are redone in blue and yellow.


Week 33 (1,514 – 515xK): May 6, 4, 5, 3, & 7

  • Originally scheduled for May 3-7.
  • On Monday, a graphic of a passing buck is added to the grocery transitions in Pass the Buck.
  • Friday show is a Mother's Day-themed episode.
  • Friday's contestants are teams consisting of a mother and one of her children.
  • On Friday, the light border is pink.
  • On Friday, the background on Door #4 is an arrangement of rosebuds; this pattern is also used as the background for the second transition in the consolation prize plugs.
  • On Friday, the opening, bumper, and Door #4 logos have pink edges, a rosebud arrangement background, and a "Mother's Day" banner.
  • Friday's opening ends with, "You are the first four pairs of contestants on a special Mother's Day episode of The Price Is Right!"
  • On Friday, the star wipe in the opening is pink.
  • On Friday, the fifth through ninth teams are called on down as "the next contestants on The Price Is Right."
  • On Friday, the Showcase Showdown split-screen separtor is pink.
  • On Friday only, the background for Any Number's unused digits is red, turning to black once a digit is picked; normally, it is always black.
  • On Friday, the list Rich reads the ninth contestants' names from has "Hi Mom!" written on its back.
  • On Friday, Rich's calldown window is pink, and is dollar signs are replaced by bouquets of roses.


Week 34 (1,515 – 516xK): May 10-14

  • On Monday, Spelling Bee is played for a restored 1966 Pontiac GTO.
  • On Thursday, Plinko's $10,000 slot is changed back to the original one with the giant "10" and the scrunched "000".


Week 35 (1,516 – 517xK): May 17-19, September* 15, May 21

  • Originally scheduled for May 17-21.
  • Originally rescheduled for May 17-19, August 31, May 21.
  • On Monday, presumably due to a glitch in the show's music system, the first Temptation cue stops just before the first gift is brought onstage; the same non-Temptation cue is subsequently played four times in a row, restarting each time a gift is revealed.
  • Thursday's show was delayed because it offers a trip to the recently-flooded city of Nashville.


Week 36 (1,517 – 518xK): May 24-28

  • On Monday, Gas Money's prices are redone in a font that looks like a gas pump display, and the cash awards and pink slip are redesigned with a sleeker appearance.
  • On Wednesday, the Season 36 "TPIR" logo is placed on Double Prices.


Week 37 (1,518 – 519xK): May 31-June 4

  • On Monday, all of the products in Grocery Game have the same names as other pricing games.
  • On Tuesday, the Win at Home game is restarted; it now includes a $50,000 sweepstakes.
  • On Thursday, Now....or Then is played for a car.
  • On Friday, a cotton candy machine is offered during the Showcase; during the last commercial, everyone in the studio is given a stick of cotton candy.


Week 38 (1,519 – 520xK): June 7-11

  • On Monday, Pick-a-Number is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, Range Game is played for a car.
  • On Tuesday, a price reveal, utilizing a price tag similar to the one found in That's Too Much!, is added to Coming or Going; at the same time, a split-screen shot is introduced for the game's price reveal, and an alternate version of the game's logo is introduced for said shot and said tag.
  • On Wednesday, Rhonda, one of the first four contestants, faints in Contestants' Row during the second game; when she comes to, she tells the staff that she does not feel well enough to continue playing, and her sister Janet is brought to Contestants' Row during the commercial to finish the show for her.


Week 39 (1,520 – 521xK): June 25, 15-17, July 2

  • Originally scheduled for June 14-17, July 2.
  • Despite airing over the course of more than half a month, these five episodes are considered to be a single week; however, they were created with the knowledge that they would not all air at once, so no attempt was made to keep games from Monday through Thursday from repeating on Friday.
  • On Monday, Patrick Duffy and Peter Bergman, the portrayers of Stephen Logan on The Bold and the Beautiful and Jack Abbott on The Young and the Restless, respectively, appear to promote the Daytime Emmys, which aired on CBS two days after the out-of-order broadcast of this episode, several times during the course of the show:
    • The first Item up for Bids is a television, which is airing a previous Daytime Emmys ceremony; the two actors come overhear it and come onstage to argue over which of them is more deserving of an Emmy Award.
    • Each actor presents one of the showcases, which are themed around their then-current storylines on their respective soap operas.
    • Before the final commercial, the two actors return and reveal that whoever wins the Showcase will receive as a bonus a trip to the Daytime Emmys.
  • On Monday, during the final commercial, everyone in the audience receives a The Bold and the Beautiful tote bag autographed by Patrick Duffy; Drew tells the viewers that they can get their own autographed bag at PriceIsRight.com, an announcement which also serves as this episode's website plug.
  • Wednesday show features the debut of Rat Race.
  • On Wednesday, the blues and yellows on the numbered Most Expen$ive backdrops (but not on the numbers themselves) are reversed.
  • On Thursday, Lonestar appears as a house band for the entire show, staged behind Door #3. They play the show's theme during the opening and after all pricing game wins; play other music for all other commercial outros, while coming back from breaks, and during the closed captioning plugs; and help present and perform during the second showcase. "Walking" is not played during the opening, and the actual theme is only heard briefly at the end of the Showcase.
  • On Thursday, a visit to Lonestar's tour bus is included in the second showcase; the contestants are instructed not to include it while bidding, as it cannot reasonably be assigned a price.
  • Friday show is an Independence Day-themed episode.
  • On Friday, the light border is colored with cascading reds and blues.
  • On Friday, all graphical logos except at the end of the credits and on the Showcase podiums have a blue background behind the dollar sign, a red background behind the show's title, fireworks erupting in both backgrounds, reds and blues cascading through the borders, and the words "Independence Day" on a starred and striped ribbon at the bottom.
  • On Friday, the square pattern on Door #4 is replaced with an image of the American flag.
  • On Friday, the star wipe during Drew's entrance has a blue border.
  • On Friday, during the opening and the credits, the squares on the Turntable wall flash red, white, and blue.
  • On Friday, the set is decorated for Independence Day.
  • On Friday, a special, celebratory design appears on the Reveal.
  • Friday's game lineup was written separately from Monday's through Thursday's, as it was known beforehand that the program would not air at the same time as the other four shows; as such, some of its pricing games were already played earlier in the week.
  • On Friday, Triple Play's car reveals mostly go back to normal, excepting the inclusion of Drew and the contestant in the first shot.
  • On Friday, Rich's calldown window and its cascading dollar signs are blue, while the dollar sign in the corner is red; the window and the red dollar sign also have cascading white on them.
  • On Friday, the background for the second transition in the consolation prize plugs is the waving flag from Door #4.
  • On Friday, professional baseball player Chuck Findlay appears to help present an All-Star Game-themed showcase.
  • Friday's second showcase includes a meet-and-greet with celebrities and baseball players during All-Star Week; the contestant is instructed not to include this in her bid, as it cannot reasonably be assigned a price.
  • On Friday, during the final commercial, everyone in the audience is given an All-Star Game baseball cap and a coupon for three meals for $2 at Taco Bell; Drew's explanation of this at the beginning of the second part of the Showcase also includes the day's PriceIsRight.com plug.


Week 40 (1,521 – 522xK): August 27

  • Logically scheduled for August 23.
  • Season finale week; only one show, on Monday.
  • Monday show is a back-to-school-themed episode; everyone in the audience is a college student, and the prizes are geared slightly more than usual toward that age group.
  • On Monday, all graphical logos except at the end of the credits and on the Showcase podiums have gold cascading through the borders and the words "Back to School" on a green ribbon at the bottom.
  • On Monday, the background on Door #4 is the cascading Goodson-Todman asterisks often seen as a transition background during grocery plugs; in front of this is a chalkboard, which the TPIR logo appears to be "drawn" on.
  • On Monday, Check-Out is played for a car.
  • On Monday, much of the show's production staff, as well as Drew's son Conner, come onstage during the credits.
  • Monday show is Rich's last episode.


Season 39 ('10-'11)

Pricing game calendar for Season 39, hosted by Scorpz.


Week 1 (1,522 – 523xK): September 20-24


Week 2 (1,523 – 524xK): September 27-October 1


Week 3 (1,524 – 525xK): October 4-8


Week 4 (1,525 – 526xK): October 11-15


Week 5 (1,526 – 527xK): October 18-22


Week 6 (1,527 – 528xK): October 25-29


Click here to return to the FAQ's main menu.

Retrieved from "http://www.golden-road.net/faq/index.php/The_Price_Is_Right_Timeline"
Personal tools